Issuu on Google+

2013

Second Edition


Advanced Media Trading LLC is one of the Middle East’s largest suppliers of broadcast, professional video and photography equipment and accessories. Headquartered and founded in Dubai, U.A.E in 2002, Advanced Media conducts business all over Middle East and North Africa and is engaged in every aspect of the broadcast, professional video and photography industry including sales, consultancy, installation, training, service and maintenance. Advanced Media’s showroom & offices are conveniently located at 4th floor, Al Khaleej Center, Al Mankhoul Road, Bur Dubai. The showroom provides a ‘hands-on’ experience with the opportunity to test a wide range of products and associates are always on hand to offer professional support and advice. Advanced Media deliver a ‘showroom’ shopping experience through their website, allowing customers to view and purchase a wide selection of products at their own convenience. Moreover, with a dedicated team of professional and certified staff, Advanced Media offers one of the best service centers in the Middle East for broadcast, professional video and photo equipment and accessories.

‫أدﻓﺎﻧﺴﺪ ﻣﻴﺪﻳﺎ ﻫﻲ اﺣﺪى اﻟﴩﻛﺎت اﻟﺮاﺋﺪة ﰲ اﻟﴩق اﻷوﺳﻂ ﰲ ﻣﺠﺎل ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻄﺎت اﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻧﻴﺔ وﻟﴩﻛﺎت اﻹﻧﺘﺎج اﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮين وﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﳌﺘﻌﺎﻣﻠني مبﻌﺪات اﻟﺼﻮت‬ . ‫ وذﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺻﻮرة أﻛرث اﺣﱰاﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻷدوات اﳌﺒﺘﻜﺮة‬،‫واﻟﺼﻮرة‬ ‫ وﺑﺨﻄﻰ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﻘﺼﺪاً ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺣﺜني ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺪات‬۲۰۰۲ ‫اﻧﺘﻘﻠﺖ اﻟﴩﻛﺔ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﻬﺎ ﻋﺎم‬ ‫ ﻟﻴﺠﺪ‬،‫ وﻋﲆ اﻟﺪوام ﻋﻤﺪﻧﺎ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﳌﺴﺘﺠﺪات ﰲ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺤﻘﻞ‬،‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ أو اﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ اﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ‬ .‫اﻟﺰاﺋﺮ ﻟﺼﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻓﻜﺎر ﺟﺪﻳﺪة وﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻮزع إﻫﺘامﻣﻨﺎ اﻵن ﻋﲆ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ وﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ اﻟﺒﻴﻊ ﻋﱪ اﳌﻮﻗﻊ اﻹﻟﻜﱰوين ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ‬ ‫ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﺳﻌﺔ‬،‫اﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﲆ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﴩاء ﻣﻦ ﺻﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض‬ ‫وﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ واﻟﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﻔﻨﻲ اﻟﺬي أﺻﺒﺢ وﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺒﻴﻊ وﻓﻖ‬ .‫أﻋﲆ اﳌﻌﺎﻳﺮ‬

2


Contents

Broadcast & Professional Video Camcorders Player / Recorder Hard Disk Recorder Memory Cards Battery / Charger On Camera Lighting Camera Case Optics Monitors Heads Tripods Camera Support System Chroma-key Switchers / Mixers Underwater-housing Teleprompter Lighting Lighting Support Professional Audio Interfaces Media storage NLE On-Air Archiving Wireless camera Up-Link Microwave

4 15 17 20 21 21 22 24 33 36 38 42 66 67 72 73 74 78 85 96 98 104 109 111 112 114 115

Photography Digital Camera Optics Lighting & Studio Lighting Accessories Lightmeter Tranceiver Tripods Monopods Heads Phtography Support Accessories Camera Cases Studio Accessories Professional Camera Support Under Water Housing

116 123 131 135 139 140 141 143 145 147 149 150 170 173 188

3


Professional Video

4K Camera Systems F65

Super 35mm 8K CMOS sensor SRMASTER camera

Features: Super 35mm CMOS sensor with 20 Mega pixels The F65 features superb image quality in HD/2K and True 4K. There is a choice of format composition as required, including 1.85:1, 1.78:1, 1.66:1, 1.33:1, 2.35 spherical, 1.3x anamorphic, or 2x anamorphic cropped. The F65 has a 14-stop latitude, high sensitivity and ultra-low noise. It offers filmic colour reproduction with an unrivalled colour gamut. Compact and light-weight Smaller and lighter than the F35, the F65 allows for even easier handling for applications such as Steadicam. Records on to SRMemory with dockable SR-R4 SRMASTER Portable Recorder The SR-R4 is a 4K recording system specifically designed for Sony’s new top-of-the-line F65 cinematography camera. It takes full advantage of the ultra high-speed SRMemory platform to record super-rich RAW data from the F65 at speeds as fast as 5 Gbps. SRMemory is unique – nothing can match its combination of capacity, sustained data throughput, security and portability. It opens up completely new ways for end-users to work. With huge transfer speeds up to 5 Gbps, SRMemory media also has massive capacity up to 1TB for long recording times. Wide range of interfaces for on-set workflow The F65 provides 16bit RAW output for recording onto SRMemory in the dockable SR-R4. Other interfaces include monitoring via HD-SDI and HD viewfinder with LUT, camera remote connector, LAN connecter, WiFi Camera Control and Cooke /i support. Rotary shutter The optional mechanical rotary shutter eliminates the rolling-shutter effect common to CMOS sensors. Built-in ND Filters Four Neutral Density Filters are supplied with the Rotary Shutter option. Records at up to 120 FPS The camera features higher frame rate recording up to 120P, which is especially useful on productions such as commercials that require a slow motion effect.

4

PMW-F55

Super 35mm 4K CMOS sensor compact CineAlta camera records HD/2K/4K on SxS memory plus 16-bit RAW 2K/4K output

Sony 4K sensor for gorgeous, super-sampled HD, 2K and 4K The PMW-F55 CineAlta camera shoots spectacular images with its 8.9 megapixels (effective) Sony 4K image sensor. You get superb dynamic range, the widest colour gamut, and pristine image quality, whether you shoot in HD, 2K or 4K. Multiple recording formats includes HD/2K/4K on SxS memory and 16-bit RAW 2K/4K on AXSM™ media Multiple recording formats include MPEG-2 HD422, MPEG4 SStP*, XAVC 2K*/HD, XAVC QFHD*/4K and 16-bit RAW 2K/4K**. You can have simultaneous recording on internal high-speed SxS PRO+ memory cards and RAW 2K/4K recording on sleek AXSM™ memory cards using the optional bolt-on AXS-R5 recorder, designed specifically to attach seamlessly to the F55 and F5 cameras. There is also high speed shooting up to 240 fps RAW 2K and 60 fps in RAW 4K recording onto the AXS-R5.

PMW-F5

Super 35mm 4K CMOS sensor compact CineAlta camera records HD/2Kon SxS memory plus 16-bit RAW 2K/4K output


Professional Video

Sony 4K sensor for gorgeous, super-sampled HD and 2K The PMW-F5 CineAlta camera shoots spectacular images with its 8.9 megapixels (effective) Sony 4K image sensor. You get superior, super-sampled pictures with noticeably higher contrast, rich colour reproduction and greater clarity. The camera offers robust built-in recording modes, all with vibrant 4:2:2 colour. Irresistible options include the amazing precision of 16-bit linear RAW 2K/4K recording and high speed shooting at up to 120 fps without cropping. Multiple recording formats includes HD/2K on SxS memory and 16-bit RAW 2K/4K on AXSM™ media Multiple recording formats include MPEG-2 HD422, MPEG4 SStP*, XAVC 2K*/HD and 16-bit RAW 2K/4K**. You can have simultaneous recording on internal high-speed SxS PRO+ memory cards and RAW 2K/4K recording on sleek AXSM™ memory cards using the optional bolt-on AXS-R5 recorder, designed specifically to attach seamlessly to the F55 and F5 cameras. There is also high speed shooting up to120 fps XAVC 2K/HD* internally and 120 fps RAW 2K onto the AXS-R5.

high-quality SD output. It uses the latest 14-bit A/D conversion circuit as well as the superb 2/3-inch Power HAD™ FX CCDs to bring out high picture quality. Power HAD FX CCD for high sensitivity 14-bit A/D (Analog to Digital) conversion Digital triax operation Newly developed Focus Assist Functions System Compatibility Low profile chassis design and Large lens operation.

HXC-100

Opening a New World of HD Production

PMW-F3K

Super 35mm Exmor CMOS sensor with 35mm, 50mm and 85mm lenses

CineAlta camcorder recording full HD / SD The PMW-F3 is part of the CineAlta 24P family of digital cinematography products and its support for multiple frame rates includes a filmic 23.98P as well as S-Log workflows. Sony’s Exmor™ Super35 CMOS sensor was designed with the benefit of two decades experience in Digital Cinematography, pioneering digital HD acquisition for feature films and broadcast TV through the legendary CineAlta product range. It brings a true ‘film look’ and superior image quality into reach for independent movies, pop promos, commercials and other applications, as well as making the PMW-F3 an ideal B-camera for high-end feature film production. The PMW-F3K is supplied with three high quality Sony lenses and an industry standard PL Mount adaptor providing compatibility with industry standard 35mm lenses. (Also available is the lens-less PMWF3L.) Exceptional flexibility is a key feature of the F3 along with with multiple workflow options. XDCAM EX’s proven high-speed, intuitive workflow offers seamless integration with leading nonlinear editing software - as standard. In addition, a 10bit 4:2:2 HD-SDI output opens up hybrid recording possibilities with a variety of external recording devices. And from April 2011, a Dual Link HD-SDI option will enable 10bit RGB uncompressed signal output - ideal for the high-end film production.

Sony’s standard-definition (SD) and high-definition (HD) production cameras have been widely accepted by a great number of video professionals around the world, due to their excellent picture performance and system versatility. The HXC-100 is equipped with a newly developed three 2/3-inch type 2.2-megapixel HD CCD. Based on Sony HAD sensor technology and the latest on-chip lens structure, this new CCD offers a high sensitivity of F11 at 2000 lx. In addition to this performance, a wide variety of capturing modes including 1080/50i and 720/50P. Power HAD FX CCD for high sensitivity 14-bit A/D (Analog to Digital) conversion Digital triax operation Newly developed Focus Assist Functions Simple System Configuration Robust Design

PMW-500

Three 2/3-inch Power HAD FX CCD sensors XDCAM HD422 camcorder record ing full HD (plus SD option)

HSC-300

Sony is now proud to introduce the new HSC-300 HD/SD System Camera equipped with newly developed digital triax technology, which allows systems to be configured with conventional triax. The HSC-300 camera supports versatile applications for HD with a

The PMW-500 is Sony Professional’s first XDCAM HD422 Camcorder with solid state recording. It supports full-HD 422 50-Mbps MXF record and playback based on highly developed MPEG-2 Long GOP compression technology. Uniquely, it can also be switched to record in HD 420 35-Mbps MP4 format which makes for seamless integration when used alongside XDCAM EX models. Product Highlights 2/3”-Type Power HAD CCDs XDCAM HD (MPEG-2 4:2:2 @ 50 Mb/s) Captures to SxS Memory Card Records in UDF & FAT Formats MXF or MP4 File Wrappers HD/SD-SDI Slow & Quick Motion Pool Feed Input Recording 50-Pin Rear Interface Hypergamma

5


Professional Video

PMW-400K

Three 2/3-inch type Exmor CMOS sensors with 16x zoom HD lens XDCAM camcorder recording Full HD 422 at 50 Mbps

PMW-400L

Three 2/3-inch type Exmor CMOS sensors without lens XDCAM camcorder recording Full HD 422 at 50 Mbps

PMW-300K1

Three 1/2-inch Exmor™CMOS sensors semi-shoulder XDCAM camcorder with interchangeable 14x zoom HD lens system recording Full HD 422 at 50 Mbps

PMW-300K2

Three 1/2-inch Exmor™ CMOS sensors semi-shoulder XDCAM camcorder with interchangeable 16x zoom HD lens system recording Full HD 422 at 50 Mbps

Key features: High sensitivity Full HD sensors Supports all SD / HD 420 or SD / HD 422 on several types of memory cards XAVC ready The PMW-400K is future-proofed to support XAVC 10-bit HD422 recordings, including XAVC Intra frame 10-bit HD422 100Mbps and XAVC Long GOP 10-bit HD422 (low bit rate). Noise reduction Hardware and software flash band correction Wide gain selection WiFi remote High resolution 960 x 540 colour viewfinder Interfaces include SD / HD-SDI and i.Link Digital triax and fibre optional control Supplied with 2/3-inch 16x zoom lens Low power consumption

PMW-320K

Three 1/2-inch type Exmor CMOS sensors XDCAM EX camcorder with 16x zoom HD lens recording full HD / SD

The PMW-300K1 XDCAM camcorder is equipped with three 1/2inch Exmor™ full-HD CMOS sensors, capable of delivering highquality images even in low-light environments. Ample support for interchangeable lensand a robust metal body further ensure that PMW-300K1 is suitable for a wide range of applications. Additionally, the PMW-300K1 offers a convenient remote-control and multi-camera operation capability, which allows use with high-end camera systems. HD 422 50 Mbps recordings ideal for a wide range of shooting conditions with XAVC future-proofing An evolution of Sony’s industry leading PMW-EX3, the PMW-300K1 is able to record 50Mbps HD material in MPEG-2 HD422, meeting broadcast standards around the world, including the European Broadcasting Union’s (EBU) requirements on HD broadcast acquisition for long form programme making. The high bit rate ensures excellent capture of fast moving objects, while its chroma subsampling feature is perfect for a wide range of video encoding areas such as VFX and green screen applications. The camcorder can also be upgraded in the future to support Sony’s revolutionary XAVC codec, extending the lifecycle of the product to ensure maximum return on investment*. * XAVC support for HD will be available in 2014..

PMW-200

Three 1/2-inchExmorCMOS sensors XDCAM camcorder recording Full HD 422 at 50 Mbps

The PMW-320 offers all the advanced creative recording features of the PMW-EX1R compact camcorder, plus enhancements such as a Scene File System and 4 channel audio. The PMW-320L version is supplied without a lens to provide customers with more choice, while the PMW320K version is supplied with a Fujinon HD lens. Product Highlights 3 1/2” Exmor CMOS Sensors Fujinon 1/2” HD Lens Full HD 1920 x 1080 23.98P Native Recording HD/SD/DVCAM 1080/720, Interlace/Progressive XDCAM EX Solid State Workflow Uses SxS Memory Cards NTSC/PAL 4-channel Audio

6


Professional Video PMW-100 PMW-150 PMW-200

Product Highlights Three 1/2” Exmor CMOS Sensors MPEG HD422 at 50 Mbps HD422 1080p at 24 & 30 fps HD422 720p at 24, 30 & 60 fps Fujinon Lens with 14x Zoom Ratio Four Channels of 16-bit Audio Articulated LCD with 852x480 Resolution Timecode & Genlock Input Cache Recording Up to 15 Seconds Dual ExpressCard SxS Memory Card Slots

PMW-100

One 1/3” Exmor CMOS XDCAM HD422 Handy Camcorde

The PMW-200 is equipped with three 1/2” Full HD 1920 x 1080 Exmor CMOS sensors, which support 1000 TV1 high resolution, F11 (2000 lx) high sensitivity, low 56dB noise and a wide dynamic range. It works for SD/HD recording and features a 14x zoom lens with a unique focus ring mechanism.

PMW-150

Three 1/3-inch Exmor CMOS sensors compact XDCAM camcorder recording Full HD 422 at 50 Mbps

The PMW-150 is compact camcorder with three 1/3-inch-type Full-HD Exmor™ CMOS sensors. It is because of this new sensor that the camcorders achieve sensitivity of F10 and an S/N ratio of 54 dB. Independent focus, zoom (x 20), and iris rings enable precise shooting in many circumstances. And with a high-quality MPEG HD422 (50 Mbps) recording capability, which is widely accepted in broadcast stations and production houses, the PMW-150 help to boost user creativity in many different applications, including news gathering and documentary production.

Product Highlights 1/2.9” CMOS Sensor (1920 x 1080) XDCAM 422 MPEG-2 Codec at 50 Mb/s 10x Zoom Lens - 40-400mm (35mm Equiv) 3.5” LCD Screen (852 x 480 Pixels) HD-SDI & HDMI Outputs Dual XLR Inputs / Timecode & Genlock I/O Dual ExpressCard SxS Card Slots Compatible with XDCAM Disc & EX Formats DVCAM Recording Less Than 1.8 Kg with Battery & Card The PMW-100’s 1/2.9-inch Exmor CMOS sensor and MPEG HD422 codec offers astonishingly high quality HD image capture in a compact, light weight chassis. It’s a perfect partner for the popular PMW-500 XDCAM HD422 shoulder camcorder, with all the benefits of the established XDCAM production workflow for speed and reliability. Advanced features such as slow and quick motion, cache recording and Night Shot also ensure the PMW-100 is a no-compromise choice when used independently.

NEX-FS700K

4K “Exmor” Super 35 CMOS sensor

Product Highlights Three 1/3” Exmor CMOS Sensors Sony 20x Power Zoom Lens XDCAM HD422 Format at 50Mbps Articulated LCD with 852x480 Resolution DVCAM for SD Recording and Playback Two SxS Memory Card Slots Play and Record UDF and FAT Cards Built-in ND Filters (1/4, 1/16, 1/64) Signal-to-Noise Ratio 54 dB Wi-Fi Remote Capability

Product Highlights 4K Exmor Super 35mm CMOS Sensor Capture 1920 x 1080/60p Video Includes 18-200mm Lens NXCAM Recording Format (AVCHD) LCD 3.5” Screen with VF Attachment Up to 960 fps Super Slow Motion

7


Professional Video

ISO 500 (0 dB) to ISO 16,000 (30 dB) Dual XLR, HDMI & 3G/HD-SDI Connectivity FMU Port Supports Optional Memory Future 4K Upgrade

NEX-EA50EH

NXCAM Large Format Sensor camcorder with E-mount lens system

The Sony NEX-FS700 Super 35 Camcorder is a fully professional largesensor video camera. Hot on the heels of the FS100, this compact, highly modular camera uses a very similar-sized Super 35 CMOS sensor as the FS100. But as a marked improvement over that earlier model’s sensor, the FS700 features a native 4K resolution sensor.

NEX-FS100PK

NXCAM Super 35mm Sensor Camcorder

The NEX-EA50EH is a professional NXCAM Camcorder with a large format Exmor™ APS-C HD CMOS sensor and interchangeable E-mount lens system providing exceptional creative freedom when shooting both Full HD movies and high-quality still photos. It is supplied with the newly developed SEL18200PZ18-200mm Power Zoom E-mount lens providing auto focus, continuous variable iris and Optical Steady Shot™ image stabilization with Active Mode, making it ideal for shooting moving images. Product Highlights Includes 18-200mm Servo Zoom Lens Records Full HD 1080p up to 60 fps Exmor APS-C CMOS Sensor Lossless Digital Zoom Effect Accepts E-mount Lenses Two XLR Audio Inputs SD/MS Memory Card Slot FMU Slot for Flash Memory Unit Still Photographs at 16 Megapixels Hot Shoe for Traditional Flash Units

Product Highlights Includes 18-200mm Zoom Lens Exmor Super35 CMOS Sensor E-Mount Interchangeable Lens System Uncompressed 4:2:2 & RGB Output via HDMI NXCAM Recording Format (AVCHD) Embedded Timecode 3.5” XtraFine LCD Screen 1920 x 1080p Slow & Quick Motion Dual XLR Audio Memory Stick, SD/SDHC/SDXC Recording The NEX-FS100 Super 35mm Sensor Camcorder is Sony’s first affordable and fully professional large-sensor video camera. This compact, highly modular camera comes equipped with a stabilized 11x zoom lens while using the same S35-size CMOS sensor as the higher-end PMW-F3. Unlike smaller, broadcast-style sensors or the larger “full-frame” sensors of some DSLRs, the NEX-FS100’s imaging area matches that of standard Hollywood film cameras, providing complete compatibility with cine-style film lenses (via optional adapters) as well as any of Sony’s E-Mount lenses.

8

HVR-S270E

The HVR-S270E is a brand new HDV shoulder mount camcorder with an interchangeable lens system, native progressive recording, and solid-state memory recording. A variety of lenses can be attached to the HVR-S270E, which is equipped with a universal standard 1/3-inch bayonet mount mechanism for the quick changing of lenses. Switchable Recording and Playback- HDV1080i/DVCAM/DV 1/3-inch type 3 ClearVid CMOS Sensor System The HVR-S270E offers cutting-edge features, such as the technology of “Exmor™” developed by Sony, which utilizes the full potential of the 3 ClearVid CMOS Sensor system. Wide Range of Lenses Carl Zeiss Lens for HD Video as Standard Alpha Lens Compatibility 25p HDV Native Progressive Recording Modes


Professional Video

HXR-NX5E

Three 1/3-inch Exmor CMOS sensors NXCAM AVCHD camcorder with GPS recording full HD / SD

HVR-Z7E

1/3-inch typr 3 ClearVid CMOS sensor with Exmor technology HDV camcorder with interchangeable lens system recording HD / SD

Interchangeable Lens Capability 1/3” Exmor CMOS Sensors 1080i 25p A variety of video lenses can be attached to the HVR-Z7E, which is equipped with a universal standard 1/3-inch bayonet mount mechanism for the quick changing of lenses. Added to this a streamlined nonlinear editing workflow can be achieved using the supplied memory-recording unit, which provides HDV/DVCAM/DV file recording on a standard CompactFlash® solidstate memory card. This offers customers varying levels of flexibility and hybrid operation which is becoming an important requirement in video production. The HVR-Z7E also features 25p HDV native progressive recording mode and HDMI output.

3 1/3” CMOS Sensors 1080i/1080p/720p AVCHD (@24Mbps) Wide Angle 20x G-Lens HD-SDI & HDMI Output SMPTE Time Code In/Out Dual XLR Inputs Simultaneous HD/MPEG-2 SD Capture Uses Memory Stick PRO Duo / SDHC Cards Built-in GPS Sony’s first professional AVCHD camcorder redefines the performance and features expected of this product class. It records stunning quality 1920 x 1080 images at 24Mbps (50i or 25p), as well as supporting 720/50p and Standard Definition recording. Sony’s “G Lens” and Exmor™ technology provide excellent resolution, colour and contrast, as well as exceptional low-light sensitivity.

HXR-NX70P

Compact Dust and Rain-proof Camcorder with 1/2.88-in Exmor R™ CMOS Sensor

HVR-Z5E

1/3-inch type 3 ClearVid CMOS sensor HDV camcorder recording HD / SD

3CMOS ClearVid Exmor Sensors miniDV Cassette 1080p 25p 20x G-Lens Dual Record with 1.2MP Still Capture HDV/DV Switchable Dual-Record Mode The Sony HVR-Z5P Professional HDV PAL Camcorder is the highlyanticipated successor to the acclaimed HVR-Z1P. The camera improves upon its predecessor in a variety of areas, including overall performance and range of features. CinemaTone technology enhances both gamma and color, providing exceptional images that exhibit a beautiful film-like aesthetic. What makes the camera unique is its ability to shoot to both tape and compact flash simultaneously when using the HVR-MRC1K compact flash memory recording unit.

Rain & Dust Resistant Full HD 1920 x 1080 50/25p AVCHD Recording at 28Mbps Ultra Wide 26.3mm Sony G Lens Built-in 96GB Flash Memory Uses Memory Stick or SD Cards XtraFine 3.5” Touchscreen LCD Assignable Lens Ring Detachable Handle with Dual XLR Input Infrared NightShot In low light conditions, its Exmor R™ CMOS sensor delivers roughly double the sensitivity of conventional CMOS sensors, while an ultrawide angle 26.3mm Sony G Lens™ lets you capture more of the action in close shooting situations. You can also ‘geo-tag’ your precise location with built-in GPS, while 96 Gigabytes of embedded Flash Memory provides up to 40 hours of storage capacity - ideal when operating in remote locations.

9


Professional Video

HXR-NX30P

1/2.88-inch Exmor R CMOS sensor ultra-compact NXCAM camcorder recording full HD with Balanced Optical SteadyShot™

1080i MiniDV Compatible CMOS Sensor Photo Mode The Sony HVR-HD1000P Digital High Definition HDV PAL Camcorder is a PAL HDV camcorder specifically designed for videographers looking for an affordable shoulder-mounted camera. Ideal for event work and wedding videography, the camera is equipped with a ClearVid CMOS sensor, capable of recording 1080i high definition footage on a standard MiniDV tape! Additionally, the HVR-HD1000P comes fitted with a 10x Carl Zeiss Vario-Sonnar lens with Super SteadyShotTM image stabilization, ensuring operators get the perfect shot every time.

DSR-PD175P

1/2.88” ExmorR CMOS Image Sensor Ultra-Wide Zeiss 10x Optical Zoom Lens Shoots AVCHD Up to 1080/50p at 28 Mbps Balanced Optical SteadyShot Stabilizer Integrated Viewfinder & 3.0” LCD Monitor Capture Stills While Shooting Video2 x XLR Inputs & Pro Audio Controls Built-In 96GB Flash Memory Capacity SD and Memory Stick Pro Duo Card Slot Built-In Projector & Built in Stereo Mic Palm-sized camcorder with outstanding picture quality Advanced image stabilisation.

Sony’s Brand-new DVCAM Camcorder Delivers Eye-opening Picture Quality an Enhanced Functionality The DSR-PD175P is simply the best standard definition handheld camcorder ever produced by Sony. It uses the same chassis as the state-of-the-art HVR-Z5E HDV Camcorder introduced in 2008 with many of the same advanced features, including the all-new high performance Sony G-Lens which combines a ClearVid array and advanced Exmor image-processing technology for class leading picture quality and low light performance.

HXR-MC1500P

Shoulder Mount AVCHD PAL Camcorder

The weight distribution and control layout of this chassis has set new ergonomic standards for handheld operation, while operational flexibility is further enhanced by support for the HVR-MRC1K Compact Flash Solid State recorder. In every respect, the DSR-PD175P is a natural successor to the legendary DSR-PD170P Camcorder for customers who need the highest performance and latest technology but don’t currently have a requirement for High Definition. 1/4” Exmor R CMOS Image Sensor Fast f/1.8-3.4 Lens with 12x Zoom Ratio HD 1080/50i and 720/50p Resolution 64GB of Internal Memory Memory Stick and SD/SDHC/SDXC Slot AVCHD Compression Format User Configurable Manual Lens Ring Optical SteadyShot with Active Mode MPEG-2 for SD Recording Format DVDirect and Direct Copy

HVR-HD1000E

10

NEX-VG900E

Full-Frame Interchangeable Lens Camcorder


Professional Video

NEX-VG900 Full-Frame Interchangeable Lens Camcorder

Product Highlights 24.3MP FullFrame 35mm Exmor CMOS Sensor E-Mount Lens Compatibility A-Mount Lens Compatibility via Adapter Quad Capsule Microphone & 5.1 Sound Tru-Finder OLED Electronic Viewfinder Cinematone Gamma / Color Picture Effect Modes Seesaw Lever Smooth Zoom Uncompressed 1080 HDMI Output

The NEX-VG900 also captures full-frame, 24 megapixel still photos, with RAW format support for all the post-processing flexibility and quality expected from a pro-class type camera. The sensor also allows the creation of distinctive bokeh (attractive defocus) effects; high sensitivity for extremely clear, low-noise images; and effortless reproduction of smooth, true tonal gradation.

NEX-VG30EH

Interchangeable Lens HD Camcorder and Lens Includes adapter for more lens options.

The Sony NEX-VG900 Full-Frame Interchangeable Lens Camcorder is the first Handycam camcorder with a 35mm sensor to fully exploit the artistic potential of interchangeable lenses. With a resolution of 24.3 effective megapixels, the camcorder’s Exmor CMOS sensor is around 40 times larger than its equivalent in standard consumer camcorders and more than twice the size of the APS-C sensor found in other interchangeable lens Handycam models.

With a wider view, surprising low-light sensitivity and robust defocusing capabilities thanks to an ultra-shallow depth of field, you can tell your story in dramatic fashion.

Product Highlights Sony 18-200mm f/3.5-6.3 Power Zoom Lens Exmor APS-C Sized 16.1MP CMOS Sensor Direct Power Zoom with Variable Speed XGA OLED Tru-Finder EVF with Eye Sensor Quad Capsule Spatial Array Microphone Microphone Jack with Audio Level Control Vegas Movie Studio Platinum 12 Download High Res 16MP RAW and JPEG Stills @ 6fps Compatible with Sony E-Mount Lenses Comprehensive Manual Controls

The Sony NEX-VG30 Camcorder with 18-200mm f/3.5-6.3 Power Zoom Lens is an interchangeable lens camera for cinematic video and DSLR quality photographs, featuring a 16.1MP Exmor APS-C sized CMOS sensor, an XGA OLED Tru-Finder EVF, a Quad Capsule Spatial Array Microphone, a BIONZ image processor and the Sony E-mount for Sony E-Mount lenses.

Includes an 18-200mm lens.

NEX-VG30 presents a significant upgrade from Sony’s NEX-VG20, adding a seesaw lever for power zoom, a Multi Interface shoe, a much improved electronic viewfinder, Picture Effects and the option for an external XLR adapter

11


Professional Video

EOS-1D C

Cinema EOS Camera

The Canon EOS-1D C* represents a breakthrough in cinematography in a DSLR specifically designed for video, that is incredibly flexible, rugged and compact. Offering onboard 4K image capture, industrystandard codecs and interfaces, and incredible low light performance, the EOS-1D C helps make 4K filmmaking as creative as you want it to be. Product Highlights: 18.1Mp CMOS Sensor 4K Cinematic Quality Video 1920 x 1080 Full HD Video Dual DIGIC 5+ Image Processors 3.2” LCD Screen Eye-Level Pentaprism Viewfinder Dual CF Card Recording Media Canon EF Lens Mount Magnesium Alloy Body 61-Point High Density Auto Focus

The Cinema EOS C500 / C500 PL 4K Digital Cinema Camera capitalizes on the groundbreaking ergonomic design of the EOS C300 / C500 PL camera, and offers a Super 35mm, 8.85-megapixel CMOS image sensor, DIGIC DV III Image Processor and an expansive range of recording and output options specifically for 4K and 2K image acquisition. Addressing the discrete needs of cinema and TV, the EOS C500 / C500 PL offers two forms of 4K origination - productions can dynamically select DCI (SMPTE 2048-1:2011 standard) or the alternative television-centric Quad-HD (SMPTE 2036-1:2009 and ITU-R BT.1769 standards) source image formats.

The EOS C500 / C500 PL features uncompressed Canon RAW output for both 4K and 2K recording. The Canon RAW output is delivered to external recording systems via built-in dual 3G-SDI ports. Dual uncompressed HD-SDI out ports supports external live monitoring. HD content can be written to dual onboard CF cards simultaneously to provide proxy video for offline NLE systems.

EOS C300 / EOS C300 PL Cinema EOS Camera

EOS C500 / EOS C500 PL Cinema EOS Camera

Product Highlights Super 35mm-Size CMOS Sensor EF / PL Lens Mount for Broad Compatibility Canon XF Codec - 4:2:2 50 Mb/s MPEG-2 1920 x 1080i60 & True 24p Recording Rotating 4”, 1.23 Mp LCD Monitor HD-SDI Output, XLR Inputs Dual CF Card Slots Timecode I/O, Genlock In & Sync Out Canon Log Gamma Modular Design: Removable Grip & Monitor Product Highlights 4K RAW (4096 x 2160) Output EF / PL Lens Mount for Broad Compatibility 8.8 Mp Super 35mm-Size CMOS Sensor Also Puts Out 2K, Quad HD & Full HD 2x 3G-SDI Outputs 50 Mb/s Proxy HD Recording to CF Card 10-Bit 4K RAW at Up to 60p 10-Bit 4K Half RAW at Up to 120p 12-Bit 2K 4:4:4 Signal at Up to 60p Canon Log Gamma

12

Featuring a unique Super 35mm Canon CMOS sensor, revolutionary Canon DIGIC DV III Image Processor and 50 Mbps 4:2:2 codec, the EOS C300 provides outstanding cinema quality movie capture. Compact, modular and compatible with Canon’s existing line-up of EF and new EF Cinema lenses as well as accessories from third parties, the stunningly simple to operate EOS C300 / C300 PL is designed to please cinematographers for any production large and small, on location or in the studio, from shoestring to Hollywood budgets. The EOS C300has a Canon EF lens mount and is compatible with all of Canon’s new EF Cinema lenses and current EF lenses, including compact primes, super telephotos, specialty tilt-shift, macro and


Professional Video

fisheye - over 60 in all. Designed with SMPTE HD production standards, its MPEG-2 codec is an internationally recognized standard compatible with major NLE applications while additional features such as Canon Log ensure seamless integration with existing production workflows, making post-production easy.

The EOS C300 PL offers compatibility with virtually every cinema lens in production today, while its compact and modular design and compatibility with third-party accessories enable it to meet virtually any production need while keeping costs down. Designed with SMPTE HD production standards, its MPEG-2 codec is an internationally recognized standard compatible with major NLE applications while additional features such as Canon Log ensure seamless integration with existing production workflows, making post-production easy. And with an entire support infrastructure designed to help you get the most from your equipment before, during and after production,

EOS C100

Cinema EOS Camera

for external recorders, remote operation, and complete manual control over both video and audio recording.

XF305

High Definition Camcorder

Product Highlights 3 Native 1920 x 1080 CMOS Sensors 50Mbps MPEG-2 Recording 4:2:2 Color Sampling 60p, 60i, 30p, 24p MXF File Format Dual CF Card Slots 18x HD L-Series Zoom Multiple Bit Rates, Resolutions Dual XLR Inputs HD/SD-SDI, SMPTE Time Code, Genlock Canon continues to innovate and develop image acquisition products for the most demanding professional. The Canon XF305 Professional Camcorder features 50Mbps MPEG-2 4:2:2 recording to Compact Flash

XF300

High Definition Camcorder

Product Highlights Super 35mm 8.3MP CMOS Sensor EF Lens Mount with EF Contacts HDMI Outputs a Non-Compression Signal Dual SDHC/SDXC Memory Card Slots ISO 320 and up to ISO 20000 Wide DR and Canon Log Gamma Reduced Rolling Shutter Skews Built-in ND Filters with Manual Controls Two XLR Audio Connectors Peripheral Illumination Correction The Canon EOS C100 Digital Video Camera is the latest addition to the Cinema EOS family, bringing together the renowned technology of Canon CMOS sensors, DIGIC DV III Image Processor, and EF lens compatibility in a smaller, lighter body. Modular and compatible with a host of Canon and third-party accessories, the EOS C100 brings true cinema quality to independent event videographers and video production organizations. The EOS C100 sports the Super 35mm Canon CMOS Sensor and Canon DIGIC DV III Image Processor of the C300 and records at 24Mbps using an AVCHD codec for easy integration in existing production workflows. Operability and customization make the EOS C100 an ideal camera for one-person operation while providing expanded professional capabilities such as HDMI output with embedded Time Code, support

Product Highlights 3 Native 1920 x 1080 CMOS Sensors 50Mbps MPEG-2 Recording 4:2:2 Color Sampling 60p/60i, 30p, 24p MXF File Format Dual CF Card Slots 18x HD L-Series Zoom Multiple Bit Rates, Resolutions Dual XLR Inputs HDMI, Component, Composite Outputs The XF300 Professional Camcorder represents Canon’s entry into professional solid state video acquisition. Following on the heels of its widely respected XH line of tape-based camcorders, the XF300 takes advantage of the latest HD technology--along with Canon’s newly developed MPEG-2 4:2:2 codec--to record Full HD video to affordable Compact Flash cards.

13


Professional Video

XF105

is further enhanced with the addition of XLR inputs and an external microphone holder. A Genuine Canon 10x HD Video Lens delivers a wide, flexible zoom range (35mm equivalent range 30.4mm-304mm) and smooth, pleasing backgrounds thanks to an 8-blade iris. And an infrared mode allows users to capture video in conditions with little or no ambient light, a situation which would make other camcorders useless.

Product Highlights 1/3” CMOS Sensor 50Mbps MPEG-2 Recording 4:2:2 Color Sampling 60p/60i, 30p, 24p MXF File Format Dual CF Card Slots 10x HD Zoom Lens Multiple Bit Rates & Resolutions Dual XLR Inputs HD/SD-SDI, SMPTE Time Code, Genlock

Blackmagic Design Cinema Camera

High Definition Camcorder

Compact in size, light weight and fully featured, the Canon XF105 Professional Camcorder can be tailored to fit a wide range of individual needs. While sharing many of the capabilities of the Canon XF305 and XF300 Professional Camcorders, including the Canon XF Codec and Compact Flash (CF) recording, the XF105 offers some exciting new features of its own.

XF100

HD Professional Camcorder

Product Highlights 1/3” CMOS Sensor 50Mbps MPEG-2 Recording 4:2:2 Color Sampling 60p/60i, 30p, 24p MXF File Format Dual CF Card Slots 10x HD Zoom Lens Multiple Bit Rates & Resolutions Dual XLR Inputs HDMI, Component, Composite Outputs

XA10

High Definition Camcorder

The new ultra compact XA10 Professional Camcorder is designed for situations where mobility is critical while shooting. This feature-rich, professional model records Full HD 1080p using an AVCHD codec. The ultimate professional camcorder for run-and-gun shooting, the compact XA10 includes a detachable handle for low-angle shooting and portability. With the handle attached the XA10’s functionality

14

High Definition Camcorder

Product Highlights 2.5K Image Sensor 12-bit RAW, ProRes and DNxHD Formats 13 Stops of Dynamic Range 23.98, 24, 25, 29.97, 30p Frame Rates MFT Lens Mount LCD Touchscreen with Metadata Entry SDI Video Output and Thunderbolt Port Mic/Line Audio Inputs Records to Removable SSD Drives Includes DaVinci Resolve and UltraScope

The Blackmagic Design Cinema Camera with MFT Mount brings to filmmakers a tool that many have waited for, for quite some time. Recording to a 2.5K image sensor, the camera is capable of recording 12-bit RAW DNG files, as well as ProRes and DNxHD formats to built-in removable SSD drives (not included), while delivering 13 stops of dynamic range. The Blackmagic Cinema Camera is a complete system with built-in recorder and monitoring, so it’s perfect for displacing video-only cameras for work such as weddings and sporting events. And as a complete system it can help save money for those budget strapped productions.

To handle the high data video output, Blackmagic includes a full version of DaVinci Resolve, its premier color correcting software for Mac and Windows. Also included is a copy of UltraScope. When connected to a computer via Thunderbolt, the software provides technically accurate waveform monitoring, displaying six live scope views on a single monitor.


Player / Recorder

HDW-2000/20

HDCAM Studio Editing Recorder

Supports network and non-linear operations Records XDCAM HD422 and HD420 at 50/35/25 Mbps XAVC HD recordings support PMW-F55 and PMW-F5 cameras Smooth SD to HD migration Reduction of storage costs Compact size unit Battery powered operation Lower power consumption means long operating time

PMW-50

Dual SxS PRO rugged, portable deck HDCAM recording and playback Selectable frame rates The HDW-2000/20 can record and replay at 1080/50i, 1080/59.94i, 1080/25P, 1080/29.97P, 1080/23.98P and 1080/24P. Built-in down converter No compromise in editing performance Broadcast quality slow motion High quality picture search and jog Compact chassis Surround sound Both Dolby-E and AC-3 are handled as standard.

HDW-D1800

HDCAM recorder with CineAlta 24P record feature and MPEG IMX and Digital Betacam playback

HDCAM recording and playback Selectable frame rates The HDW-D1800 can record and replay at 1080/50i, 1080/59.94i, 1080/25P, 1080/29.97P, 1080/23.98P and 1080/24P. Compatible replay of standard definition digital cassettes Built-in up and down converters The HDW-D1800 has a built in HD to SD downconverter and a built-in SD to Optional 1080/50i to 720/50P converter New control panel with built-in LCD display Editing via 9-pin remote control Broadcast quality slow motion High quality picture search and jog Optional HDV input via i.LINK Compact chassis Surround sound.

PMW-1000

Compact HD/SD SxS memory recording deck

Compact SxS portable playback/recording unit 3.5-inch display Compliant with the most popular video formats. The PMW-50 supports all formats, from XDCAM EX family and XDCAM HD422 as standard. (UDF & FAT 32 format HD422/420 & DVCAM). The unit is .MXF and .MP4 files compliant, offering flexibility for broadcast and corporate operations. Direct recording on SxS cards via HD/SD-SDI inputs SD, MS , XQD cards and SxS Media support Multiple inputs and outputs The PMW-50 features HD/SD-SDI inputs along with a variety of outputs: analogue composite, HD/SD-SDI, HDMI, analogue audio, headphone, iLink and USB.

HVR-M35E

HDV compact recorder with native progressive recording

HD/SD-SDI Output Multi-format Playback/Recording Capability HDV1080i: 60i/50i/24p/30p/25p DVCAM/DV: 60i/50i * No i.LINK output for HDV720p Dual-size Cassette Mechanism Four Channel Audio Data Playback Down-conversion Capabilities HDV/DV IN TC 2.7-inch LCD Monitor Edge Crop Adjust Custom Repeat

Record and playback on SxS memory cards Enhanced XDCAM HD422 workflow even in linear operation

15


Player / Recorder

HVR-M25AE

HDV compact recorder with LCD screen and HDMI connection

Analogue Interfaces RS-422A Control HD and SD Reference Inputs Time Code Input/Output Built-in Signal Generator Tape and Head Cleaner for Reliable Operation Built-in 2.7-inch LCD Monitor Digital Slow Motion and Jog Sound (in DVCAM mode) Audio Level Control

GV-HD700E HDV Video Walkman VCR

HDV/DVCAM/DV Compatible Dual-size Cassette Mechanism The HVR-M25AE accepts both standard and mini size HDV, DVCAM, and DV cassettes without using any special adaptor. Down-conversion Capabilities 50/60Hz Switchable HDV/DV IN TC 2.7” 16:9 LCD Monitor HDMI Output Duplicate Plus Edge Crop Adjust Custom Repeat Time code settings

HVR-M15AE HDV compact recorder

The GV-HD700E HDV Video Walkman offers the ability to record SD resolution and playback HDV resolution, view content on its built-in 7” TFT 16:9 LCD screen, or output 1080i/720p signals to an HDTV through the HDMI output. This versatile deck is designed with professional features like x.v.Color Technology, crystal clear still/slow-motion playback, MiniDV SP/LP record/playback, IEEE1394 (DV) interface, component output, and 12-Bit/16-Bit PCM digital audio recording.

Sony AXS-R5 Recorder

HDV/DVCAM/DV Compatible Dual-size Cassette Mechanism Down-conversion Capabilities Compact & Simple Design HDV/DV IN TC Menu button Auto Repeat TC Reset

HVR-1500

Digital HD Video Tape Recorder

Switchable Recording - HDV 1080i/ DVCAM/DV and 60i/50i Playback Compatibility with DV (25 Mb/s) Family Formats Long Recording Time Down-conversion Capability HD-SDI Interface SD-SDI Interface AES/EBU Interface i.LINK Interface

16

Product Highlights Enables 16-bit 4K and 2K RAW Recording “Bolt-Onto” PMW-F55 and F5 Cameras Facilitates “Off-Line/On-Line” Workflows Supports High Speed Frame Rates Uses AXSM Memory Cards The Sony AXS-R5 Recorder enables 16-bit RAW 4K and 2K video recording on the PMW-F55 and PMW-F5 CineAlta cameras. With its “bolt-on” design, the recorder attaches to the rear of the camera for a sleek, tightly integrated form factor. Users can simultaneously record RAW files to the AXS-R5 recorder and 2K/ HD with the camera’s built-in recorder. You get matching time code, start frame, stop frame, file names and other metadata for seamless conforming in post.


Hard Disk Recorder

A revolution From production to post

Sony AXS-CR1

Compact card reader for AXS media

direct from the source, which can then be used in most editing systems without the need for additional import or transcoding steps. Just remove the Storage Module from the Ki Pro, connect direct to the editing computer and once the files are transferred they are immediately ready for use in the NLE software.

From Lens to Post. In a Flash.

With USB 3.0 interface for easy read-only access The affordable AXS-CR1 AXS media reader makes it easy to input 4K RAW and 2K RAW files at high speed on to a PC/Mac with a USB 3.0 interface. Users can transfer 4K RAW data recorded at up to 60 fps and 2K RAW at up to 240 fps. View RAW files on PC/Mac Once on a PC, the RAW files can be screened using Sony’s free RAW Viewer software. The AXS-CR1 is designed to read sleek, high capacity AXSM™ memory cards as used by the AXS-R5 recorder working with PMW-F55 and PMW-F5 camcorders.

SBAC-US20

SxS PRO solid state memory USB 3.0 & 2.0 reader/ writer

Easy high speed transfers from SxS PRO cards The SBAC-US20 SxS PRO memory card reader/writer works on both Windows-based PCs and Macintosh computers via a USB 3.0 interface for high-speed transfer of audio-visual material. The reader is also compatible with a USB 2.0 interface. This compact and portable device comes in handy in many situations on location, for desktop browsing and fully-fledged editing.

Ki Pro Mini speeds your footage from camera to editorial, connecting to virtually any SD or HD camera and capturing files in Apple ProRes 422 and Avid DNxHD formats at your choice of quality level, direct to removable CompactFlash media. Lightweight and rugged, Ki Pro Mini is designed for a life in the field. The Mini Mounting Plate attaches to the sides of the Ki Pro Mini and provides almost endless mounting possibilities when used in combination with battery plates, hot shoe mounts, articulated arms and more. Ki Pro Mini works equally well whether your gear uses SDI or HDMI or a combination of both. The SDI and HDMI outputs are always both active, making the Ki Pro Mini not just a recorder but a useful converter as well. Two XLR analog audio inputs allows on set analog audio to be recorded directly into the ProRes or DNxHD files, meaning less work in the edit to synchronize audio and video from separate sources.

The ultimate tape alternative.

Highly portable tape replacement.

The Ki Pro established a new paradigm in tapeless recording. Revolutionizing how footage tracks from production to editorial, Ki Pro captures Apple ProRes 422 files at your choice of quality level

For video facilities transitioning from tape to file-based workflows for recording and playback, Ki Pro Rack offers high-quality, ‘ready-to-edit’ file capture, designed to get material from source to editorial as quickly as possible. With a wealth of professional connections, Ki Pro Rack will fit right into your existing cabling and routing system (without the requirement for special converters) and record 10-bit Apple ProRes and Avid DNxHD files at your choice of quality level direct to removable hard disk or SSD Storage Modules, eliminating the need for time-consuming logging and capturing. The files can be used in most editing systems without the need for additional transcoding or importing processes.

17


Hard Disk Recorder

Like Ki Pro, Ki Pro Rack features AJA’s industry leading conversion technology, enabling you to perform broadcast-quality up/down/cross conversion during recording or playback without the need for additional conversion hardware.

4K/Quad HD/2K/HD Solid State Recorder.

HyperDeck Shuttle bypasses your camera’s compression and records from SDI and HDMI direct into the highest quality video possible! SSDs are cheap and fast, so you can edit directly from the SSD media itself.

HyperDeck Studio

Professional broadcast decks that use fast solid state disks

Preliminary features 4K/Quad HD/2K/HD Solid State Video Recorder Supports 10-bit 4:4:4 and 10-bit 4:2:2 RAW support Debayer and ProRes encode to on-board SSD Realtime pass-through of RAW data via Thunderbolt™ Uncompressed and debayered 4K monitoring output Dedicated HD monitoring via SDI and HDMI Record to edit-friendly 4K, 2K, or HD ProRes files on removable AJA Pak media Offload ProRes files to your non-linear edit system via AJA Pak Dock 4K workflow Camera outputs 4K RAW over SDI Ki Pro Quad accepts 4K RAW over SDI Ki Pro Quad performs debayer processing of RAW Debayered image is used for on-board compressed recordings to SSD media Debayered image is used for 4K monitoring output Debayered image is used for scaled/cropped HD monitoring via SDI and HDMI RAW signal is passed from camera to Ki Pro Quad and out via Thunderbolt™ to computer/storage Further manipulation of RAW is made possible via software tools HD, 2K, and 4K compressed recordings made to SSD media may be used directly in popular non-linear editors

HyperDeck Shuttle

The world’s smallest uncompressed video recorder!

HyperDeck Shuttle dramatically improves the quality of video cameras and is the perfect portable field recorder for live production switchers! It’s also the ultimate solution for digital signage. HyperDeck Shuttle gives you the quality and flexibility of compressed ProRes or DNxHD and uncompressed recording direct to common low cost SSDs in the smallest possible size! HyperDeck Shuttle is compact, affordable and battery powered so it’s perfect as a field recorder.

18

HyperDeck Studio disk recorders let you record the highest quality uncompressed and compressed ProRes and DNxHD video formats using fast 2.5” SSDs. Designed with familiar VTR controls, HyperDeck Studio includes innovative features that extend beyond the capabilities of traditional decks. Dual SSD slots let you record continuously, when one disk is full recording automatically continues on the next SSD. You can mount an SSD recorded using HyperDeck Studio on to any computer to access your files, so you don’t need multiple decks to work with your media! There are two great HyperDeck Studio models to choose from.

HyperDeck Studio Pro

Professional broadcast decks that use fast solid state disks

HyperDeck Studio Pro records 4:2:2 SD/HD and 2K, all in full uncompressed quality. Use ProRes or DNxHD compression for high quality HD video in file sizes that provide 5 times longer recording. HyperDeck Studio Pro features 3Gb/s SDI, HDMI and analog component connections, plus professional XLR audio and built-in Thunderbolt connectivity. It includes a built-in power supply for convenience and the 1 rack unit size fits easily into any studio or portable rack! Industry Standard Formats Create files that are perfect for any broadcast and post production workflow! HyperDeck Studio’s uncompressed video files are recorded in QuickTime format to provide universal compatibility with leading video software. Both HyperDeck Studio models also support Apple ProRes and Avid DNxHD industry standard file compression so you can record directly to your preferred video format. DNxHD and ProRes provide 5 times longer recording than uncompressed HD video, while maintaining 10-bit color.


Memory Cards

Stereo 3D Option for Gemini 4:4:4

Gemini 4:4:4

nano Flash

nanoFlash is the world’s smallest, lightest, lowest-power, professional HD/SD recorder/player.

The Gemini 4:4:4 is a professional, high-definition video recorder that fits in the palm of your hand. Gemini 4:4:4 functions as a high-quality monitor, a recorder, and a playback device. As a recorder, Gemini 4:4:4 records in the ultimate highest quality possible—uncompressed, which can easily be incorporated into virtually any workflow using your favorite CODEC. Gemini 4:4:4 is also capable of recording, combining, and playing back 3D video (with paid upgrade). Built-in 5” touchscreen LCD monitor for both live monitoring and playback, as well as menu navigation Records up to 12-bit RGB 4:4:4 uncompressed as DPX files. Support for S-Log and Log-C (Log-C via future firmware – not included) with user-programmable 1D LUTs. LUTs can be applied to either SDI output Record to two drives in sequence (future support for simultaneous recording, i.e., instant backup – not included) Video can be recorded with or without burned-in LUTs, on individual drive basis Playback controls include Play and Pause (future functions planned – not included) Touch-sensitive menu system with user-defined presets and customizable level of on-screen data Mic input & headphone outputs (3.5mm) Milled aluminum case

nanoFlash from Convergent Design records video, audio and timecode from an HD-SDI stream onto CompactFlash (CF) cards, employing the high quality Sony 4:2:2 MPEG2 codec for compression. Boasting an incredible small size and super low power consumption, nanoFlash stands poised to revolutionize the broadcast video industry. The camera-mountable nanoFlash, a miniaturized version of the award winning Flash XDR, has two CF card slots and embedded audio support only. nanoFlash can be powered from a camcorder battery (6.5-20VDC) and records 1080i60/50, 1080p30/25/24 or 720p60/50 at full raster (1920 x 1080i/p and 1280x720p) 4:2:2 MPEG2 at 50/100 Mbps (Long GOP) or 100/160 Mbps (I Frame only). As both a recorder and player, nanoFlash sports HD-SDI I/O as well as LTC in, wired remote control and a power/start/tally light connector. Records To Readily Available CF Memory Cards 32GB Compact Flash cards, available for a fraction of the cost of other professional video cards, enables 140/70 minutes of record time of high quality 50/100Mbps 4:2:2 footage per load of two cards (bit rates above 100Mbps require the 300X 16GB CF cards). Unlike FireWire based hard disk recorders, which merely copy the native camera video quality, nanoFlash can encode a live camera’s “never compressed” HD SDI output to a much higher quality, higher bitrate with less compression, eliminating most of the mosquito noise and blurring artifacts. Full raster 1920x1080 (as opposed to 1440x1080 or 1280x1080) processing, coupled with 4:2:2 color (instead of 4:2:0), greatly improves horizontal resolution as well as keying and compositing operations.

SxS PRO+ Memory Card

Gemini 4:4:4 records to specially certified and tested 1.8” solid-state hard drives

Product Highlights

ARRIRAW Option for Gemini 4:4:4

Canon 4K Cinema Raw Option for Gemini 4:4:4

128 / 64 GB Capacity Max. Read Speed: 1.6Gbps Max. Write Speed: 1.5Gbps Optimized for 4K Video Capture Up to 400 min Recording Time Fits into ExpressCard Slot For XDCAM or XDCAM EX Camcorders The Sony SxS PRO+ Memory Card is designed for high-speed video recording with XDCAM and XDCAM EX camcorders, such as the F5 and F55 CineAlta 4K models. It’s also compatible with other cameras equipped with ExpressCard slots.

19


Memory Cards

SxS PRO™ Memory Card

External express card reader unneeded and available for USB2.0 port Record approximately 228min of video record on HQ mode full HD 1920 x 1080 video at 35 Mbps and 310 min on SP mode 1440 x 1080 video at 25 Mbps.

CF Card 32, 64, 128GB

SxS PRO™ is based on the SxS™ memory card specification*, developed for high speed data transfer. The new memory card improves workflow efficiency by reducing transfer times for large data files such as highdefinition video, enabling rapid transfer speed of 800 Mbps**. Its compact size contributes to the design of much lighter and smaller camcorders while excellent reliability gives users more opportunity to shoot footage in the harshest of conditions. Sony SxS PRO was developed for increasing the efficiency of workflow, fulfilling the demand from professional camcorders or non-linear video editing systems, for higher performance and reliability. SBP8 (8GB) / SBP16 (16GB) / SBP32 (32GB) / SBP64 (64GB)

Lightning with Hi speed For camcorders Video Full HD For Hi Speed and high capacities

SxS-1 Memory Card 32/64

SDHC Card

Type Capacity Transfer Speed Interface Recording Time MXF Mode (50Mbps): HQ Mode (35Mbps): SP Mode (25Mbps): Weight Type Capacity Transfer Speed Interface Recording Time MXF Mode (50Mbps): HQ Mode (35Mbps): SP Mode (25Mbps): Weight

32, 64, 128GB

SxS-1 (G1A) 64GB 1.2Gbps ExpressCard34 PCI Express 120 min 180 min 240 min 0.95oz (27g) SxS-1 (G1A) 32GB 1.2Gbps ExpressCard34 PCI Express 60 min 100 min 140 min 0.95oz (27g)

Wise S2 Express Card 64GB / 32GB Compatible Camera( DVCProHD, DVCPro50, DVCPro & HDV)

Compliant with SD card association card 3.00 specification Secure – Built in write protect switch prevents accidental data loss Compatible – SDHC host devices, not compatible with standard SD-enabled devices/ readers File Format – SDHC File Format – FAT32

S-8U63 SWIT S-8U63 is fully compatible with SONY PMW-EX1, EX1R, EX3, F3, PMW 100/200, without DC cable, and can display remaining power info on cameras. The S-8U63 has 63Wh / 4.4Ah capacity, with a 4-level power indicator, and offers a D-tap DC output socket, a 5V/1A USB power output socket for extension use.

S-8970 The S2 card uses ExpressCard technology. It’s designed for XDCAM EX series camcorders without type record & long recording flexibility. • Featuring high reliability and compact size, the card also offers a high transfer speed USB2.0 to PC or Mack without card reader. Upgraded PC card standard with rapid transfer speed Compliant with the Express Card specification Performs well and more dependably due it’s perfectly efficient workflow. A convenient non-linear design for video editing systems.

20

Working well on HDV camera. Lithium-ion battery with build-in multiple protective circuit design, without memory effect , accurately calculates remaining power within minutes. Specification Voltage 7.2V / Capacity 47.5Wh /


Weight 0.28kg / Dimension 70.5 x 38.5 x 60mm / Applicable SONY HDV-FXIE HVR-Z1C DSR-PD190P DSR-PD150P Compatiblity Sony NP-970

S-3602F 1. 2-channel charger: charge two batteries

simultaneously. 2. 2-channel adaptor: supply power to camera and focus light simultaneously. 3. One channel charger and the other channel adaptor: charge one battery and supply power to camera simultaneously. Input AC100~240V,50/60Hz Output(charger) DC 8.4V,2A x 2 Output(Adaptor) DC 8.4V,2A x 2 Weight 0.36Kg Dimension 136 x 110 x 47mm Applicable Batteries S-8970/8770;SONY NPF970/770/550

Voltage: 14.4V Capacity: 126Wh Dimensions: 165 x 90 x 51mm Weight: approx. 0.9 Kg Operation Temperatur: 0-40°C

SC-304A

LED Battery Video Light

Gold Mount Charger Input: AC 100V-240V 50/60Hz Output: DC 14V-20V, 1.9A×2 Applicable battery: Gold mount battery Dimension: 223×230×66mm Weight: 1.6kg

SC-3802S

S-8080

1. Li-ion battery, no memory effect and environmental protection. 2. Indicate the remaining power by LED. 3. Build-in intelligent control circuit, multiple protections of temperature, current and voltage. Voltage 14.4V Capacity 88Wh Dimension 165 x 90 x 51mm Weight approx 0.8 Kg Operation Temperatur 0-40 &degC

HVL-LBP

2-channel Portable Charger Portable two-channel sequential charger. With Power Adapter function. Works with SONY V-Lock mount batteries. Available for Ni-Cd, Ni-MH and Li-ion batteries. CE approved.

The new HVL-LBP LED Light System features a wider uniform light for 16:9 aspect and 600 lx @ 1m brightness! Powered by InfoLithium “L Series” battery, the battery operation time is approximately 3 hours with the NP-F970 battery! Supplied accessories include Diffuser/Condensing lens system and battery adaptor.

CM-LBPS900 LED Light

S-2040

S-8160S

Voltage 14.4V Capacity 88Wh

S-8110S

Chip Array LED - Chip Array LED - 80W equivalent output - Single shadow, glareless - Cool touch - 5000K color temperature - 5600K and 3200K filter - Color rendering index: 85 - 6-17V wide input voltage - Interchangeable DV mount and battery - Screw and cold shoe mount

Professional grade 5-LED light / Energy saving and environmental friendly design with maximum powre consumption at approximately 10W. / Wide range of irradiation with homogeneous light distribution (90 degree for brand light and 45 degree for spotlight) / High luminous efficiency maximum at 900 lux or 400lux in 1 meter distance / Two intensity levels switch / 250g Light weight (excluding battery) / Switchable color temperature at 4500K or 3200K using the built-in filter / High beam/spotlight setup using the built-in condense lens / Long life LED lightbulb abotu 10,000 hours usage / Built-in top-mount cold shoe adapter

21


Camera Cases

CM-LBPS1800 LED Light

Kata D-Light Capsule-181 DL Case (Black)

Professional grade 10LED light / Energy saving and environmental friendly design with maximum powre consumption at approximately 18W. / Wide range of irradiation with homogeneous light distribution (90 degree for brand light and 45 degree for spotlight) / High luminous efficiency maximum at 1800 lux in 1 meter distance / Adjustable dimmer to control different intensity of brightness / 420g Light weight (excluding battery) / Switchable color temperature at 4500K or 3200K using the built-in filter / High beam/spotlight setup using the built-in condense lens / Long life LED lightbulb abotu 10,000 hours usage

CN B144

Led Light - Led Torch 144 leds 5400째k

CN-B144 LED Video Light Panel For DSLR and Camcorders Led Torch - 5400째k with filters 3200, minus green and difuser . Compatible with Sony NPF, Panasonic CGA and regular AA Batteries Specifications: Input Voltage: 7.2-12V Power: 8.6W LED Bulbs: 144pcs High Output LED bulbs,Provide higher brightness Illumination (Lum) 1001LM Color Temperature: 5400째k

22

Fits Various Camcorders w/ AccessoriesAnti-rip Nylon ExteriorTST Rib StructureAluminum Skeleton StaveAeriform Interior DividersYelloop Interior LiningLens Pillow and Rain CoverInterconnected HandleRemovable Shoulder Strap with Pad

Kata D-Light Capsule-185 DL Case (Black)

Fits Various Camcorders w/ AccessoriesAnti-rip Nylon ExteriorTST Rib StructureAluminum Skeleton StaveAeriform Interior DividersYelloop Interior LiningLens Pillow and Rain CoverInterconnected HandleRemovable Shoulder Strap with Pad

Kata D-Light Capsule-183 DL Case (Black)

Fits Various Camcorders w/ AccessoriesAnti-rip Nylon ExteriorTST Rib StructureAluminum Skeleton StaveAeriform Interior DividersYelloop Interior LiningLens Pillow and Rain CoverInterconnected HandleRemovable Shoulder Strap with Pad

CC-197 PL


Camera Cases

The CC-197 PL Compact Case is the professional shoulder bag solution for camcorders such as the Sony Canon XL series, JVC HD series and all other HDV models with a large accessory set-up. It can also fit an HDSLR rigged with video accessories.

VA-801-15

CC-193 PL The CC-193 PL Compact Case is the professional solution for camcorders such as the Sony F3, Panasonic AF100 and similar sized models, OR an HDSLR rigged with video

CC-195 PL

CRC-15 is quick and easy to set up, featuring pull tight cords, Hook & Loop strips all along the rim for rapid opening and closing, and a full size transparent window to monitor all controls when working.

Kata CG-3 Camera Glove The CC-195 PL Compact Case is the professional solution for camcorders such as the Canon XL series, JVC HD series and similar sized models, OR an HDSLR rigged with video accessories.

kata VA-002-1A

- for Sony DVW-700, DVW-707, DVW-709, DVW-790WS, HDW-700, HDW-750, HDW-790 & MSW-900P Camcorders

Camera Glove-13 The CCC-1A is designed to hold a medium to large pro camcorder with battery & lens installed and is engineered to be a lightweight and highly protective case due to the thermoformed laminated foam layers.

KT VA-222-2A The MCC-2A is designed to hold a large pro camcorder with battery & lens installed and is engineered to be a lightweight and highly protective case due to the thermoformed laminated foam layers. Included dividers and support cushions enable customization of the space to meet specific needs.

Kata Pro-Light Bumblebee-220 PL Backpack

Camcorder Glove for Sony DSR400 and DSR 450 (see KATA Web Bag Chooser).

Kata DVG-59 Camcorder Guard

For Sony PMW-EX3 CamcorderThermo Pressed Fabric LaminationSemi-rigid Closed Cell FoamIncludes Flexible Viewfinder Sleeve

Fits 2-3 D-SLR Camera 8 Lens KitFits Small HDV Camcorder KitHolds Computer with Screen up to 17�

23


Optics

Compact Prime CP.2 Lenses Interchangeable Mount System allows usage of lenses for different camera systems (PL, EF, F, MFT, E mount).

Compact Prime CP.2 Lenses

Compact and Lightweight lenses with Interchangeable Mount System.

One of the most important aspects of a successful production is the

competence and diversity of your team. Whether you’re shooting a commercial where exquisite color rendition and high contrast is important, or a tense, dramatic sequence in low light situations for a feature film, Compact Prime lenses offer you the performance you need to get the scene right. With a wide range of focal lengths, fullframe coverage, fantastic image quality, great flare suppression and precise focusing through the large rotation angle, Compact Prime lenses give you a flexible set of tools to make your film shine. With its long history in both photo and cine lenses, Carl Zeiss is dedicated to supporting filmmakers and allowing you to benefit from the highest possible image quality in any situation. - Interchangeable Mount - Full frame coverage (CP.2 18mm only APS-H) - Robust cine style housing with the ability to utilize follow-focus - Standard focus and iris gear positions - Five different mounts available (PL, EF, F, E and MFT mount) - Conistent front diameter (except of 50 Macro) - Longer focus rotation and a manual focus and iris - Calibrated focus scales

Application Switching between traditional film and digital PL cine cameras and HDSLR cameras is no longer an issue. The Compact Prime CP.2 lenses’ improved functionality means improved ergonomics compared to standard SLR lenses, standard housing dimensions, standard focus and iris gear positions, a consistent front diameter, a robust construction, longer focus rotation and a manual focus, thereby providing the flexibility users demand. With precision and speed - Compact Prime CP.2 lenses are the perfect tool for Independent filmmakers, professional still photographers expanding their services or large studios using HDSLR’s as a second camera for TV and feature film productions.

24

Compact Zoom CZ.2 lenses Get closer to the action.

The new Compact Zoom CZ.2 lenses are as versatile as they are powerful and incorporate features never seen before on lenses of this kind. They are handy, compact, ready for 4k and even offer full-frame coverage. With their zoom lengths of 28 – 80 mm and 70 – 200 mm, they give you a wide range of creative options. Their compact size and light weight make them the ideal companions for even the most ambitious applications, including handheld, Steadicam and projects in confined spaces. And thanks to their robust, cine-style housing (which also allows for the use of a follow-focus system), their full-frame coverage and interchangeabale mounts, they will be reliable partners for years to come.

Interchangeable mount • Full-frame coverage (36 x 24 mm) • No focus shift over the zoom range • Robust cine-style housing • Round iris • Great flare suppression • Calibrated focus scales


Optics

Compact Prime CP.2 15 mm/T2.9

Aperture range T 2.9 to T 22 Close focus distance 1 0.3 m / 12” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 100° APS-H 90° Super 35 79° Normal 35 73° APS-C 73° MFT 60° Length 86 mm / 3.39’’ Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 0.9 kg / 2.0 lbs

Compact Prime CP.2 18 mm/T3.6

Aperture range T 3.6 to T 22 Close focus distance 1 0.3 m / 12” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame2 – APS-H 80° Super 35 69° Normal 35 63° APS-C 64° MFT 51° Length 80 mm / 3.15” Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 0.9 kg / 2.0 lbs

Compact Prime CP.2 21 mm/T2.9

Aperture range T 2.9 to T 22 Close focus distance 0.24 m / 10” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 81° APS-H 71° Super 35 61° Normal 35 55° APS-C 56° MFT 45° Length 80 mm / 3.15” Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 1.0 kg / 2.2 lbs

Aperture range T 2.1 to T 22 Close focus distance 0.3 m / 12” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 54° APS-H 47° Super 35 39° Normal 35 35° APS-C 35° MFT 28° Length 80 mm / 3.15” Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 1.0 kg / 2.2 lbs

Compact Prime CP.2 25 mm/T2.9

Compact Prime CP.2 50 mm/T2.1

Aperture range T 2.9 to T 22 Close focus distance 0.17 m / 7” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 72° APS-H 62° Super 35 53° Normal 35 47° APS-C 48° MFT 38° Length 80 mm / 3.15” Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 0.9 kg / 2.0 lbs

Aperture range T 2.1 to T 22 Close focus distance 0.45 m / 18” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 40° APS-H 34° Super 35 28° Normal 35 25° APS-C 25° MFT 20° Length 80 mm / 3.15” Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 0.9 kg / 2.0 lbs

Compact Prime CP.2 28 mm/T2.1

Compact Prime Macro CP.2 50 mm/T2.1

Aperture range T 2.1 to T 22 Close focus distance 0.24 m / 10” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 65° APS-H 57° Super 35 48° Normal 35 43° APS-C 43° MFT 34° Length 80 mm / 3.15” Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 1.0 kg / 2.2 lbs

Compact Prime CP.2 35 mm/T2.1

Aperture range T 2.1 to T 22 Close focus distance 0.24 m / 10” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 40° APS-H 34° Super 35 28° Normal 35 25° APS-C 25° MFT7 20° Length 132 mm / 5.19” Front diameter 134 mm / 5.3” Weight 1.35 kg / 3.0 lbs

Compact Prime CP.2 85 mm/T2.1

25


Optics

Aperture range T 2.1 to T 22 Close focus distance 1 m / 3’3” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 24° APS-H 20° Super 35 17° Normal 35 15° APS-C 15° MFT7 12° Length 80 mm / 3.15” Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 0.9 kg / 2.0 lbs

Compact Prime CP.2 35 mm/T1.5 Super Speed

Compact Zoom CZ.2 28–80 mm/T2.9

Compact Prime CP.2 100 mm/T2.1 CF

Aperture range T 2.1 to T 22 Close focus distance 0.7 m / 2’6” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 20° APS-H 17° Super 35 14° Normal 35 13° APS-C 13° MFT7 10° Length 132 mm / 5.19” Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 1.49 kg / 3.3 lbs

Aperture range T 1.5 to T 22 Close focus distance 0.3 m / 12” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 54° APS-H 47° Super 35 39° Normal 35 35° APS-C6 35° MFT7 28° Length8 91 mm / 3.58” Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 1.1 kg / 2.4 lbs

Compact Prime CP.2 50 mm/T1.5 Super Speed

Compact Prime CP.2 135 mm/T2.1

Aperture range T 2.1 to T 22 Close focus distance 1 m / 3’3” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 15° APS-H 13° Super 35 11° Normal 35 9° APS-C 9° MFT7 7° Length 149 mm / 5.86” Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 1.6kg / 3.5 lbs

Aperture range T 2.9 to T 22 Focal range 28–80 mm Close focus distance 0.83 m / 2’8” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 25–66° APS-H 21–57° Super 35 18–48° Normal 35 16–43° APS-C 16–43° MFT 5–14° Length 196 mm / 7.72” Front diameter 95 mm / 3.7” Weight 2.5 kg / 5.5 lbs

Compact Zoom CZ.2 70–200 mm/T2.9 Aperture range T 1.5 to T 22 Close focus distance 0.45 m / 18” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 40° APS-H 34° Super 35 28° Normal 35 25° APS-C 25° MFT7 20° Length 80 mm / 3.15” Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 0.9 kg / 2.0 lbs

Compact Prime CP.2 85 mm/T1.5 Super Speed

Aperture range

26

Close focus distance 1 m / 3’3” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 24° APS-H 20° Super 3 17° Normal 35 15° APS-C 15° MFT 12° Length 80 mm / 3.15” Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 0.9 kg / 2.0 lbs

T 1.5 to T 22

Aperture range T 2.9 to T 22 Focal range 70–200 mm Close focus distance 1.52 m / 5’ Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 10–29° APS-H 9–24° Super 35 7–20° Normal 35 6–18° APS-C 6–18° MFT 5–14° Length 250 mm / 9.84” Front diameter 95 mm / 3.7” Weight 2.8 kg / 6.2 lbs


And Now

Optics In Advanced Media

Optimo 16-42

Optimo 16-42

SPECIFICATIONS Aperture: Zoom ratio: Wieight (approx.): Length: MOD: Image coverag:

f/2.6 - T2.8 2.7X 4.2 lbs - 1.92kg 190 mm 2 ft - 0.6 m S35 + 31.4mm diagonal

. Perfect homogeneity of colorimetry, contrast and resolution. . Compact and very light (< 1.9 Kg). . Intended for economical digital cameras; not compatible with reflex cameras. . Constant diaphragm over the totality of the course of the zoom (no ramping), no breathing, very bright for a 2.7x ratio. . Precise, ergonomic focus ring, in feet or meters on request. . Image Coverage S35+ format (31.4 mm diagonal). . Available in PL mount. . Compatible with the Optimo 0.75x Wide Angle accessory. . Exists in matched pairs of zoom lenses, rapid tracking adjustment lever. . The precise display of zoom settings and the high-precision mechanism, both as regards fluidity and ergonomics, optimise operatorsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; reaction time so that they can stay as close as possible to the action.

Optimo 30-80

Optimo 30-80

SPECIFICATIONS Aperture: Zoom ratio: Weight (approx.): Length: MOD: Image coverage:

f/2.6 - T2.8 2.7X 4.2 lbs - 1.92kg 184 mm 2 ft - 0.6 m S35 + 31.4mm diagonal

. Perfect homogeneity of colorimetry, contrast and resolution. . Compact and very light (< 1.9 Kg). . Intended for economical digital cameras, not compatible with reflex cameras. . Constant diaphragm over the totality of the course of the zoom (no ramping), no breathing, very bright for a 2.7x ratio. . Precise, ergonomic focus ring, in feet or meters on request. . Image Coverage S35+ format (31.4 mm diagonal). . Available in PL mount. . Exists in matched pairs of zoom lenses, rapid tracking adjustment lever. . The precise display of zoom settings and the high-precision mechanism, both as regards fluidity and ergonomics, optimise operatorsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; reaction time so that they can stay as close as possible to the action.

27


Optics

KJ17ex7.7B Series ENG Lenses

HJ22ex7.6B Series ENG Lenses

The KJ20x8.2B is Canon’s widest (8.2 mm) lens in the affordable 20x zoom class, and it covers a generous range of focal lengths, particularly when combined with its built-in 2x extender expanding its 8.2mm-164mm focal length to 16.4mm-328mm.

KJ20x8.2B KRSD ENG Lenses The KJ17ex7.7B is the first of a new family of second generation 2/3-inch HDgc portable HD lenses. The new design reflects design refinements to the first generation line of HDgc lenses originally introduced in 2006.

The HJ22ex7.6B is the longest focal length portable HDTV production lens offered by Canon (without an image stabilization system). It is a smaller and lighter replacement for the former highly popular HJ21ex7.8B lens. It is a strategic member of the family of HD portable EFP lenses – that collectively offers an unusually broad range of creative options.

KJ22ex7.6B Series ENG Lenses

HJ17ex7.6B Series ENG Lenses

The HJ17ex7.6B is a cost-effective new 2/3-inch portable HD lens specifically intended to support the emerging industry interest in high definition electronic newsgathering. It is a key new member of a family of HD portable lenses intended to support the broadening of HDTV production. This particular lens is intended for producers and broadcasters having as their foremost priority an affordable lens-camera system that offers performance tailored for HDTV newsgathering.

The KJ22ex7.6B is part of a new family of second generation 2/3-inch HDgc portable HD lenses. The new design reflects design refinements to the first generation line of HDgc lenses originally introduced in 2006. The HDgc line of lenses had been specifically developed to achieve a price performance ratio that was commensurate with the new line of cost-effective HD camcorders being introduced by all major camera manufacturers in response to the broadcast industry’s rapidly growing interest in transitioning to HDTV newsgathering, HD reality shows, and other lower-budget HD productions.

ENG Lenses

ENG Lenses

28

KJ20x8.5B KRSD ENG Lenses

KJ10ex4.5B IRSE

HJ14ex4.3B Series

The HJ14ex4.3B is the new successor to the long-acclaimed wide angle HJ11ex4.7B portable HDTV production lens offered by Canon. The enthusiastic acceptance of the latter all over the world since its introduction in 2001 encouraged Canon to pursue a further expansion of creative capabilities with a new-generation lens that facilitated an even wider angle of view, while also extending the focal range. Imaging performance has been significantly advanced by mobilizing the most contemporary of optical glasses, optical coating materials and processes, and powerful new optical design tools.

As HD camera equipment continues to spread to all facets of professional video production, Canon has been expanding its HDgc lineup of cost-effective lenses for advanced professionals. To help meet this increasing demand for affordable high-quality HD ENG lenses, Canon is proud to introduce the KJ20x8.2B KRSD, achieving outstanding optical performance with a light weight of 1.25 kg and wider-angle focal length of 8.2mm.

The world’s major professional video manufacturers have introduced a diverse range of low-cost tapeless HD camcorders and tapebased HDV professional camcorders. Various design strategies have been adopted by the manufacturers to decisively drive down the costs of these HD acquisition systems. They include different image format sizes, subsampled imagers, and contemporary digital recording techniques. In support of these products Canon designed an entire family of cost-effective HD ENG/EFP lenses that seek to match both the performance and the costs of these diverse and still-emerging HD acquisition systems.

KJ20x8.2B IRSD ENG Lenses

Canon has introduced a new family of portable HDTV lenses for EFP, ENG, and a range of corporate and business industrial applications. In so doing, an important hierarchy in HD optics was created. It is important because of the highly innovative developments by the world’s major professional video manufacturers in their recent introduction of a diverse range of new low-cost tapeless HD camcorders and tape-based HDV professional camcorders.

KJ13x6B KRS ENG Lenses

The world’s major professional video manufacturers have introduced a diverse range of low-cost tapeless HD camcorders and tape-based HDV professional camcorders.


Optics

Counless Choice Choice with with Counless

MTF Adaptors Adaptors MTF

This adaptor will allow you to mount 2/3” broadcast lenses directly onto the EX3 Technical Details Magnification: Lens Type Mag. Factor B4 2/3” 1.375X Weight: 126 g

MTF EFFECT

A modular Electronic Canon EF adaptor system

A modular Electronic Canon EF adaptor system. EF Full Exposure Control Terminal One box, with a choice of 3 mounts, Sony PMW-F3, Sony NEX FS–100 and Panasonic AGAF 101 (these 3 mounts are sold seperately) Designed and built in England Adjusts aperture in 1/8th stop increments. Displays focal length as well as aperture. Displays focal length while zooming Displays aperture ramping while zooming (for lenses with non constant aperture) Powered by standard AA batteries, enough for a full days shooting

Powered B4 to Sony PMW-EX3 Adaptor

NOW WITH FULL ZOOM SERVO AND AUTO IRIS FUNCTIONALITY. This adaptor will allow you to mount 2/3” broadcast lenses directly onto the EX3. Technical Details Magnification: Lens Type Mag. Factor B4 2/3” 1.375X Weight: 150 g

Nikon G to Sony PMWEX3 Adaptor

The worlds first Nikon G to 1/3” bayonet adaptor. Perfect for shooting extreme telephoto, this adaptor allows the use of the full range of Nikon and Nikon mounted lenses. This adapter works with the following cameras: JVC GY-HD 100 or 200 JVC GY-HM700 Sony HVR-Z7 Sony HVR-S270 Panasonic HPX300 and the new AG-HPX370 Technical Details Magnification: Lens Type Mag. Factor Full Frame 7.2X Nikon DX 4.83X Weight: 60 g

Nikon G to Sony E Mount Adaptor

The worlds first Nikon G to Sony E Mount adaptor. With the introduction of the Sony NEX stills cameras, and NEX-VG10 camcorder later this year, and working closely with Sony UK, we have designed some new products to suit. This Product allows the use of any Nikon mounted lens on the Sony NEX-3, NEX-5 and the new NEX-VG10

Nikon G to Sony PMW-F3

Low battery warning Timed auto shut-down Illuminated display Will now power lens stabilisation Compatible with most Canon EF lenses*, ALL Ziess lenses and most third party lenses

The worlds first Nikon G to EX3 adaptor. Simply turn the blue ring to adjust aperture. This adaptor incorporates a built in control ring allowing you to visually adjust lens aperture. (Patent pending) Although designed for G series lenses, this adaptor is compatible with ALL Nikon lenses including DX series. Technical Details Magnification: Lens Type Mag. Factor Full Frame 5.4 Nikon DX 3.6 Weight: 100 g

B4 2/3” to Sony PMW-EX3 adaptor Nikon G to 1/3” bayonet adaptor

The worlds first Nikon G to Sony PMW-F3 adaptor. Simply turn the blue ring to adjust aperture. This adaptor incorporates a built in control ring allowing you to visually adjust lens aperture. (Patent pending) Although designed for G series lenses, this adaptor is compatible with ALL Nikon lenses including DX series. Technical Details Magnification: Lens Type Mag. Factor Full Frame 1.5X Weight: 145 g

29


Optics

Canon EF Lens to Sony NEX Speed Booster

Increase maximum aperture by 1 stop. Increase MTF. Makes lens 0.71x wider. Optics designed by Caldwell Photographic in the USA (patent pending). Electronic integration of aperture diaphragm, controlled by or from the camera body. Partial autofocus support for late-model (post2006) Canon-brand lenses. Powered by camera body. No external power source required. The tripod foot is detachable and compatible with Arca Swiss, Markins, Photo cam ball heads. High performance 32-bit processor and efficient switched-mode power supply.

Canon EF Lens to Sony NEX Smart Adapter (Mark III)

This Smart AdapterTM has the following features: True electronic integration of aperture diaphragm - let camera automatically choose aperture in P or S exposure modes, or dial in yourself on the camera body in A or M modes. Powered by camera body. No external power source required. Wide open button (opposite of depth-of-field preview function) makes manual focusing easy. The tripod foot is detachable and compatible with Arca Swiss, Markins, Photo cam ball heads. High performance 32-bit processor and efficient switched-mode power supply.

Smart Adapter™ for mounting EF and EF-S mount lenses on Sony NEX cameras.

30

Smart Adapter™ III is now also compatible with the full-frame NEX camera VG900, with auto-crop support so that both full-frame and cropped lenses can be used without any configuration. This is not a Speed Booster™ but maximum aperture and focal length remain unchanged. It retains existing features such as a detachable AS-style quick release plate, chrome-plated brass for all mounting surfaces, EXIF, autofocus and image stabilization (IS) lens support. Since its advent in 2012, the Metabones® Smart Adapter™ has become an indispensable tool for the most demanding cinematographers and other professionals, and it has been continuously refined based on customer input.

OIC-35 Director’s Viewfinder

The director’s viewfinder OIC-35 (Optical Image Control) is an indispensable device for every DOP or Director. The OIC-35 is a precision device, which was conceived for daily film set use. The housing is of light alloy and fitted with a 54 PL - mount. The optical light path in connection with the interchangeable Arriflex 435/535 ground glasses allows the operator to see the complete format unrestricted in the eyepiece.

The Mark Vb Director’s Viewfinder

The Pocket Mini - 11x Telescoping Director’s Viewfinder

The Pocket Mini Director’s Viewfinder is a proven, versatile accessory for directors, cinematographers, production designers, set builders and location scouts in the film and television industry. Used as recommended this instrument will improve creativity and flexibility in defining choices of lenses, angles, and coverage on the set or location. Specifications Aspect Ratios: TV (4:3), 1.66, 16:9, 1.85, 2:35, 2.55 S16 range: 10mm - 114mm 35mm range: 18mm - 200mm Anamorphic range: 35mm - 400mm 1/3” sensor range: 3.9mm - 44mm 1/2” sensor range: 5.2mm - 58mm 2/3” sensor range: 7.2mm - 80mm

Combo Scene Slate

The best way of identifying the beginning or end of a scene. Our Combo slate is manufactured by Alan Gordon and made of heavy duty acrylic. It measures 11” x 9.25” x 1/8”. ENGRAVED letters and dividing lines provide a superior alternative to silk screened lettering ensuring durability. The Clap sticks are machined from Alder wood specially selected for its distinctive pitched “clap.” Black on white. Fits all standard front boxes. Sold with a mesh storage bag and 1 dry erase marker.

Expendables The Mark Vb Director’s Viewfinder accurately defines choice of lenses, angles and coverage in a wide variety of formats for both film and video. It enables filmmakers to communicate their visions to each other quickly and with complete accuracy, allowing the time saved to be used on the art of filmmaking. Zoom Ranges Film 16mm film: 8.5-100mm Super 16 film: 10.5-125mm 35mm film: 18-200mm 35 Anamorphic film: 35-420mm Video 2/3” video: 8.5-75mm

We carry a full inventory of expendable products that are necessities for your production activities. Don’t forget to include these indispensable items with your order.


Optics

CMB-R20 Sunshade for Sony PMW-EX3

Kits and light-weight supports for Sony PMW F5 and F55

The CMB-R20 system brings professional shading and filtering solutions to the Sony PMW-EX3. The affordably priced CMB-R20 mattebox is loaded with the benefits operators have come to expect from Chrosziel. The CMB-R20 is a true 16:9 housing sporting a sleek rectangular design. A full-size French Flag is included for more precise manipulation of light.Dual Rotating Filterstages The CMB-R20 mattebox comes complete with a dual filterstage for two independently rotating 4x4 filters, making it large enough for most DV/HDV camera lenses, yet compact enough for handheld work.

MatteBox MB 450W Super Wide Chrosziel camera accessories offer many advantages over similar brands in terms of material, machining and design quality. With Chrosziel light-weight supports for Sony‘s brand-new PMW F5 and F55 for example, it is exceptionally easy to switch fast between 15 mm support systems and 19 mm studio base plates. That is because both light-weight supports also serve as an adapter for base plate Digi Cine (401-F235) featuring 19 mm studio rods. The PMW F55 kit contains: MatteBox MB 602 with four-filter stage (which can be adjusted extremely precise even during filming), a foldable french flag with a pair of adjustable side wings, a 165 mm diameter rear plate, and a 165:142,5 mm intermediate ring (610-14), two 5.65 x 5.65“ filterholder inserts (610-01-565), a 114 mm diameter rubber bellows ret. ring (610-66), a 110 mm rubber bellows ret. ring (610-11), a 136 mm diameter ring (for typical Digi Cine zoom lenses) (410-58), complete bridge plate DigiCine with 19 mm diameter rods made of steel or carbon fiber (no extra costs) (401-F235), and base plate LWS Sony F5/F55 (401-96-01).

Kit for Sony PMW – F3

Kit for Sony PMW-F3, for lenses with outer Ø 95-125mm: MatteBox 456 Academy Double, for cameras with full format chip, with Double - Rotating-Filter Stage, french flag (402-26),2 filterholders multi-format 5x5/4x5.650 (510-01), 16:9 matte insert, bracket for Ø15 mm rods and clamp adaptor Ø130mm.

MatteBox 450W Super Wide MatteBox for wide-angle lenses, with DoubleRotating Filter Stage, incl. french flag (45011), 2 filterholders multiformat 4x4/4x5.650 (410-31), bracket for Ø15mm rods & clamp adapter Ø130mm.

MB 456 Academy - compact

Three filters, up to 14mm focal length Academy format.

Production MatteBox for cameras with 16x22mm chip or film format. CarbonDesign, lightweight and impact resistant. Lightweight and ultra compact, ideal for handheld shooting. But also no compromise due to the Triple-RotatingFilterstage, equipped with 3 equally sized multiformat filter holders (510-01) 5x5” / 4x5.65”. True 14mm MatteBox - By using 5x5 filters, two rotate unrestrictedly and the first one can be rotated by 40°. The front stages (first and the second one respectively) are automatically held in place when the next further back is rotated.

401-415HD Heavy Duty rod support and 411-68 Flexi-Insertring. This Mattebox also has a clamp-on-mount Ø 130mm for lens diameter 95mm to 125mm. (image shows FollowFocus and SR-R1 recorder adapter, not included in the kit) The new Carbon-Design, light weight and impact resistant.

31


Optics

The MB 456 Academy with rod adaptor and SunShade function, clamp-on Ø 130mm.

StudioRig Cine Single complete

StudioRig Cine Single Wheel, Follow Focus with 1 handwheel, incl. scale + focus lever.

Chrosziel FollowFocus StudioRig

Menu driven setup with a multi color OLED Display Modularity of the components meets the needs of the different users and allows later upgrades Rf-communication at the 400/800 MHz band allowing save connection, also over long distances Controlled Functions: Focus/Iris/Zoom Base(Inter Axial), Angulation (Convergence),with highly precise digital encoder motors plus Start & Stop Smooth zoom movements with precise joystick control Fluid-like focus hand wheel and iris slider Control of a local eye-light through a motor channel and interface possibility to a DMX-source Build-In features for S3D- applications (lens & RIG control) Meta data logging to USB to a *.cvs file Internal synchronize able time code generator Internal power supply for powerful motor control Automatic maximum power level adjustment during end-stop calibration to handle stiff or easy-going lenses Adjustable backlash compensation for each single motor USB & 2x RS232/RS422 Interface Easy Software update via USB- Stick Different levels for motor torque pre-selectable

The wireless remote follow focus.

Studio Rig Follow Focus, versions for video and film lenses. For smooth and precise focus moves due to our fluid damping module and gear units and bearings with the lowest tolerances: It allows play and jerkfree focus moves even for permanent direction changes. We abstain from using switchable gear boxes for the sake of play-free preciseness. Instead, we use two gear boxes for the different focus markings of film and video lenses. Film lenses, prime lens and “Cine style” video lenses typically display an adjustable range of 200º from close-up to infinity. The Studio Rig Cine translates the rotation on the hand wheel in a way to lens focus ring that approx. one turn covers the range. The focus of the video lenses rotate only approx. 100º to 145º between close-up and infinity.

ALADIN MKII

8 channel wireless remote control system

ALADIN MKII’s has set it’s mark in the high competitive domain of S3D and Steadicam. At the heart of it’s multipurpose powers, lays an ease to use, sophisticated layout promising the world renown German precision engineering. No wonder camera pros, distributors and even competitors testing Chrosziel‘s new remote lens control have agreed that ALADIN MKII leads the pack. Feature List Future proof robust hardware design 8 freely assign able motor sockets also useable as spare sockets in case of a defective channel

32

DigiFOX is a reliable companion for recording with a moving camera. Whether using a crane, dolly or stabilizer, the DigiFOX wireless remote follow focus is simply and quickly ready to use. It transmits the control signal as a digital data package to motors with incremental encoders. Only the DigiFOX also controls internal focus motors as well as the start/stop signal of the Panasonic HDV camcorder HVX200, HPX171 and others. 16 transmission channels are selectable within the 434 MHz – frequency band (US & UK versions 457 MHz) Range* approx. 300m/330yards outdoors and approx. 80m / 90yards in buildings Light weight, compact receiver (8x4x9.5 cm / 3x1.6x3.7 inch, weight 260 g / 9.2 ounces) Compatible with external motors with incremental decoders and internal focus servo motors of many EB lenses from Canon and Fujinon Automatic calibration of the end settings and power provision for the motor dependent on the lens’s mechanical performance Resolution 32 bit, integrated ON/OFF or start/stop recording function “Electronic gear” for spreading or compressing of the translation ratio between the hand wheel and motor reaction Memory of the last settings if the battery must be changed. Also controls the dimmer module from the Aladin system Integrated serial interface RS 232 for easy software upgrades or connecting to PC or PDA 1.5 V D-cell included Lowest power consumption, a battery usually last for an entire day. Option: Rechargeable battery, charger for 110-240 V AC, 33 VA, with all international plug adapters


Monitors

PVM-X300

30-inch 4K TRIMASTER™ LCD professional monitor

High-purity deep colour reproduction Uniformity of image across screen Selection of four I/P modes Maximum flexibility with lightweight compact design Easy-to-use control panel Variety of standard inputs Audio monitoring Time code display Automatic adjustment of white balance External remote control

LMD-1751W

17-inch WXGA (1280 x 768) High Grade LUMA Monitor

The PVM-X300 has a 30-inch 4K LCD panel (4096 x 2160) capable of displaying over four times Full HD resolution in a single screen. The professional LCD monitor incorporates Sony’s exclusive TRIMASTER™ technology architecture, achieving excellent colour and picture quality reproduction, which makes this monitor ideal for 4K cinema production (onset monitoring, dailiesand editing), 4K live production (camera control, program preview) and real-time 4K presentation.

The LMD-1751W is a 17-inch LCD professional video production monitor positioned at the top of the LUMA series. The monitor offers the latest DSP (Digital Signal Processor), the market-proven ChromaTRU color matching technology, and the high functionality for which Sony professional video monitors are renowned. The monitor accepts a variety of signals in both analog and digital, and HD and SD formats.

LMD-2341W

LMD-1530W

23-inch* Wide Screen High Grade LCD Monitor

The LMD-2341W is a wide screen, slim and robust monitor. It provides high grade picture quality for high quality preview monitoring. It is specifically designed to integrate seamlessly with digital galleries and can also be used as desktop monitor for editing. Redefining high performance in the mid-market sector, the LMD-2341W model incorporates a full HD resolution (1920x1080 pixels) in a 16:9 wide screen aspect ratio LCD panel. This LCD panel displays high brightness and contrast images together with a superior viewing angle of 178 degrees.

Since its introduction in 2003, Sony’s LMD Series has offered professional monitors in a variety of types and sizes, suitable for applications in the studio and in the field.

LMD-1510W

15.6-inch Widescreen Entry-level LCD Monitor

PVM-1741

17-inch Professional OLED Picture Monitor

Sony OLED panel with full HD and RGB 10-bit driver TRIMASTER EL offers highest picture quality Superb Black Performance Wide colour gamut

The LMD-1510W is a 15.6-inch WXGA (1366 x 768) multi-format professional monitor specifically designed to provide reference video monitoring solution for entry-level video applications. A 10-bit processor ensures accurate picture reproduction with less image artefacts. Combined with a high purity filter, the LMD-1510W provides excellent colour depth for precise colour reproduction. Equipped with a HDMI

33


Monitors

interface as standard, this entry-level monitor is an ideal match for professional and semi-professional High Definition applications

S-1071HF

7-inch waveform HDSDI/HDMI monitor

LMD-940W

The LMD-940W is a high-grade type monitor incorporating a newly designed 3G SDI capability. With this feature, the LMD-940W is able to accept 50P and 60P video signals using only one single SDI cable. The small size format of the LMD-940W allows usage in various applications such as ENG/EFP, OB Van, Editing Systems and Monitor Walls.

PVM-741

7.4-inch TRIMASTER EL OLED monitor with 2x 3G/HD/SD-SDI inputs and smart functions.

Features: - 1024×RGB×600 - 16:9 / 4:3 adjustable - HD/SD-SDI, HDMI, Composite video inputs - HDMI converted to SDI output by a Build-in Converter - Waveform (Y/Cb/Cr/R/G/B), with full scale - Vector scope - R G B Histogram - Peaking focus assist (red/blue switch) - False color, Blue only, Zebra - Underscan / Overscan switch - Canon DLSR scale zoom-in - Customer editable video TITLE - Audio meter (SDI 16-ch, HDMI 2-ch) - SDI time code

S-1070C 7” LCD Monitor 7-Inch HDMI TFT Monitor

The PVM-741 is a high-performance, 7.4-inch (188-mm)* OLED (organic light-emitting diode) monitor backed by TRIMASTER EL™ technology. By optimally combining Sony’s OLED display panel technology with a 10-bit panel driver and Sony’s processing technology, the PVM741 monitor achieves superb picture quality – unparalleled black performance, a wide colour gamut, and quick pixel response with virtually no motion blur.

S-1090H

Specification: Input: 1 HDMI: HDMI in 1 BNC: Composite in 2 RCA: L, R stereo audio in Output: 1 BNC : Composite loop through out Signal format: HDMI: 480I / 576I / 480P / 576P / 1080I50 / 1080I60 / 720P50 / 720P60 / 1080P50 / 1080P60 Composite: PAL/ NTSC LCD panel

M-1071A

rack mount Audio/Video LCD monitor

8.9-inch 3GSDI&HDMI LCD monitor

Features: - 8.9-inch LCD - 1280×RGB×768 - 16:9 / 4:3 adjustable - 3G/HD/SD-SDI, HDMI, Composite video, Stereo audio - SDI embedded audio output via 3.5mm earphone socket and speaker - Front and rear 3-color TALLY light - Underscan / Overscan switch - Canon DLSR scale zoom-in - Video flip - Customer editable video TITLE

34

Specification: - 7-inch LCD, 1024×RGB×600 - 16:9 / 4:3 adjustable - HD/SD-SDI, HDMI, CVBS input - 3.0-inch antimagnetic coaxial speaker - 16-ch VU/PPM audio meters display - Lissajous patterns display - Audio peak wave display - Pair audio Selectable output - 3-color TALLY light - Underscan / Overscan switch - Customer editable video TITLE - Video zoom-in - Video flip - 19-inch 3RU rack mount


Monitors

DVF-L350

LCD 3.5-inch colour HD digital viewfinder

Light Weight Retina LCD Display; 3,54” (960x640, 16:9) 160˚(H) / 160˚(V) HDMI Input & Output Various Scan Mode Lens Shutter for protection of the EVF LCD Monitor Internal Colourbar + Pluge Pattern HDMI~HDMI A. Loop Through SDI~SDI A. Loop Through Phone Jack for Calibration

Z-Finder EVF Pro Higher resolution, higher contrast LCD digital viewfinder for CineAlta cameras

The DVF-L350 colour HD digital viewfinder offers LCD quality for CineAlta cameras with a digital interface, such as the PMW-F55 and PMW-F5. Take a major step forward in operating with the incredible image of this 3.5-inch* LCD viewfinder. Compared to previous Sony viewfinders, the DVF-L350 has higher resolution (960 x 540) plus ten times the contrast. And the eyepiece flips up for direct monitoring.

DVF-EL100

OLED 0.7-inch colour HD digital viewfinder

Amazing OLED digital viewfinder for CineAlta cameras

The DVF-EL100 HD digital viewfinder offers amazing OLED quality for CineAlta cameras with a digital interface, such as the PMW-F55 and PMW-F5.Don’t let the small size fool you.This 0.7-inch* viewfinder has the incredible clarity of 1280 x 720 High Definition.And resolution is just the beginning.Thanks to OLED technology, you get superb brightness, contrast and response.

EVF-035W-3G

Specifications: Magnesium Housing-

The Zacuto Electronic Viewfinder (EVF) is a 3.2” high resolution monitor designed to be used in conjunction with any Z-Finder model. The EVF is compatible with all cameras that have an HDMI output, including most DSLRs, the Panasonic AF-100, Sony F3, Canon C100/300/500, RED ONE, RED Scarlet, RED Epic and many, many more. The EVF is compatible with the Blackmagic Camera (and other SDI only cameras) with use of a converter like the Blackmagic HD-SDI to HDMI mini converter. The EVF allows you to operate with your camera “in-line” with your rod system and an offset viewfinder in front of your eye. We believe this traditional film camera and ENG camera style of shooting is the most stable and comfortable. Now we can work this way with any camera. The EVF enhances the stability of any set up, gives you better resolution and focus ability, allows you to get your eye where it most comfortably needs to be, enables low mode shooting, and shortens a shoulder mounted camera package. With an external viewfinder, you’re no longer trapped behind the back of your camera. You can have your camera on a dolly or crane or in a car or anywhere and have the EVF in your hand.

Z-Finder Pro 2.5x for 3.2” Screens

The Z-Finder Pro 2.5x for 3.2” screens is our standard Z-Finder Pro 2.5x packaged with a Z-Finder 3.2” Mounting Frame for Small Body DSLRs. This frame is compatible with small body cameras with 3.2” screens like the Canon 5D MIII and the Nikon D800. This is not a new Z-finder. The Z-Finder Pro 2.5x for 3.2” screens is an optical viewfinder that allows DSLR cameras to have the correct form factor for video. This Z-finder will magnify the LCD screen by 2.5x and has a diopter for specific focus tuning. It cuts out any extraneous light and offers an initial point of stability by pressing your eye against our comfy, large eyecup. The Z-finder Pro 2.5x for 3.2” screens comes with a 40mm diameter Zacuto optical designed lens, anti-fog coated protective covers, and a mounting system designed for 3.2” LCD screens. The diopter allows you to dial in the focus to match your eye. If you need extra focal points you can use the included Z-Finder Extender Frames. These are semi-permanent stackable frames that attach to the body of the Z-Finder Pro and extend the Z-Finder glass further away from the LCD screen for people who are farsighted. rosette items that will combine to outfit your camera rig with hand grips.

35


Heads

DELTA

Maxima Payload Capacity : 22 kg Weight : 3,5 kg Pan range: 360 Tilt range: +/- 90 with sliding base plate +70/60 with qiuck attachment plate Counter balance: Continuous Fluid darg: Continuous Bowl diameter: 100 mm temp, range: -40 /+60 C (-40 /,+158 F) Payload Capacity : Weight : Pan range: Tilt range: Counter balance: Fluid darg: Bowl diameter: temp, range:

52 kg 15 kg 360 +/- 90 Continuous Continuous Mitchell/150 mm -40째/+60째C(-40째/+158째F)

GAMMA

Payload Capacity : 16 kg Weight : 3,5 kg Pan range: 360 Tilt range: +/- 90 with sliding base plate +90/70 with qiuck attachment plate Counter balance: Continuous Fluid darg: Continuous Bowl diameter: 100 mm temp, range: -40 /+60 C (-40 /,+158 F)

MASTER

FOR SONY/CANON

LASER Payload Capacity : Weight : Pan range: Tilt range: Counter balance: Fluid darg: Bowl diameter: temp, range:

30 kg 6,5 kg 360 +/- 90 Continuous Continuous Flat Mitchell/150 mm -40 /+60 C (-40 /,+158 F)

C60S / C40S

Payload Capacity : Weight : Pan range: Tilt range: Counter balance: Fluid darg: Bowl diameter: temp, range:

12 kg 3 kg 360 +/- 90 Continuous Continuous 100 mm -40 /+60 C (-40 /,+158 F)

FOCUS HD

Payload Capacity : Payload Capacity C60S: Weight : Pan range: Tilt range: Counter balance: Counter balance: Fluid darg: Bowl diameter: temp, range:

36

40 kg 50 kg 11 kg 360 +/- 65 7 STEPS + 0 4 STEPS + 0 7+7 Flat Mitchell/150 mm -40 /+60 C (-40 /,+158 F)

Payload Capacity : Weight : Pan range: Tilt range: Counter balance: Fluid darg: Bowl diameter: temp, range:

12 kg 2.5 kg 360 +/- 90 Continuous Continuous 100 mm -40 /+60 C (-40 /,+158 F)


Heads

Delta Rosso

working height:

15cm

weight:

3.6kg

load capacity:

16kg

plate type:

357PLV

501 HDV PRO FLUID VIDEO HEAD Payload Capacity : Weight : Pan range: Tilt range: quick attachment plate Counter balance: Fluid darg: Bowl diameter: temp, range:

22 kg 3.5 kg 360 +/- 90° with sliding base plate; +70°/-60° with Continuous Continuous 100 mm -40 ~ 158°F (-40 ~ 60°C)

Taking its inspiration from our top professional video head models, the 501HDV features a fixed counterbalance spring set for a typical weight of camera and accessories of 2.5kg that helps ensure both smoother tilt movements and greater equipment safety even when tilt locks are inadvertently left off. The easy-to-reach on/off switch allows the counterbalance system to be disengaged or re-engaged for different filming setups. With its improved design, the 501HDV head offers more ergonomics with locks and knobs that allow a more solid grip and better fingertip control.

509HD

working height:

11.5cm

weight:

1.6kg

load capacity:

6kg

plate type:

501PL

MVH 502HD PRO VIDEO HEAD

The 509HD is the result of an important technical evolution - the perfect synthesis between an innovative “bridge architecture”. A new bridge leading the videographer and photographer to even better results with today’s high-definition cameras. A unique Advance Balancing Recorder feature can record the perfect balanced position for your camera equipment so that the position can be recalled later on. This electronic ABR feature reduces the time needed for setting up and balancing your camera system on the tripod head. working height:

17cm

weight:

3.8kg

load capacity:

13kg

plate type:

509HLV

Full smoothness control while shooting thanks to the variable fluid mechanisms. Ideal for latest camcorder and HDSLR cameras supplied with external accessories (4kg max capacity with Ø75mm half ball connection).

working height:

15cm

weight:

load capacity:

4 kg

plate type: 504PLONG

1.8 kg

HI HAT 529B

504HD SYSTEMS

The Manfrotto 504HD Fluid Video Head introduces a revolutionary new design that improves performance while reducing weight, as well as offering a soupçon of style. The head’s patented Bridging Technology allows for a wider top plate and longer sliding plate that add stability and balance to a set of state-of-the-art professional features. With its ability to support up to 16.5 lbs, the 504HD can be used with a variety of video and photo cameras. The newly designed counterbalance system includes four presets--from 0 to 16.5 lbs--enabling proper balance no matter what the camera’s size or weight.

maximum height:

15cm

weight:

load capacity:

4 kg

minimum height: 504PLONG

1.8 kg

Manfrotto’s new Hi-Hat enables you to get shots from the dog’s perspective. The 529B has adjustable leg angles to mount the camera in the tightest or lowest of locations - and thanks to the built - in spreader you can simply use the 529B on any even surface. The feet are rubber-padded to protect delicate surfaces and have a hole so that the 529B can be screwed to a ladder, apple-box or a sheet of wood. Recommended Heads: 526 519 (with 319 adapter) 516 (with 500BALLSH adapter) 503 (with 500BALLSH adapter) 501HDV (with 500BALLSH adapter)

37


Tripods

351MVB2 / 351MVCF

515MVB / 350MVB

LIGHTWEIGHT VIDEO TRIPOD

LIGHTWEIGHT VIDEO TRIPOD

maximum height:

150 cm

weight:

3.5 kg

load capacity:

13 kg

minimum height:

63cm

closed length:

70.5 cm

maximum height:

156 cm

weight:

3.5 kg

load capacity:

15 kg

minimum height:

32 cm

closed length:

72 cm

501HDV+755xbk KIT Head: 501hdv, Tripod: 755xbk

546GBK / 351MVB LIGHTWEIGHT VIDEO TRIPOD

maximum height:

156 cm

weight:

3.5 kg

maximum height:

150.5 cm

weight:

3.53 kg

load capacity:

15 kg

minimum height:

32 cm

load capacity:

5.4 kg

minimum height:

58.0 cm

closed length:

72 cm

701HDV,547BK KIT

542ART / 532ART

Head: 701HD, Tripod: 547BK

ART CARBON FIBER PRO VIDEO TRIPOD

38

maximum height:

152 cm

weight:

4 kg

maximum height:

217.5 cm

weight:

6.1 kg

load capacity:

15 kg

minimum height:

40 cm

load capacity:

9 kg

minimum height:

40 cm

closed length:

73 cm


Tripods

509HD, 545BK KIT Head: 509 HD, Tripod: 545 BK

501HDV,546GBK KIT Head: 501HDV, Tripod: 546GBK

maximum height: weight: load capacity: minimum height:

63.5 cm 2.5 kg 4.0 kg 45.0 cm

519,535K KIT Head: 519, Tripod: 525MVB

maximum height: weight: load capacity: minimum height:

168.5 cm 7.3 kg 13 kg 44.5 cm

504HD,546GBK KIT Head: 504HD, Tripod: 546GBK

maximum height: weight: load capacity: minimum height:

173.3 cm 4.3 kg 5.5 kg 59 cm

MVH 502A, 546 BK KIT Head: 502HD, Tripod: 564GBK

maximum height: weight: load capacity: minimum height:

169.3 cm 6.4 kg 10 kg 45.3 cm

504HD, 536K KIT Head: 504HD, Tripod: 536K

maximum height: weight: load capacity: minimum height:

161.5 cm 6.4 kg 8 kg 74.5 cm

509HD, 545GBK KIT

maximum height: weight: load capacity: minimum height:

217.5 cm 6.1 kg 9 kg 40.0 cm

Head: 509HD, Tripod: 545GBK

701HDV,190XV Head: 701RC2, Tripod: 190XV

maximum height: weight: load capacity: minimum height:

217.5 cm 6.1 kg 9 kg 40.0 cm

561B VIDEO MONOPOD maximum height: 217.5 cm weight: 6.1 kg load capacity: 9 kg minimum height: 40.0 cm

maximum height: weight: load capacity: minimum height:

161.5 cm 6.4 kg 8 kg 74.5 cm

39


Tripods

560B

VIDEO DOLLY 114

VIDEO MONOPOD

521LX LANC REMOTE CONTROL

maximum height: 217.5 cm weight: 6.1 kg load capacity: 9 kg minimum height: 40.0 cm

Diameter 1120 load capacity: 9 kg

562B-1

Fluid Video Aluminum Monopod w/ Plate

weight: 6.1 kg Height: 11.5cm

PORTABLE DOLLY 114MV

maximum height: 193.0 cm weight: 1.4 kg load capacity: 8 kg minimum height: 69.0 cm The Manfrotto 562B-1 Fluid Monopod is a telescoping aluminum support for video cameras that features a robust fluid element at its base. The monopod is designed for use with camcorders weighing up to 17.6 lb. The included 357PLV quick-release plate features both 1/4”-20 and 3/8”-16 mounting studs plus a standard video pin, and it slides to adjust the camera’s center of balance.

Diameter 1120 load capacity: 9 kg

weight: Height:

6.1 kg 1.5cm

VIDEO DOLLY 127

Manfrotto changes the way of interpreting control and introduces the new 521LX Lanc Remote Control. The 521LX Lanc Remote Control has been designed to create an innovative interaction with camcorders that have Lanc controls (SONY and CANON). An innovative design with a simple and dynamic software studied to customize set controls with the best and latest Lanc functions, so that users can customize their performances and have a special unique use. 521LX Lanc Remote Control achieves the highest level of interaction with camcorder, setting a new standard in controlling the camera.

MVR - 901 EPEX

INTELLIGENT ZOOM REMOTE CONTROL FOR ENG LENSES 524CFi

557B

Pro Video Monopod with 3272 Sliding Quick Release Plate maximum height: 164.1 cm weight: 1.1 kg load capacity: 11.97 kg minimum height: 66.8 cm The Manfrotto 557B Pro Video Monopod is a 3-section monopod featuring flip lock levers, and includes a sliding camera plate to adjust the camera’s center. Ideal for use with video cameras. The 557B can be used to a maximum height of 65”, folds to 27” and weighs 2.4 lb.

Diameter 1120 load capacity: 9 kg

BASIC DOLLY 127VS

Diameter 1120 load capacity: 9 kg

558B Video Monopod with 501PL Sliding Q.R. Plate

weight: 6.1 kg Height: 11.5cm

weight: Height:

6.1 kg 1.5cm

FOLDING AUTODOLLY 181B

MVR-901ECEX

REMOTE CONTROL FOR SONY EX1

maximum height: 159.0 cm weight: 1.08 kg load capacity: 7.98 kg minimum height: 65.02 cm The Manfrotto 558B Video Monopod is a light and compact 3-section monopod featuring flip lock levers, and includes a sliding camera plate to adjust the camera’s center. Ideal for use with video cameras. The 558B can be used to a maximum height of 62.6”, folds to 25.6” and weighs 2.2 lb.

40

Professional thumb zoom wheel that comfortably and naturally fits the hand to produce smooth zooms Raised record start/stop button to easily locate as you’re looking through the viewfinder RET Return Video Function that allows you to play back the last 5 seconds of recorded material with the camera automatically cueing up the tape to the last frame so as not to break timecode Stepless zoom control speed dial allowing you to pre-select a zoom speed and/or changing the zoom speed mid-shot Illuminated power indicator. No batteries are required to operate the remote as all power is pulled from the camera.

Diameter 1120 load capacity: 9 kg

weight: 6.1 kg Height: 11.5cm


Tripods

The 521EX Sony PMW EX1 Remote Control features: • Zoom: professional “wheel” zoom for finer adjustments and smoother progressions • Zoom Reverse Control - Invertible zoom direction: zoom in/out can be inverted (left to right or right to left) • Zoom Speed Control • Fast Zoom: preset fast zoom • Dedicated plug

direction knob (by software ) - Multi-speed Zoom and Focus knob Focus/Zoom knob - Max-speed zoom potentiometer - Rec, Zoom and Focus indicator LED’s

MVR - 901 EPLA

FIGRIG SYSTEM

FOR SONY/CANON

Pan-bar remote control for cameras with Lanc (Sony and Canon). REC/STOP - Zoom direction switch -Max-speed zoom potentiometer Stand-by push button - RET push buttons (play back latest 5s) - REC, Zoom and Focus indicator LED’s - Zoom and focus direction knob (by software) - Multi-speed Zoom and Focus knob - Focus/Zoom switch Auto/Man Focus switch

After years of using the Fig Rig on his awardwinning fi lms, Mike Figgis brought his idea to Manfrotto. An idea that is non-traditional in design, but purely simple and effective. The only modular system in the world to smoothly support the DV camera and act as a frame to mount all the accessories including zoom controllers, mics, mixers, lights, monitors, arms... A circular frame with a crossbar to mount most mini DV cameras, the Fig Rig becomes part of the body to produce smooth, steady travelling shots. It is this very fact which is the secret to the Fig Rig. As the operator walks, his/her muscles and tendons absorb all the shocks, transferring only fl uid movements to the camera. As there are no straps or harnesses attached to the Fig Rig, quick and wide movements can be made within the same shot – from ground-level to overhead, in one smooth movement. The camera, accessories and operator become one, allowing you to film scenes quickly and unobtrusively. With the Fig Rig your creativity is virtually limitless.

MVR - 901 ECPL FOR SONY/CANON

Pedestal P20

Remote control can be set-up for Lanc (Canon/ Sony) and Panasonic cameras.Lanc/Panasonic switch Stand-by push button (for Lanc only) - REC/ STOP push button Multi-speed Zoom knob - Zoom-direction switch - REC/STOP LED (for Lanc only) - Zoom direction knob (by software)

MVR - 901 ECLA FOR SONY/CANON

Advanced remote control for Lanc (Canon/ Sony) cameras. - Stand-by push button - REC/STOP push button - Zoom and focus

Maximum Pressure : 13.0 atm(250 psi) Maximum Capacity : 25 kg Total Weight: 15 kg “Non-shot” Stroke: 40 cm Streeing Wheel Diameter: 26 cm Minimum Hight: 74 cm Maximum Hight: 161 cm Wheels: 3*2 Coupled Wheel Diameter: 100 mm Doorway Tracking Width min: 67 cm Doorway Tracking Width max: 97 cm

Pedestal P70 Maximum Pressure P50: 17.0 atm(250 psi) Maximum Pressure P70: 12.2 atm(175 psi) Maximum Capacity P50: 55 kg Maximum Capacity P70: 65 kg Total Weight: 28 kg Total Weight: 28 kg “Non-shot” Stroke: 50 cm Dolly Leg Radius: 50 cm Streeing Wheel Diameter: 45 cm Minimum Hight: 75 cm Maximum Hight: 140 cm Wheels: 3*2 Coupled Wheel Diameter: 125 mm Doorway Tracking Width: 100 cm

41


Camera Support System

pounds. (90kg) Maximum camera weight is 50 pounds. (22.5 kg)

Dolly Track System MICRODOLLY Jib System

The unique MICRODOLLY Jib System is truly a product of the aerospace age. Designed for the crew that must travel light, the Basic Jib weighs just over 10 pounds (4.5 kg) and can easily carry camera gear loads up to 50 pounds (22.7 kg). It can be mounted on most professional tripods or hi-hats. When needed, the Jib can also be mounted upside down. For low maintenance, heavy-duty use, interior parts are permanently lubricated with baked-on Teflon.

As with the MICRODOLLY Camera Dolly and Dolly Track System, the Basic Jib comes in a padded Soft Case only 34 inches (86 cm) long. Set up time is usually less than two minutes.

CAMERA SUCTION MOUNT

This CAMERA SUCTION MOUNT is ideal to safely attach a camera on a moving vehicle, aircraft, train or boat. This innovative KIT uses three strong suction cups, six universal joint clamps and a set of three 12 inch and three 18 inch rods that connect in seconds to a camera plate to position a camera or light almost anyplace. A lighting spud and stainless steel safety cable are also included. The MOUNT weighs just six pounds. (3.5.kg) Total holding force is 200

42

The portable MICRODOLLY Basic Kit Camera Dolly and Dolly Track System is purpose built for crews that must travel light and set up quick. It weighs only 10 pounds (4.5 kg) and fits into a Soft Case only 34 inches (86 cm) long. The Track is spring loaded and snaps together as it is unfolded. The Dolly with 13 feet (4 m) of Track can be set up in less than two minutes and will carry a video camera or film camera weighing up to 100 pounds (45 kg). Silent, smooth, bump free camera moves can be accomplished much quicker than with conventional dollies and dolly equipment.

CARTONI JIB

Design to carry up to 10 kg the CARTONI JIB is one of the most versatile and cost effective lightweight portables jibs. Specifications Payload Capacity : 10 kg Weight : 9 kg Pan range: 360 Maximum extension: 2 mt (78â&#x20AC;?) Minimum extension: 1 mt (38â&#x20AC;?) Bowl diameter: 100 mm


Camera Support System

the Kessler Pocket Dolly™ or CineSlider™ to it, turning it into a virtual “all-in-one” production tool, offering both a jib and mini-dolly in one unit.

JIBO

Kessler 100mm High Hat

DThe new portable 3 section CARTONI JIBO is designed to be one of the most versatile and cost effective lightweight Jibs, carrying up to 15 kg (33 lbs) and fits into a practical lightweight case on wheels. The JIBO‘s innovative unique feature of the 3 easy mounting sections provides fast and easy operational flexibility and can be assembled or disassembled in less than 3 minutes. JIBO adds the benefit of diagonal tracking and elevation to the traditional pan and tilt movement of a standard Fluid Head. This new lightweight Jib weighs only 12 Kg (25 lbs) and folds down to 1 meter (38”) in length and allows shooting from absolute ground level to 2 meters (78”) in height. JIBO interfaces with any 100mm bowl base tripod and for heavier setups a Mitchell base adapter is available for sturdier use.

Pocket Jib

Kessler 100mm High Hat (includes knob for fluid heads with 3/8” threaded stud) Height: 4.75”\

KC-Lite 8.0 Camera Crane

The Kessler KC-Lite 8.0 has been designed to be the best “economy” crane on the market. For the filmmaker shooting on a tight budget, using a lighter digital video or DSLR camera under 10 pounds, we feel the KC-Lite is the highest quality camera crane / jib in the sub $400 price range.

Kessler Multi-Angle Mounting Plate

The Kessler Pocket Jib™ is the ultimate compact, portable jib. Not only is this jib fully collapsible for easy transport, but you can also mount

The Kessler Multi-Angle Mounting Plate is designed to work in conjunction with the Kessler Low Profile Ball Head. The mounting plate can be attached in a 45° or 90° configuration and, coupled with the range of movement of the Low Profile Ball Head, will allow for configuring you camera at just about any angle you desire. The ability to mount to the LP Ball Head in a 90° configuration is ideal for doing vertical slider moves. With the optional Multi-Angle Cheese Plate, you can also attach various accessories and mounts; even another MultiAngle Mount. Weight Capacity: 18 Kg

43


Camera Support System

MotionControl DollyCrane

MotionControl - Developed specifically for use with the DollyCrane and DollyCrane HD, you’ll enjoy endless possibilities of camera movement and control. MotionControl allows manual and programmed movements. Every movement, manual or programmed, may be recorded and stored for later use. There are nine persistent banks and one volatile bank available. Each movement can be repeated up to 999 times and extended “time extension” up to 99 times, allowing the user more than enough opportunity to get that perfect shot. You’ll really appreciate the wide range of speed settings from 0-20cm/sec. and a speed ramp range from 0.5-2.5 seconds. Due to the patent pending, precision counter balance system on DollyCrane and DollyCrane HD family, only one motor is required for all functions of the motion control. The MotionControl System allows the use of the mutli-angled slider to achieve a wide range of unique shots.

DollyCrane HD

DollyCrane - is an innovative Grip system combining the function of the camera crane, mini-jib and dolly/slider. Once set up, the system can instantly change its function from dolly/slider to crane and back thanks to it’s unique construction. The DollyCrane can be assembled quickly by just one operator using standard heavyweight tripods. The DollyCrane will carry any camera up to 10kg. Dolly: By utilizing a movable counterweight, the camera can be tracked up to 160 cm, much further than in typical sliders. The slider rail can be set at almost any angle (max. 60 degrees plus exact vertical 90 degrees movement) and with the counterweight system, the camera can be moved up and down the slider without minimal effort. As the camera moves in one direction, the counterweight tracks in the opposite direction, allowing for continuous perfect balance and control. The movement of dolly and counterweight is very silent. Crane: When configured as a crane the camera can move parallel to the ground, and execute crane movements in 3 axis, up to a maximum lens height of 3m (depending on base tripod) Mini-jib: In its mini-jib configuration, the DollyCrane operator can tilt, pan and move the camera 360 degrees around the base tripod with a maximum lens height of 3m. Motion control: step motor with microprocessor controller . Enables fast and slow movement (time lapse) of camera. DSLR camera’s shutter and exposure control.

The new heavy duty DollyCrane HD features the same revolutionary design features as the standard DC but will accommodate camera and head combinations of up to 32kg, mak ing in an ideal grip companion to more traditional feature, drama and commercial shooting packages. With the increased weight capacity, the DC HD can be used with fully built studio digital cameras such as the Arri Alexa, Sony F35 and Panavision Genesis, as well as traditional 16mm & 35mm film cameras.

The unique counterweighted slider can be operated at almost any angle, including vertical, and also doubles as a mini-jib. The DC HD can be ordered with a MOY or 150mm BOWL fitting for use with your existing heavy duty MOY legs or bazooka.

44


Camera Support System

Remote head has max payload of 20kg, and it is compatible with most ENG camera with either Canon or Fuji lens. Specifications Arm reach: 8.1 m Max. lens height: 6.9 m Min. lens height: 5.4 m Tilt range: -55^ / 45^ Dolly width: 0.82 m Shipping weight: 222 kg

SC-TravelerJIBENG6 SC-SUPERJIB12

Very responsive head with smooth movement, matching the level of famous brand in crane and remote head industry. Slip ring installed for pan movement allows remote head could pan unlimited. Remote head has max payload of 20kg, and it is compatible with most ENG camera with either Canon or Fuji lens. Specifications Arm reach: 10 m Distance from the column to end: 2 m Max. lens height: 8.3 m Min. lens height: 6.9 m Height of column (with tripod & dolly): 1.8 m Tilt range: -55^ / 45^ Dolly width: 0.82 m Shipping Weight: 275 kg

Very responsive head with smooth movement, matching the level of famous brand in crane and remote head industry. Slip ring installed for pan movement allows remote head could pan unlimited. The HD signal can go through the slip ring, which means the remote head can output HD signal. Specifications Arm reach: 3.38 m Max. lens height: 4.69 m Min. lens height: -2.69 m Tilt range: -70^ / 60^ Tripod Height Range: 1.47 - 1.75 m

SC-TravelerJIBDV6

SC-SUPERJIB9.6

Very responsive head with smooth movement, matching the level of famous brand in crane and remote head industry. Slip ring installed for pan movement allows remote head could pan unlimited. The HD signal can go through the slip ring, which means the remote head can output HD signal. Specifications Arm reach: 4.38 m Max. lens height: 4.69 m Min. lens height: -2.69 m Tilt range: -70^ / 60^ Tripod Height Range: 1.47 - 1.75 m Very responsive head with smooth movement, matching the level of famous brand in crane and remote head industry. Slip ring installed for pan movement allows remote head could pan unlimited.

45


Camera Support System Handy family

50 Mbps

T 18 CamMate Travel Series Travel Series

The world-famous CamMate Travel Series is a more economical version that consists of four-foot sections packed in durable hard cases for frequent location traveling. In addition to our strong aerospace design, the Travel series features 15 minute set up times; configuration changes in 10 minutes and electronic head inversions in less than 30 seconds. All of these design features make your job on location faster and easier.

Specifications Lens Height: 18ft - 5.49m Reach: 13ft - 3.96m Total Length: 16’5” - 5.00m Ballast Needed: 132 lbs. - 59.87 kilos Weight of Crane: 82 lbs - 37.19 kilos

T 21 CamMate Travel Series

T 11 CamMate Travel Series Specifications Lens Height: 21ft - 6.40m Reach: 17.5ft - 5.31m Total Length: 21’5” - 6.53m Ballast Needed: 219 lbs. - 99.34 kilos Weight of Crane: 100 lbs - 45.36 kilos Specifications Lens Height: Reach: 5ft - 1.52m Total Length: Ballast Needed: Weight of Crane:

11ft - 3.35m

T 25 CamMate Travel Series

8’5” - 2.57m 9 lbs. - 4.08 kilos 53 lbs - 24.04 kilos

T 15 CamMate Travel Series Specifications Lens Height: 25ft - 7.62m Reach: 21ft - 6.40m Total Length: 25’5” - 7.75m Ballast Needed: 247 lbs. - 112.04 kilos Weight of Crane: 126 lbs - 57.15 kilos17.5ft - 5.31m

2000 Series Specifications Lens Height: Reach: 9ft - 2.74m Total Length: Ballast Needed: Weight of Crane:

15ft - 4.57m 12’5” - 3.78m 61 lbs. - 27.67 kilos 67 lbs - 30.39 kilos

amMate’s world famous 2000 Series is for applications requiring extended camera height and reach. The NEW CamMate 2000 Series will

46


Camera Support System

provide quality, precision moves, and control, allowing you to reach new heights. Constructed with our high strength 6 foot extensions, the CamMate 2000 Series gives you more combinations with greater weight limits. With all the same electronics features as our famous Travel Series, combined with a much greater camera reach, the CamMate 2000 series can’t be beat!

Weight of Crane:

202 lbs. - 91.62 kilos

2039 CamMate 2000 Series

2012 CamMate 2000 Series Lens Height: 34’ 9” - 10.59m Reach: 32’ 11” - 10.03m Total Length: 41’ - 12.50m Ballast Needed: 465 lbs. - 210.92 kilos Weight of Crane: 262 lbs. - 118.84 kilos Specifications Lens Height: 13’ 5” - 4.09m Reach: 7’ 3” - 2.21m Total Length: 12’ 4” - 3.76m Ballast Needed: 41 lbs. - 18.60 kilos Weight of Crane: 84 lbs. - 38.10 kilos

2018 CamMate 2000 Series

Specifications Lens Height: 18’ 9” - 5.72m Reach: 13’ - 4.17m Total Length: 18’ 9” - 5.72m Ballast Needed: 128 lbs. - 58.06 kilos Weight of Crane: 114.25 lbs. - 51.82 kilo

2024 CamMate 2000 Series

Specifications Lens Height: 24’ 1” - 7.34m Reach: 20’ 1” - 6.12m Total Length: 25’ 2” - 7.67m Ballast Needed: 326 lbs. - 147.87 kilos Weight of Crane: 144.5 lbs. - 65.54 kilos

2043 CamMate 2000 Series

Specifications Lens Height: 40’ 1” - 12.22m Reach: 39’ 4” - 11.99m Total Length: 47’ 5” - 14.45m Ballast Needed: 681 lbs. - 308.90 kilos Weight of Crane: 311 lbs. - 141.41 kilos

2050 CamMate 2000 Series

Lens Height: 45’ 5” - 13.84m Reach: 45’ 9” - 13.94m Total Length: 53’ 10” - 16.41m Ballast Needed: 905 lbs. - 410.50 kilos Weight of Crane: 358.25 lbs. - 162.5 kilos

Dutch Roll Cradle 360 degree Dutch Roll Head

2032 CamMate 2000 Series

Specifications Lens Height: 29’ 5” - 8.97m Reach: 26’ 6” - 8.08m Total Length: 31’ 7” - 9.63m Ballast Needed: 534 lbs. - 242.22 kilos

CamMate Dutch Roll Cradle is the upgrade you need to create more artistic moves that include a variety of Dutch angles. Thanks to our exclusive slipring mechanism, you can now roll your camera 360 degrees and still achieve 360 degree pan moves at the same time. No other system will give you this range of motions with the same smooth results. And the CamMate Dutch Roll Cradle can be added to the Standard L Head or the HD Fiber Optic L Head .

47


Camera Support System

Spreading Wings S800

Spreading Wings S800 is a professional Hex-Rotor Platform Big Aircraft, designed for commercial aerial photography (AP) and experienced model enthusiasts. It has the advantage of stable flight, large load weight and long flight time. Combined with DJI WooKong-M multirotor autopilot system, S800 can easily perform precise hovering, constant-speed cruise and big maneuverability turning.

Zenmuse Z15

Plain and simple…gone are the days of shaky, unstable footage! Whether you are shooting a movie or commercial, or performing a search and rescue mission, shaky footage is the number one problem plaguing the aerial photography industry. After all, what good is a view from the sky if it’s unusable? Through the use of 3-axis gyros, inertial measurement unit feedback, and special Direct Drive modules, the Zenmuse line of camera gimbals achieve sub-pixel stabilization. This performance was previously only achieved in the most expensive full-scale helicopter gimbals; most of which cost upwards of $500,000. Now, for less than 1% of that cost, you can achieve perfectly stable footage every flight…even in windy conditions!

Features

The Professional Hex-rotor Platform Circuit-integrated Center Frame High-integrated Frame Arms Design Integration Design Of ESC The High Perormance Brushless Motors

WooKong-M IMU installation position has been reserved in the Centre Frame. In addition, signs on the slot of the Centre Frame clarify the channels’ numbers of the WooKong-M IMU, which helps users to install the autopilot system correctly and rapidly.

48

Zenmuse gimbal with the specified camera mounted has to be

combined with DJI professional autopilot system.

The Spreading Wings S800 hex-rotor platform and Zenmuse Z15 gimbal are a perfect match.


Camera Support System

This feature also allows the base dollies to be fitted with Base Plates with either Euro-adapters or turnstile mounts

Multifunctional Turnstile Mount

GF-Primo As the deluxe model, the GF-Primo Base has a central “one touch” selector allowing for immediate, one handed, switch over to crab, front or rear wheel steering. Its telescopic and inclining steering rod perfects the GF-Primo’s manoeuvrability and puts it in a league of its own.

GF-Primo Dolly

The multifunctional turnstile mount accepts four adapters to provide more seating and camera positions than other central column dollies e.g. two persons, two cameras. By attaching standard GFM accessories such as the Combi-rig, high/low rigs, off-set brackets etc directly onto the turnstile mount, changing the camera position in relationship to the camera operator is a simple matter. This function combined with the rotatable column enables position adjustments of the camera or operator to be made without any great effort, creating a flexible and comfortable working situation. The turnstile bracket is machined from solid, high grade aluminium and provides a selection of threaded (12 mm & 3/8”) and non-threaded holes (12, 25 & 28 mm). The perfect tool for mounting various adapters such as low shot plates, lighting stands, monitor holders, seat arm extensions, counter weight rods etc.

The Ultimate Platform System

Features Electromechanical column with 48 Volt digital electronic. Column is rotatable and can be separated from the base dolly. The battery connection is a “drop and go” system where the batteries are simply slotted into position, secured and ready to go. The multifunctional turnstile mount accepts four adapters to provide a wider range of seating and camera positions e.g. two persons, two cameras. The stable, multifunctional platform set is machined to give a selection of threaded and non-threaded holes for mounting various adapters such as lighting stands, monitor holders, seat arm extensions etc. as well as providing a solid base for the operators to stand on. Constructed of the highest quality CNC machined parts with Hard Coated ® finish.

Rotatable & Removable Column

Because of the quiet and smooth bearing located in the chassis of both the GF-Primo and GF-Secondo Base Dollies, the 48 Volt electromechanical column is 360 degree rotatable and can be separated from the base dolly for easy transportation.

The GF-Primo’s and GF-Secondo’s patented, multifunctional platform system is machined from high grade aluminium and provides a selection of threaded (12 mm & 3/8”) and non-threaded holes (12, 25 & 28 mm). It’s the perfect tool for mounting a wide range of adapters with special clamps available for attaching scaffold tubes, offering even more rigging options. As well as providing a solid base for the operators to stand and walk on, when used in conjunction with seat arm extensions, steps or low platforms can be built allowing alternative standing positions at higher or lower levels. The GF-Platforms are easy to handle and have an integrated carry grip. The unique locking system utilizes the bases carry handles, ensuring a fast, quiet and no-play connection.

The GF-Low Platform System

GFM’s Low Platform System compliments the standard system by offering variable platform heights plus an extension of the standing room on the dolly base. The multifunctional platform set is machined from high grade aluminium and also has a selection of threaded (12 mm & 3/8”) and non-threaded holes (12, 25 & 28 mm) as well as elongated slots. Low shot plates, lighting stands, monitor holders, seat arm extensions, counter weight rods, scaffold adapters etc can all be mounted. Track or

49


Camera Support System

skateboard wheels can be attached for use on straight track. It is a 2 part construction. The main section of the platform to be combined with the standard platform set providing a larger standing area. The Low Platform is also available in a simpler version excluding the multifunctional features but providing variable heights etc.

GF-Secondo Dolly

Pneumatic “BIG” Wheels

The all terrain, quick release, pneumatic “BIG” wheels are a unique feature with GFM dollies. They attach to the standard studio wheels, without the use of tools, and are clamped to them in seconds through a special locking claw. The standard wheel brake is used to secure and lock off the base on slopes etc. Due to their stability and extra ground clearance, the dolly can not only be transported over rough terrains but also used for shooting on rougher surfaces than with normal pneumatics.

GF-Primo Dolly Specifications

Duration of compl. lift range max speed 2,5 seconds Lift range 70cm / 27” Minimum column height 70cm / 27” Maximum column height 140cm / 54” Lift capacity (extended) 250kg / 550lbs Lift capacity (retracted) 900kg / 1980lbs Number of column lifts 200 (approx.) Transport dimensions 107 x 53 x 70cm Transport weight Base 80kg / 176lbs Transport weight Column w/o batteries 68kg /149lbs Operational weight with batteries 160kg / 352lbs

50

Features Selection of front, rear and crab steering. Four steering positions. The telescopic steering rod provides comfortable manoeuvrability and control of dolly moves. Ergonomic hand control unit with full control display. Electromechanical column with 48Volt digital electronic Starting position on the column is 72cm / 27”, with a lift range of 70cm / 27” extending to a maximum height of 142cm / 55” in a fast, 2.5 seconds. Column is rotatable and can be separated from the base dolly. The battery connection is a “drop and go” system where the batteries are simply slotted into position, secured and ready to go. The multifunctional turnstile mount accepts four adapters to provide a wider range of seating and camera positions e.g. two persons, two cameras. The stable, multifunctional platform set is machined to give a selection of threaded and non-threaded holes for mounting various adapters such as lighting stands, monitor holders, seat arm extensions etc. as well as providing a solid base for the operators to stand on. Constructed of the highest quality CNC machined parts with Hard Coated ® finish.

Duration of compl. lift range max speed Lift range Minimum column height Maximum column height Lift capacity (extended) Lift capacity (retracted) Number of column lifts Transport dimensions Transport weight Base Transport weight Column w/o batteries Operational weight with batteries

2,5 seconds 70cm / 27” 72cm / 28 142cm 55” 250kg / 550lbs 900kg / 1980lbs 200 (approx.) 79 x 68,5 x 72cm 69kg / 151lbs 68kg 149lbs 149kg / 327lbs


Camera Support System

GripKit Dolly

Standard lengths 90cm / 3ft 160cm / 5ft 230cm / 7.5ft GF-Track is a dolly and crane track system that perfectly combines the advantages of both aluminium and stainless steel as the working materials. Standard widths are 62cm (24,5”) and 100cm (39”). Curves are available in 62cm (24,5”) width and can be connected to straight track in either a left or righthand curve. There are 2 circle sizes available: Small circle: Inside diameter 360 cm (11’ 9”) / Outside 480 cm (16’) Standard circle: Inside diameter 480 cm (16’) / Outside 600 cm (20’) The TÜV Süddeutschland have safety type tested and approved the GF-Track according to European guidelines for the scope of application under EC directives. This certification is based on state-of-the-art-technology.

Expanding the Grip Kit system to provide a lightweight, tracking dolly function for standard or narrow guage dolly track (62cm / 24.5” or 38cm / 15”) requires regular Grip Kit components i.e. Bazooka Base Centre Plate, 4 x Extra Long Legs 41cm / 16” 4 x 4 Skateboard Wheels. By using the 21cm / 8” legs the base can be fitted to narrow guage track. A, 2 part, hard coated aluminium platform is available for standard track whereas a 1 part platform can be used for narrow guage. A turnstile mount is also available in addition to the standard Euro-adapter mount. The skateboard wheels, designed and produced by GFM, offer a smooth and easy tracking movement enhancing the Grip Kit’s use as a multi-functional rigging tool.

GripKitDolly with turnstile mount, seat and riser

GF-Quad Dolly

GF-Track

Designed to provide the ultimate in mobilty and versatility. With it’s 3 way steering system the GF-Quad manouvres on small sets like no other platform dolly Features Front wheel steering Rear wheel steering 4 wheel inverted steering Smallest circle = 80cm / 31”- Straight wheel lock of Quick release pneumatic, track or skateboard wheels Steering transmission lock off Removeable steering rod with angle adjuster Mounts on standard dolly track (62cm / 24,5”) Hard coated aluminium construction

51


Camera Support System

GF-HiLo Swivel Brackets

Front wheel steering

4 wheel steering

Rear wheel steering

Quick release system

Skateboard wheels

GF-T rack wheels

Removeable steering Steering mode changeover rod with angle adjustment

Steering transmission lock off

The speed clamps have an automatic engage and disengage locking mechanism. When released, the bracket can be rotated and fixed at each 10 degree angle allowing 360° rotation. Both brackets have 2 female Euromounts for fitting an extension tube or Euro-adapter. The brackets can be used on most dollies and the modular concept accepts not only GFM accessories but also accessories from other manufacturers.

Side platform, snap lock

GF-HiLo Swivel Clamp with automatic engage and disengage locking mechanism

41cm/16” bracket as off/set arm with Double ended Euroadapter

Connect camera mount and rotate as required

41cm/16” bracket with 35cm extension tube

41cm/16” bracket and 25cm/10” bracket with 35cm extension tube

With an Off-set Ball Adapter

GF-HiLo Swivel Brackets

GF-HiLo Swivel Bracket Kit (rotates 360°) 41cm/16” with speed clamp adjustment AL-2376 25cm/10” with speed clamp adjustment AL-2377 The new GF-HiLo Swivel Brackets enable a change of camera position from high to low or underslung to overslung within seconds.

52

Extension tubes

Off-set 4 way levellers

Off-set 3 way levellers

Off-set ball adapters


Camera Support System

arm being able to move vertically, whereas the Smooth Shooter comes with only the front section of its support arm being able to move vertically. Also, the X-10 comes with a trimmable Arm-to-Vest Connector, whereas the Smooth Shooter’s Arm-to-Vest Connector is not trimmable.

SMOOTH SHOOTER

GLIDECAM X-22

PROFESSIONAL CAMERA STABILIZATION SYSTEM

PROFESSIONAL CAMERA STABILIZATION SYSTEM

The GLIDECAM SMOOTH SHOOTER is the World’s most sophisticated and affordable body mounted Camera Stabilization System designed for Cameras weighing up to 6 pounds when used with the Glidecam 2000 Pro, or for Cameras weighing from 4 to 10 pounds when used with the Glidecam 4000 Pro. The GLIDECAM SMOOTH SHOOTER system will allow you to walk, run, go up and down stairs, shoot from moving vehicles and travel over uneven terrain without any camera instability or shake. The SMOOTH SHOOTER system works by isolating your body’s motion from your camera, while your camera is balanced in a relatively motionless and isolated state. The SMOOTH SHOOTER’S Support Arm can be boomed up and down, as well as pivoted in and out, and side-to-side. It is the combined booming and pivoting action of the Support Arm, which isolates your motions from the camera in a way that creates smooth camera footage.

The GLIDECAM X-22 is a highly advanced, professional camera stabilization system designed for film and video cameras weighing from 10 to 25 pounds. The GLIDECAM X-22 System incorporates advanced engineering and precision machining, making it the most sophisticated and versatile system in its price range. The GLIDECAM X-22 system will allow you to walk, run, go up and down stairs, shoot from moving vehicles and travel over uneven terrain without any camera instability or shake. The complete X-22 system is comprised of a Support Arm, a Support Vest and a Support Sled. The GLIDECAM X-22 system works by isolating your body’s motion from your camera, while your camera is balanced in a relatively motionless and isolated state. The GLIDECAM X-22’s Support Arm can be boomed up and down, as well as pivoted in and out, and side-toside. It is the combined low friction booming and pivoting action of the Support Arm that isolates your body’s motions from the camera enabling you to create super smooth moving camera footage.

THE GLIDECAM X-10

GLIDECAM HD-2000

PROFESSIONAL CAMERA STABILIZATION SYSTEM

The GLIDECAM X-10 is a highly advanced, professional camera stabilization system designed for cameras weighing up to 6 pounds when used with the Glidecam 2000 Pro, or for Cameras weighing from 4 to 10 pounds when used with the Glidecam 4000 Pro. The GLIDECAM X-10 system will allow you to walk, run, go up and down stairs, shoot from moving vehicles and travel over uneven terrain without any camera instability or shake. The GLIDECAM X-10 is very similar in design to the Glidecam Smooth Shooter; however the X-10 comes with both sections of its support

PROFESSIONAL CAMERA STABILIZATION SYSTEM

The amazingly advanced and totally re-engineered Glidecam HDSeries™ from Glidecam Industries represents the top of the line in hand-held Camera Stabilization. The lightweight and state-of-the-art Glidecam HD-2000 hand-held Camera Stabilizers will transform your hard to watch, shaky camera footage into hypnotically smooth, professional footage. Designed for compact, low profile cameras weighing from 2 to 6 pounds.

53


Camera Support System

FS700 shoulder rig Movcam Sony F5/F55 Accessories Kit

The Movcam Cage is designed for use with Sony PMW-F5 and PMW-F55 4K Camcorders. This cage features the Top Handle Kit, Top Plate, Left and Right Side Brackets, LWS (Lightweight Support) Base Plate, Shoulder Pad Unit, EVF Mount, and LWS Dovetail Plate. The Top Plate mounts on the top of the camera and features a Weaver rail mount, which securely mounts the top handle to the plate. The top handle mounted on the plate features front and rear extensions. The left and right brackets support the loaded camera in this cage system. The top plate, top handle, and left and right side brackets feature several threaded holes for mounting accessories.

This gray Sony FS700 Shoulder Support Kit from Movcam provides a lightweight, easy-to-set-up and easy-to-use support for the Sony NEXFS700 camera. A baseplate, side bracket and top handle make up the kit and together deliver a terrific handheld support. A mini cheeseplate (part of the top handle) and a side-bracket are connected together in this kit to create a half-sided cage, which both protects the camera and provides many mounting threads for accessories to be attached to. Standard 15mm baseplate with rosettes at both sides. Optionally accepts Movcamâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s rosette handles. Features 15mm rods for follow-focus and matte-box.

BMCC Cage Kit

Includes 1x Top Handle Kit 1x Top Plate 2x Side Handle 1x F55 LWS Base Plate 1x Shoulder Pad Unit 1x EVF Mount 1x LWS Dovetail Plate

Sony F3 Support

Includes: Top Handle Kit Top Plate Side Handle Handgrip (L) and (R) Base Plate LWS Base Plate Kit Weight: 1.8kG

Canon C300 Kit

Sony PMW-F3 has drawn great attention since its first appearance. It has super 35mm CMOS sensors and is expected to change the digital film shooting. Movcam customizes the professional support especially for Sony PMW-F3 to bring out the advantages of the camera for better shooting result and efficiency on site. Modular design Including both 15mm and 19mm rod systems Compatible with mattebox and follow focus of other brands Unique top handle design for better balance Special extension design for convenient add-on accessories Easy setup, requiring no modification of the camera body No obstruction in operation of keys and buttons after setup Solid and reliable structure for perfect protection of the camera

54

The Movcam C300 Shoulder Kit 1 is a versatile lightweight support for a Canon C300 camera that includes a shoulder pad with rosette and 15mm clamp and a rosette handgrip pair. Two 12â&#x20AC;? 15mm rods are also included for a comfortable, stable C300 rig. Lightweight shoulder-mount Canon C300 support Shoulder pad & dual handgrips included


Camera Support System

MF1 Follow Focus

Lightweight Support for Sony PMW F3 Camera

The Movcam Mini Follow Focus MF-1 is a single-sided follow focus with a variable lock system and a base that slides to accommodate different lens constructions. The MF-1 quickly and securely mounts 15mm rods via a tightening mechanism controlled by a silver underside knob. The variable lock system allows start and end points to be set, and a focus scale helps in measuring distances. The gear drive is .08, and focus is achieved by constant damping that ensures precise focus. Compatibility For DSLRs and camcorders Gear Drive 0.08 Mount 15mm rod support by tightening mechanism Dimensions 12 x 9 x 7” (30 x 23 x 18 cm) Weight 3 lbs (1.36 kg)

The Mini 0.59” (15mm) Lightweight Support for Sony PMW F3 Camera from Movcam comes with a lightweight support base plate, two 0.59” (15mm) diameter rods that are 12” (304.80mm) long and a shoulder pad. The rods are adjustable as per the camera’s position and the length of the lens used. The Lightweight Support is compatible with Arri BP-3, BP-5, BP-8 and BP-9 bridge plates. The Lightweight Support is specifically designed for Sony PMW F3 camera. It can be used with Arri BP-3, BP-5, BP-8 and BP-9 bridge plates. Rod Diameter 0.59” (15 mm) Rod Length 12” (304.80 mm) Compatibility Sony PMW F3 camera

MF 2 Follow focus

The Movcam Mini Follow Focus MF-2 is a single-sided follow focus with a sliding base that accommodates different lens constructions. The MF-2 quickly and securely mounts 15mm rods via a tightening mechanism controlled by a silver underside knob. The gear drive is .8, and focus is achieved by constant damping that ensures precise focus. A focus scale helps measure focusing distances. Compatibility For DSLRs and camcorders Gear Drive 0.8 Mount 15 mm rod support by tightening mechanism Dimensions 12 x 9 x 7” (30 x 23 x 18 cm) Weight 3 lbs (1.36 kg)

Movcam MM1 Matte box

Movcam Rosette Hand Grips with 15 / 19mm Adapter Kit (Amt Kit)

The Movcam Rosette Hand Grips with 15 / 19mm Adapter Kit from B&H is a quality-built set of two industry-standard-rosette items that will combine to outfit your camera rig with hand grips. The hand grips attach to the adapter and the adapter to the rods of your camera rig. You’re free to attach one hand grip or both. Each hand grip is back-and-forth adjustable at the turn of a knob, and the adapter additionally features a 1/4” screw-hole for mounting 1/4”-20 accessories. The adapter is compatible with both 15 and 19mm rods. The first are the more commonly used ones, and the latter are more often found in studio settings. The adapter mounts the rods and snaps tight on them by two flip-levers. The hand grips and the adapter then line up to each other by the rosette wheels of each, and then screw tight to each other by 1/4” screws, which you’ll find on each hand grip and which you’ll find convenient to work with as instead of screw-heads they feature knobs, the same kinds that adjust the hand grips back and forth. Both the adapter and hand grips are made of high-grade aluminum, with the hand grips additionally featuring rubber handles. The set comes to you at a discount over the combined price of its two items sold separately.

Movcam Universal Stretch Donut (130 mm) The Movcam Mattebox MM1 features a 144mm rear opening and is compatible with lenses up to 14mm (35mm academy). It is equipped with a 16:9 carbon fiber housing, a French flag and side wings for light control, one fixed / one rotating 4 x 5.65” filter holder, a 15mm mini swing-away bracket, and a 144:114 rubber bellows that can optionally be stepped down. The swing-away bracket provides industry-standard 15mm rod support.

55


Camera Support System

This Universal Stretch Donut (130 mm) from Movcam fits Mattebox MM2. The elastic shroud blocks extraneous light coming from behind the lens/matte box connection, preventing undesirable reflections and other light leaks.

Movcam 10” Lightweight Support Dovetail Plate for Sony PMW-F5/-F55 4K Camcorders

This package includes: (see the first picture) Six reaper + camera adapter fs700 Six module heavy duty Six shoulder pad Six 15mm lightweight adapter 2X six 15mm rods (150mm) 2X six masterkey handle package Noga arm short

SIX REAPER SHOULDER RIG (FS700)

The 10” Lightweight Support Dovetail Plate from Movcam is designed for use with Sony PMW-F5 and PMW-F55 4K camcorders.

Movcam 4” Rosette Extension Arm

The 10” Lightweight Support Dovetail Plate from Movcam is designed for use with Sony PMW-F5 and PMW-F55 4K camcorders.

The six system was designed for the new generation of hdslr- and digital cinema cameras. It has been tested under the most extreme conditions worldwide. It has survived. Designed to work for real professionals. Every part was machined out of a solid piece of aircraft-grade aluminum. Each screw was made of stainless steel. There are two main systems: the six rail system and the six rosette system. The six rail system is made for strong and quick-release connections. Tested by military, optimized for cameras.

SIX SHOULDER RIG “HEAVY DUTY” (F5/F55)

the six shoulder rig heavy duty for fs700 is especially configurated for the sony fs700. it is perfectly balanced. the shoulder rig is available with an arm for an electrical viewfinder. this package consists of: six shoulder rig heavy duty for fs700 2x six rosette clamp six (bolt-on) rail 105 six rosette/rail adapter six modular attachment bracket 60 2x six rosette cap six rosette screw medium six rosette screw long

SIX (RD) STARTER PACKAGE (BMC)

The six rough diamond starter package is a ultimative compact and lighweight support solution for the blackmagic design cinema camera. It consists of the six rd top base (bmc), 15mm rods, six rd top handle, cold shoe and the mounting accessories (screws and allen key). The six rough diamond top base is especially designed for the blackmagic design cinema camera. The base can be screwed on the upper side of the camera with three screws.

SIX (RD) BULLIT PACKAGE 1 (BMC)

The six shoulder rig “heavy duty” for the sony f5 and f55 allows to operate the camera comfortable from the shoulder. It gives you a variety of configuration possibilities.

56


Camera Support System

The six bullit (bmc) offers plenty of possibilities as a cage system and do not limit the functions and handle of the camera in any way. All sides to the camera - for connectors, memory cards and the camera buttons - are freely accessible. Six bullit (bmc) is crowned by many as the best cage system on the market.

Scorpion

The six (rd) bullit package (bmc) includes: Six (rd) base Six (rd) starter package (bmc) Six (rd) bullit for bmc Six 15mm rods

SIX SHOULDER RIG “HEAVY DUTY” (C100/C300/C500)

The Scorpion rig is the ultimate solution to DSLR shoulder mounted shooting with an EVF. At the center of the Scorpion is our highly adjustable DSLR Baseplate, which allows you to mount any DSLR to the rig and mount your rig onto a tripod. The baseplate attaches to your tripod using the standard tripod plate screws; (2) 1/4” 20 and (1) 3/8” 16. You can also easily quick release your camera from the rig by turning the red knob on the side of the baseplate and pulling up on your camera. This unique feature allows you to quickly switch between using the camera on its own or as part of your rig. The six shoulder rig “heavy duty” for the c100, c300 and c500 allows to operate the camera comfortable from the shoulder. You can also use 15mm lws-accessories over the 15mm lws-adapter. This package includes: Six reaper Six module heavy duty + adapter Six shoulder pad Six 15mm lightweight adapter (for c100/c300/c500) 2X six 15mm rods (150mm) 2X six masterkey handle package Noga arm short

Stinger For Canon C100C300-C500

SIX SHOULDER RIG “HEAVY DUTY” (DSLR)

The six shoulder rig “heavy duty” for dslr cameras allows to operate the camera comfortable from the shoulder. It gives you a variety of configuration possibilities - you can use it with external monitors or you can operate the camera by the camera-display. You can also use 15mm lws-accessories over the 15mm lws-adapter. This package includes: Six reaper + camera adapter Six module heavy duty Six shoulder pad Six 15mm lightweight adapter 2X six 15mm rods (150mm) 2X six masterkey handle package Noga arm short

The Stinger for Canon C100-C300-C500 is an in-line system best used on long shooting days. It is a balanced shoulder mounted rig. It features our C300 Studio Baseplate which attaches to the camera with 3/8” 16 and ¼” 20 screws. This baseplate features a pair of 15mm rods that are 12” long running through the length of the baseplate. You can quickly reposition the rods for various lens lengths by loosening the 2 levers, one on each side of the baseplate. On each side of the baseplate there is a set of 15mm lightweight holes. The side holes take 15mm female rods that are locked via an Allen screw. You can add an arm, a rod or an EVF Mount. Or you could add two short female/female rods and mount a Zwiss Plate V2 with professional batteries off of the side when shooting on a tripod for better balance. The baseplate has standard ¼” 20 and 3/8” 16 holes on the bottom for mounting the rig onto a tripod.

Z-Focus with ZipGear Prime Lens Kit

57


Camera Support System

Zacuto’s Z-focus is an extremely accurate follow focus that allows the operator or assistant to pull focus. The mechanism utilizes a set of gears that connect to and spin the focus ring or a Zacuto ZipGear Universal on the camera lens. This kit is our Z-Focus with four ZipGear Universal. The ZipGears are cut to fit the circumference of your lens and tighten with a connector and Allen key. These straps are pitched to .8 and are 13.5” long. This model is designed to slide onto any 15mm lightweight rails (rods 15mm in diameter and spaced 60mm from rod center to rod center) and moves in and out to accommodate different size lenses. That means this follow focus is universal and compatible with any camera, as long as a set of 15mm rails are attached underneath.

having both hands on the camera and the gunstock in your chest. The entire kit is infinitely adjustable. You can add a fourth point of contact by adding one of our Z-Finders to the kit.

Fast Draw

DSLR Z-Cage

The Fast Draw is a shoulder mounted handheld system that uses our DSLR baseplate. This kit works on any DSLR camera with or without battery grips as it is infinitely adjustable in height. The baseplate attaches to your tripod plate using the standard tripod plate screws, (2) ¼ 20” and (1) 3/8 16”. Your camera can also be quickly released from the rig by turning the red knob then pulling up on your camera. The camera quick release plate stays mounted to your camera so you can quickly switch between using the camera as part of a rig or on its own. The Zacuto DSLR Z-Cage allows you to have a small, stable, and portable mounting solution for your DSLR and all of the accessories used with it. The Z-Cage allows you to gain a better form factor for holding the camera in your hands, thus giving you more stability when shooting and lots of options and space for all of your additional accessories such as an HD monitor, audio recorder and so forth. The Z-Cage uses our DSLR baseplate and our DSLR handles which are very durable and form fitting to your hands.

Single Action

Striker

The Striker is light and easy to handle. It has three points of contact by having one hand on the handgrip, the gunstock in your chest and your focusing hand on the lens. The entire kit is infinitely adjustable. You can add a fourth point of contact by adding one of our Z-Finders to the kit.

Target Shooter

The Target Shooter is our lightest kit. It has three points of contact by

58

The Single Action kit is a tripod only kit with a follow focus unit but can easily be upgraded to a shoulder mounted rig. This kit works on any DSLR camera with or without battery grips as it is highly adjustable in height. The baseplate attaches to your tripod plate using the standard tripod plate screws, (2) ¼ 20” and (1) 3/8 16”. Your camera can also be quickly released from the rig by turning the red knob then pulling up on your camera. The camera quick release plate stays mounted to your camera so you can quickly switch between using the camera as part of a rig or on its own.

Cross Fire


Camera Support System

The Cross Fire is a unique kit as it is the Single Action kit and Striker kit combined. The Cross Fire uses the expandable DSLR baseplate so this kit can easily be upgraded from a simple point of contact kit like the Striker Kit to a full shoulder mounted system like the Fast Draw. This kit works on any DSLR camera with or without battery grips as it is infinitely adjustable in height. The baseplate attaches to your tripod plate using the standard tripod plate screws, (2) ¼ 20” and (1) 3/8 16”. Your camera can also be quickly released from the rig by turning the red knob then pulling up on your camera.

Double Barrel

It perfectly supports all kind of camcorders, such as SONY, AF103, CANON C300, SONY HD1000C, etc.

Sniper 2.0 for DSLRs

Double Barrel is a shoulder mounted dual handheld system that uses our DSLR baseplate. This kit works on any DSLR camera with or without battery grips as it is infinitely adjustable in height. The baseplate attaches to your tripod plate using the standard tripod plate screws; (2) ¼ 20” and (1) 3/8 16”. Your camera can also be quickly released from the rig by turning the red knob then pulling up on your camera. The camera quick release plate stays mounted to your camera so you can quickly switch between using the camera as part of a rig or on its own.

CStandard 1-SN2.1

Matte Box I ( Professional ) + Standard Follow Focus+ 2.0 Front Handle + Upper Handle + Small Baseplate + Gunstock Battery Base

Standard 2-SN2.3

Matte Box I ( Professional ) + Standard Follow Focus + Small Baseplate

Camcorder Kits

As one of the main products of US Wondlan International, Sniper 2.0 features scientific design, high-end materials, unique shape and comfortable holding. The DSLR Rig has been enjoying favors from a lot of photographers since its release. Sniper 2.0 Rig compensates shortcomings of DSLRs and has become a neccesity for shooting with DSLRs

Support System 2.0

Standard 2-CA03

Matte Box I ( Professional ) + Standard Follow Focus + 2.0 Front Handle + Big Baseplate + Gunstock Battery Base

Standard 1-CA01

Matte Box I ( Professional ) + Standard Follow Focus+Big Baseplate Wondlan Camcorder Kits can flexibly adjust height and lenght of the platform, and easily support devices including broadcast-level camcorders and record unit.

Support System 2.0 offers a support platform for shooting with a DSLR and variations of different configurations on the baseplate meet various demands of shooting.

59


Camera Support System

Standard 1- RIO1 (S)

Customized for handheld shooting with a DSLR 2.0 front handle, upper handle, small baseplate and gunstock battery base

Wondlan “Sniper Plus” DSLR Kit

Sniper Plus” series-----Wondlan DSLR Kit is modular support system designed according to the ergonomics. It is suitable for HDSLR, HDV and integrate related professional equipments effectively. Filmtakers can choose variours parts to meet their shooting needs. Wondlan DSLR Kit includes three main parts: Mattebox, Follow focus, system support. The details are as follows.

1. Mattebox

Standard 2- RIO3 (S)

2. Follow Focus

Customized for shooting with a tripod Upper handle + small baseplate

Matte box(professional version) 3. Support system

(1) The side flags can adjust the upper angle to work with the upper flags so as to achieve the best shading effect. The upper and side flags are all made by metal and baking finish with good quality. They can be disassembled and assembled easily and quickly. (2) Dimensions: front-end size is 245mm*160mm, the back dia is 140mm at the most. Fit for lens with verious diameters : 58mm, 62mm, 67mm, 72mm, 77mm, and 82mm (3) It can be used with any sort of wide angle lens such as 35, 28, 24, 21, 18 and 14 mm and even fish eye lenses; (4) Two 360 degree rotatable filter stages, two 4*5.64 filter trays, two 4*4 filter sheets, four rubber donuts. (5) It can adapt to the 15mm support system and the height of the Matte Box can be adjusted quickly to meet the position of the lens.

60

4. Packing


Camera Support System

Wondlan Follow Focus Follow Focus+Baseplate

Standard accessories (1)Follow Focus The unique design of damp, soft touch and accurate focus make our Follow Focus outstanding in the professional market. (2)Gear Ring It can adapt to 110mm lens at most (3)Focus hand handle (crank) You can focus drastically to make an effect of nervous.

Wondlan Sniper series DSLR (digital single-lens reflex) rigs are designed according to the theory of ergonomics and aesthetics. It greatly improves the stabilization of DSLR, allows video maker to operate DSLR in habitual way and shoot high-quality image and video.

Mini Slider

This new-released Wondlan Mini Slider with high-precision rail and new designed support system, is light-weight and flexible, making the sliding smooth and stable.

Sniper1.3 DSLR Rigs

Unique structural design, there is 1/4 & 3/8 screw holes in 3 different places on the slide, and 3/8 on bottom of it, which can match any tripod.

Wondlan Sniper series DSLR (digital single-lens reflex) rigs are designed according to the theory of ergonomics and aesthetics. It greatly improves the stabilization of DSLR, allows video maker to operate DSLR in habitual way and shoot high-quality image and video.

Diversification of compound mode: it can move vertically when cross install the support legs, also move in all positions when combine with single tripod. Itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s used as the air slider when matches with two tripods.

Sniper1.4 DSLR Rigs

61


Camera Support System

Professional Camera support

Professional Cam Glidetrack HD

SYMPLA

Glidetrack Shooter

Shoulder Support System

he form factor of DSLR cameras for video finder. The Zacuto EVF is a 3.2” high is used in conjunction with all the Z-Finder viewfinder is compatible with all cameras

SYMPLA is a professional modular video rig system that extends and complements new cameras, allows for stable support and framing, supports essential accessories features, offering versatility and high performance as well as comfort, safety and much simpler and faster set up than existing rigs. SYMPLA is built for flexibility and speed, so you can change anything and everything easily and quickly: hand grip positions, counterbalance, camera body, lens, accessories, filters, light-shielding angle; shouldersupported, hand-held, or tripod/monopod-mounted… whatever you need to get the shot, the second you need it. SYMPLA is quick to fine-tune, so even when you need to make changes to your rig on-location and mid-shoot, SYMPLA’s minimal locks and tool-free adjusters will let you get back to shooting quickly. Thanks to our revolutionary camera remotes which fit the rig handgrips, SYMPLA allows precise fingertip control of framing and camera functions without losing the grip position and keeping your eyes on the frame, helping you capture stable, usable, creative footage. And SYMPLA can quickly be extended: whether you start from one of our kits, or from single components, you can build the exact rig you need for the shot, as soon as you need it.

The Glidetrack Shooter is the world's first camera slider, that doubles up as a shoulder support. Glidetrack Shooter is perfect for the new breed of DSLR's that can shoot video i.e. Canon 5d, 7d, Nikon D90, D3s etc. Event shooters are going to love the versatility that this setup can offer them. Shown with head for illustration purposes only. Available in SD and HD Ranges at 0.5m, 0.75m and 1m length

Glidetrack SD range

The Glidetrack SD range is perfect for those with smaller through to mid weight Prosumer camcorders. It is available in 0.5m Compact format and 1m Standard length. Additionaly, for those with an eye on weight,for an extra charge, we can make a lightweight version. Available on 0.5m, 1.5m length

DSLR filmmaking, there are many essential give the correct form factor for video. When R camera, you must use the LCD screen and us. The all screen, manual focus, and razor thin akes it very challenging to focus. utdoor and indoor settings the sunlight and ossible to see the LCD. Lastly, holding the u so that you can focus on the screen makes shaky. With any camera, you want to bring it ility.

154

62

The Glidetrack HD came about heavier camera setups looking t HD model offers an identical len from a heavier gauge of extrusio feel to it. It has wider feet to ma of field adapters and camera se or similar. Available on 0.5m, 1.5m and 2m

Glidetrack HD

The new Glidetrack Hybrid slide with Igus (r), has been designed Drylin carriage systems. At the h system, are the new Igus Hybrid worlds, these feature both slidin advantages of both types of bea seen in Richard Wakefield’s vide high precision extruded industr aluminium.


ra support

a slider, that doubles up as a or the new breed of DSLR's 90, D3s etc. Event shooters are offer them.

and 1m length

Camera Support System

Professional Camera support Glidetrack HD range

The Glidetrack HD came about in response to requests from owners of heavier camera setups looking to get that Glidetrack look in their shots. The HD model offers an identical length of travel as the SD, however, it is made from a heavier gauge of extrusion and features a much heavier duty look and feel to it. It has wider feet to make it even more stable when used with depth of field adapters and camera setups featuring longer lenses i.e. Canon 5DMk2 or similar. Available on 0.5m, 1.5m and 2m length

Kessler CineSlider w/ Soft Case - 5ft

The Kessler CineSlider 5ft version, is a heavy duty portable mini-dolly / linear slider system for camera rigs weighing up to 80 pounds. Weighing in at only 12 pounds, with a length of 60.5 inches, 5 inches wide, and a total camera travel distance or 51 inches, the CineSlider is a very portable solution to get those quick, smooth short-run dolly movements, without having to transport a large dolly system.

elektraDRIVE BUNDLE PACKAGE with BASIC Controller for CineSlider

Glidetrack HD Hybrid Slider

The new Glidetrack Hybrid slider system, developed exclusively in conjunction with Igus (r), has been designed to offer an evolution of the traditional plain Drylin carriage systems. At the heart of the new Glidetrack Hybrid Slider system, are the new Igus Hybrid bearings. Incorporating the best of both worlds, these feature both sliding AND roller bearings. These offer you all the advantages of both types of bearings without any of the disadvantages as seen in Richard Wakefield’s video review. The Hybrid slider system runs on high precision extruded industrial grade rail, that is made of hard anodized aluminium.

Items included in bundle: Basic Controller 2.0 Motor Mount ElektraDRIVE Motor Pod Becor 7.2 ah Battery 12v DC Power Adapter

Philip Bloom Pocket Dolly™ Traveler Kit (Length 29.5” - BLACK / RED)

h smaller through to mid 5m Compact format and 1m eye on weight,for an extra

The Philip Bloom Signature Series Pocket Dolly™ is a hybrid slider that combines the lightweight portable rail & carriage system of our standard Pocket Dolly™ with the adjustable arc diameter handle and drag control of our CineSlider™.

151

63


Camera Support System

Items included in bundle: Basic Controller 2.0 Motor Mount ElektraDRIVE Motor Pod Becor 7.2 ah Battery 12v DC Power Adapter

Pocket Dolly v2.0 - Traveler Features include drag control and locking, handle with adjustable arc diameter for ultimate movement control, smooth rolling precision stainless steel ball bearing wheels, and multple mounting options.

Philip Bloom Pocket Dolly™

Standard Kit (Length 41.5” - BLACK / RED)

(Length - 27.5”)

The TRAVELER length is a shorter, 27.5” long & 6 lbs version of our standard length Pocket Dolly™. We developed this after feedback from our customers that stated they loved our Pocket Dolly™, but would like to have a shorter version that they could easily throw in a backpack or bag for easier traveling. Cameras weighing up to 15 pounds are supported. Because of the shorter length, the TRAVELER size Pocket Dolly™ can be center mounted to any sturdy tripod fluid head with a quick plate that attaches with a standard 3/8” mount.

REV 2 Pan and Tilt Head

The Philip Bloom Signature Series Pocket Dolly™ is a hybrid slider that combines the lightweight portable rail & carriage system of our standard Pocket Dolly™ with the adjustable arc diameter handle and drag control of our CineSlider™.

Originally, when we designed version one of this product, it was to be used in the underslung position on cranes. However, because of the ability to use it for shooting a time-lapse, people started to use it in the over-slung position. In this position, the centre of gravity is higher. This forces you to ensure your base is secure because as your setup gets higher, the more unstable it becomes. Features include drag control and locking, handle with adjustable arc diameter for ultimate movement control, smooth rolling precision stainless steel ball bearing wheels, and multple mounting options.

ORACLE Control System

elektraDRIVE BUNDLE PACKAGE with BASIC Controller

The ORACLE Control System is the core of our elektraDRIVE line of products. Almost two years in development, we set out to make the ultimate multi-function controller for our line of electronic products. The ORACLE Control System is interchangeable between multiple products, like our REVOLUTION Pan / Tilt System, elektraDRIVE motor pods for the CineSlider & Pocket Dolly, and other products to be released in the future.

64


Camera Support System

looking to start out in 15mm Rail systems. The Prime Rig Kit can be configured as a basic lightweight camera stabilizer.

Kamerar Tank TK-2 cage with rods support Cinema Skater Dolly System

The Kamerar Cinema Skater is the perfect tool for quick cinematic camera movements. The unique articulating three wheels allow smooth tracking movements from side to side, forward / back, and rotational tracking that basic linear sliders cannot perform. The extra large platform can mount large video fluid heads, and heavy camera equipment. Features: All CNC made Aircraft Aluminum construction Made with high quality bearing and three adjustable locking skater wheels. Overall length 10.2”

47” Video Camera Slider

Kamerar’s K-47 Video camera slider offers almost 4 Feet of tracking in a lightweight unit. Custom designed from the ground up, the all metal slider is machined with a black anodized finish to provide lasting durability. The red anodized carrier slides using Kamerar’s compound friction bearings for smooth noise-free operation. Features Black Anodized Linear Rail Red Anodized Slider Carrier w/ Bubble Level Compound Friction Bearings for Low Noise Tracking Adjustable Feet for Leveling

The Tank DSLR video cage provides an infinite combination of mounting points for virtually any setup you can think of. A great platform for mounting preview monitors, microphones, sound recorders, lights, and more. Features: Quality CNC all Metal Construction Tough built for long last The Tank video cage provides (23) 1/4-20 threaded mounting points on the Top plate along with (2) 3/8” sized female threads The Side handles of the Tank incorporate the P&C Swiss Rod design allowing access to more than 60 possible mounting points

Kamerar FF-3 Follow Focus w/ 15mm Quick Release Rods Clamp

The Kamerar FF-3 Follow Focus mounts with a single 15mm Quick Release Rod Clamp and can be quickly removed from the rail system, making it easier to change lenses and gear positions. The FF-3 has a removable dry erase marking disc to mark your A/B Points for accurate repeating focus pulls.

Matte Box MAX-1

P&C Prime Video Shoulder Rig Kamerar Bundle

The Kamerar MAX-1 Video Matte Box is constructed from aluminum and molded plastic. It can support a non-rotating single 4x4 Neutral Density Filter through a removable locking tray. The adjustable metal side and top flags shade the camera lens and can be removed easily for easy transporting.

The P&C Prime Video Shoulder Rig Kit (Kamerar Bundle) from PhotographyandCinema.com is a solid foundation for video shooters

65


Chroma Key

7” Tough Friction Arm

Reflecmedia The KAMERAR ‘TOUGH’ Friction Magic Arm was exclusively designed from the ground up. Every section of the ‘Tough’ Arms were improved over other existing arms on the market. The stainless steel accents and black anodized finish provide both a professional aesthetic and an extremely long lasting durable finish.

11” Tough Friction Arm

Features: Each side provides 1/4-20 male threaded stud with knurled textured locking discs Center Joint with thrust bearing locking knob Stainless Steel Ball Joints with Micro Textured Surface

Skater Mini Video Dolly

Chromatte™

Chromatte is a fabric designed specifically for use as a background for chroma key production. Unlike conventional chroma key fabrics that are usually blue or green in colour, in ambient light Chromatte is grey to the eye. The fabric contains millions of tiny glass beads that act as reflectors: when any light - such as the directional light from Reflecmedia’s lensmounted LiteRing – hits the fabric, it is returned on the same path back into the camera’s lens. This retro-reflectice process means the camera ‘sees’ the apparently grey fabric as a perfectly even blue or green background.

At just 7” long and at just 5” wide, the Skater Mini is our smallest table top rotating camera dolly. It allows small video cameras such as the iPhone or Compact Point and Shoot cameras to create cinematic movements on any smooth surface. The Skater Mini can easily perform side-to-side (tracking), forward/back (push-pull), to unique rotational tracking movements.

Skater Mini Pro Video Dolly

LiteRing Chromatte fabric is designed to work in conjunction with a LiteRing. The LiteRing features Light Emitting Diodes (LEDs) that are arranged in a circular casing that is positioned in front of the camera lens. This provides all the light required to illuminate the Chromatte background for chroma key production. The SKATER MINI PRO is a tool for creating fluid and dynamic video footage; compatible with all cameras and affordable to all videographers. This SKATER MINI PRO has a small footprint while still offering the same smooth, fluid tracking, and rotational dolly shots that normally can only be achieved with very large and expensive systems.

66

LiteRings are available in green and blue and in three sizes to fit different size lenses. Each size has a series of adapters to ensure maximum compatibility. These specially designed adapter rings simply screw into the filter thread on the front of the lens and then the LiteRing is placed on to the adapter and locked with a single screw, significantly reducing the set-up time associated with conventional chroma key.


Switchers / Mixers

3D feature for mixing two 3D cameras The MCS-8M features a 3D mode that is ideally suited for small 3D productions, supporting two live 3D cameras. 6 channel audio mixer DME Channel

MVS-3000

Multi-format Switcher

AG-HMX100

HD/SD and 3D Compatible Digital AV Mixer

MVS Series SD / HD switcher with 32 inputs and 16 outputs Compact and well-designed, the MVS-3000 production switcher is ideally suited for production studios, stadiums, houses of worship, and OB vehicles requiring multiple inputs in a limited space. The switcher comes with sophisticated capabilities such as 2x mix effects (M/E), 4x keyers per M/E, each with the MVS high-performance chroma key, 2.5D resizers, colour correction, and more. With the standard multi-viewer output, you save space on additional monitoring, enabling a reduction in your total system cost. Advanced control panel The control panel incorporates an attractive black design with OLED mnemonic displays for optimal visibility. Its operation is as user-friendly and intuitive as you expect of the MVS family. M/E configuration 2 Input 32 inputs Output 16 outputs Keyer -4 keyers per M/E bank Resizer -2 resizers per M/E bank -2.5D DME Color correction Primary color correction for all inputs and AUX outputs Multi-viewer 2 channels, 10 or 4 splits Processor size 4RU

The AG-HMX100 is a compact, all-in-one, digital AV mixer with a built-in HD/SD multi-format*1 video switcher, audio mixer, frame synchronizer and digital effector. It serves as an audio/video switcher, adds a variety of effects, and transmits signals - all by itself. A Multi-View function displays all source images on a single monitor, while keeping the system configuration simple and clean. Users benefit from easy delivery, set-up and removal at event sites, as well as low-cost operation. Video Input Video Format HD (SDI/HDMI) 1080/59.94i 1080/50i 720/59.94p 720/50p SD (SDI/VIDEO) 480/59.94i 576/50i PC (DVI-I) 1080/60p 1920 x 1080 (60Hz) 1080/50p 1920 x 1080 (50Hz) SXGA 1280 x 1024 (60Hz) WXGA 1280 x 768 (60Hz) XGA 1024 x 768 (60Hz)

MCS-8M

2D / 3D compact SD / HD audio and video switcher

ATEM 1 M/E Broadcast Panel

Features: Video and audio switching Both video and audio can be mixed with the MCS-8M, so there is no need for an external audio mixer. Multi-format capability The MCS-8M provides 8 video inputs and 4 outputs and operates in either HD or SD mode. It is easy to mix video equipment and computer sources with HDSDI and DVI interfaces. Multi-viewing function This function splits the screen into ten or four windows to show multiple images on a single monitor. Integrated M/E, key and aux mix functions The MCS-8M incorporates one mix-effects bus with a single key plus the ability for aux mixing.

The Blackmagic Design ATEM 1 M/E Broadcast Panel gives you full control over the ATEM 1 M/E Production Switcher for switching cameras and for applying transitions, keyers, fader, DVE control, etc. Designed to fulfill requirements of 24/7 production environments, the 1 M/E broadcast panel features high quality buttons, knobs, and controls for an easy operation with a professional outcome. Using an Ethernet cable for

67


Switchers / Mixers

connection, it includes a loop thru connection for more than one panel or computer. Connections additional

10/100/1000 BaseT with loop output for control panels or computers 1 x USB for firmware updates

Buttons

Controls

Tri-color LED crosspoint buttons (10 direct crosspoints; 20 shifted crosspoints) with highcontrast RGB bitmap labels Next transition selectors: BKG, Key1 - Key4 DSK transition selectors: Auto, Cut, Tie/Pvw Menu control: LCD bitmap buttons 3-axis joystick, numeric keypad, 1x fader bars

Indicators Operating System Redundant Power Input Voltage Power Consumption Dimensions (WxHxD) Weight

On-air Aerospace-certified embedded OS Yes 12V 40W 17.6 x 6.9 x 15.1” (448 x 176 x 383mm) 13.2 lbs (6 kg)

ATEM 2 M/E Broadcast Panel

For the ultimate in portability, every ATEM production switcher includes beautifully designed control panel software for Mac and Windows, so you can even use your switcher from your laptop! ATEM software control provides a professional M/E workflow control panel with parameter adjustments in simple to use palettes. You can manage the switcher media pool and set all adjustments, and switcher control includes full keyboard shortcuts! Only ATEM lets you start at a lower cost because you’re not forced to buy a hardware control panel!

ATEM 1 M/E Production Switcher

Product Highlights (8) Inputs - (4) HDMI, (4) HD/SD-SDI Passes Video Only/Strips Embedded Audio Analog Video & Audio Input HD/SD-SDI, HDMI & Analog Program Outputs (3) Aux Outputs (7) Keyers Downconverted SDI & Composite Outputs SDI & HDMI Multi-View Output ATEM Control Panel Software (Mac/PC) The Blackmagic Design ATEM 1 M/E Production Switcher is a 2 RU-high, 8-source switcher that accepts four 10-bit HD/SD-SDI inputs, four HDMI inputs, and one analog video input for a total of eight simultaneous inputs, each with a frame synchronizer. The ATEM 1 M/E Switcher comes with a software control panel, and it’s also compatible with the 1 M/E & 2 M/E Broadcast Panels from Blackmagic (not included).

ATEM Camera and Studio Converters Get SDI and HDMI cameras close to the action for live production! The Blackmagic Design ATEM 2 M/E Broadcast Panel is a perfect companion to a professional live switcher, such as Blackmagic Design’s ATEM 2 M/E Production Switcher (not included). With a broad field populated by high-quality buttons, knobs, T-bars, and a 3-axis joystick, you’ll be able to customize your panel’s operation to your exact needs and preferences – without compromise. Connections 10/100/1000 BaseT with loop output for additional control panels or computers 1 x USB for firmware updates Buttons

M/E) Controls Operating System Redundant Power Input Voltage Power Consumption Dimensions (WxHxD) Cutout HxWxD: Weight

Tri-color LED crosspoint buttons (20 direct crosspoints; 40 shifted crosspoints) with highcontrast RGB bitmap labels LCD bitmap buttons for menu control Next transition selectors: BKG, Key1 - Key2 (per DSK transition selectors: Auto, Cut, Tie/Pvw 3-axis joystick, numeric keypad, 2x fader bars Aerospace-certified embedded OS Yes 12V 75W 4.8 x 37.27 x 14.14” (120 x 947 x 359mm) 4.8 x 36.27 x 16.67” (120 x 921 x 423mm) 33.6 lb (15.25 kg)

ATEM Software Control Pane

ATEM Converters revolutionize live production! Connect to cameras via optical fiber up to 28 miles away from a switcher and get bi-directional video, audio, talkback and tally signals! ATEM Camera Converter and ATEM Studio Converter can be used independently or together for the most amazing results. Camera Converter converts your SDI or HDMI camera’s video output to optical fiber and also embeds external audio from the camera location. It also includes talkback and tally! Connect up to four Camera Converters to each ATEM Studio Converter using its 4 independent bi-directional optical fiber SDI converters. ATEM Studio Converter is a rack mount unit for control rooms, OB vehicles and flyaway kits. It converts the incoming optical fiber camera feeds into SDI and HDMI inputs for an ATEM Production Switcher. It also sends tally information, talkback and a program feed back to ATEM Camera Converter for monitoring at the camera position!

ATEM 2 M/E Production Switcher

68


Switchers / Mixers

Product Highlights (16) Total Video Inputs HD/SD-SDI, HDMI & Analog Audio Inputs HD/SD-SDI & HDMI Program Outputs (6) SDI Aux Outputs (13) Keyers Downconverted SDI & Composite Outputs (2) SDI & HDMI Multi-View Outputs SuperSource Compositing Engine ATEM Control Panel Software (Mac/PC) The Blackmagic Design ATEM 2 M/E Production Switcher is a 3 RU-high, 16-source switcher that accepts 16 10-bit HD/SD-SDI inputs and one HDMI input for a total of 16 simultaneous inputs, each with a frame synchronizer. The ATEM 2 M/E Switcher comes with a software control panel, and it’s also compatible with the 1 M/E & 2 M/E Broadcast Panels from Blackmagic (not included).

ATEM Television Studio Production Switcher

Product Highlights (6) Inputs - Multiple HDMI and HD/SD-SDI Professional M/E-Style Switcher Real-Time H.264 Encoding for Web Output HD/SD-SDI & HDMI Program Outputs (3) Keyers, Including Chroma Key SDI & HDMI Multi-View Output Frame Sync for Each Input ATEM Control Panel Software (Mac/PC) The Blackmagic Design ATEM Television Studio Production Switcher is a versatile 1 RU switcher that’s a lot more powerful than you might expect at this price. For instance, live-switch a multi-camera shoot of a concert with a mix of high-definition HD-SDI- and HDMI-output camcorders – the six-input ATEM Television Studio can handle it, even applying a frame sync to each input. That means expensive genlocked cameras are simply not necessary.

INDIGO

recalled later for even faster operation. Numerous 2D and 3D transition effects can be selected and saved with other layout data in the unit’s storage banks. It also supports (2) highresolution and (2) SD luminance chroma or pattern keys. By combining these features with the basic time-line sequencing in the mixer’s E-MEM preset storage banks, you can achieve a virtually limitless array of custom effects.

KEY POINTS Live seamless switching of video, computer, and audio sources, Mix digital and analog sources Upconvert/downconvert multiple video channels between HD and SD. SD/HD simulcast output Pre-programmable video layouts, with keyers for picture-in-picture and other effects. Digital effects with 2D and 3D transformations, including page turns, ripples, and swirls. Luminance and chroma keyers Integrated control of the Grass Valley Turbo™ intelligent digital disk recorder (iDDR) and other devices. Stereo analog and AES/EBU audio, SDI and DV audio de-embedding and re-embedding Four-band parametric equalizer and motordriven audio faders Simple audio-follow-video mode Intelligent audio-delay management for live production lip sync

AV-HS300G

A/V Mixer

The AVHS300G Multi-Format Video Switcher from Panasonic is a compact video switcher designed to provide HD/SD switching for live and to-berecorded events. This unit is ideal for broadcast facilities, production vans, fly packs, sports events, church productions, music video & cable shows, corporate videos, event staging, and educational training facilities, among many other possible uses. This unit features (6) inputs and (3) outputs. The inputs have the capacity to manage (5) HD/SD-SDI sources and (1) DVI/RGB source. The outputs can manage (3) HD/SD-SDI signals. The unit can be controlled via its built in RS-422 or Ethernet controls. A 10-bit, 6-channel frame synchronizer provides automatic adjustments (external genlock synchronization is also available). It also offers (9) wipe patterns, including (3) directional wipes. The Indigo Audio-Video Mixer from Grass Valley is an advanced audiovideo mixer designed for use in live-presentation environments. It offers a complete set of tools for controlling multiple analog or digital audio and video sources. Despite its robust tool set and ability to manage complex tasks, this unit has been designed to fit any skill level. Its menu-driven touch-screen interface can access powerful presets to get a new operator up and running in minutes. Presets can also be custom programmed and

Note! Please note that this product does not include a power supply. Panasonic recommends model IDIA200AJ power supply. HD/SD Switching This unit is a compact video switcher designed to provide HD/SD switching for live and to-be-recorded events. 6x3 Switching This unit features (6) inputs and (3) outputs. The inputs have the capacity to manage (5) HD/SD-SDI sources and (1) DVI/RGB source. The outputs can manage (3) HD/SD-SDI signals. Controls The unit can be controlled via its built in RS-422 or Ethernet controls.

69


Switchers / Mixers

70


Switchers / Mixers

Mobile Studio

Mobile Studio

StudiCase is a Compact, Light Weight and carry-on All-in-one solution designed by Advanced Media Engineers to answer the needs of the market. Including the High Quality products from well-known brands.

Advanced Media is proud to introduce StudiRack as a versatile, flexible and expandable Mobile Studio in a 14RU portable Rack. Up to 16 inputs of HD-SDI, Fibre Optic connectivity, Dual Multiviewer, Built-in Recorder / Player, ability of adding CG and Logo inserter in the same unit are only some of the great features of StudiRack.

Highlights 8-Channel HD/SD Video Mixer 6-Channel Audio Mixer Built-In Frame Synchronizer Integrated 24” Multi-Viewer SDI With Embedded Audio, HDMI, DVI Import Still Images Via USB Port Digital Hi-Quality Recorder / Player Integrated Intercom and Tally system Light weight and Portable Carry-on The MCS8M Compact Audio Video Mixing Switcher from Sony is an A/V switcher with an integrated audio mixer and frame synchronizer. A user-friendly device, it boasts numerous preset DME wipe patterns, a built-in multi-viewer, single-channel frame memory output, and an Input Freeze function for every source. It also features the ability to import still images using a USB port, plus a 3D Mode function, sixchannel audio mixer, AUX MIX and more! Designed for easy, intuitive operation, the MCS8M contains tools ideal for content creation and event programming. Here is a powerful, versatile and affordable switcher, great for small live productions, church presentations, school sports, corporate events, weddings, fly packs, music videos, conferencing and more. HyperDeck Studio disk recorders let you record the highest quality uncompressed and compressed ProRes and DNxHD video formats using fast 2.5” SSDs. Designed with familiar VTR controls, HyperDeck Studio includes innovative features that extend beyond the capabilities of traditional decks. Dual SSD slots let you record continuously, when one disk is full recording automatically continues on the next SSD. You can mount an SSD recorded using HyperDeck Studio on to any computer to access your files, so you don’t need multiple decks to work with your media! There are two great HyperDeck Studio models to choose from.

By adding Teranex to this setup you are free to handle any kind of signals and/or standard formats from or to other devices. Whenever you have 3G/4G signals we can integrate Teradek Bond along with a Cube to go On-Air live through cellular network up to 6Mbps, without a need for a costly satellite uplink. The most advanced broadcast grade production switchers is in heart of StudiRack. Fast and user friendly ATEM switchers include advanced technology with powerful unique features all built into a familiar M/E setup. With an advanced broadcast SDI based design, ATEM also includes bunch of HDMI connections for connecting low cost HDMI consumer cameras! Now with world’s cost effective solution you can start the live production and produce professional video contents in the fastest way!

71


Underwater Housing

VFX

ewa-marine and HDTV

ewa-marine has a history of manufacturing housings for the film and broadcast industry since the early 1970s. Especially the resolution used for most cinematic films is fare superior to that of the new HDTV video standard. Therefore it was only natural, that we started making housings for HDTV as soon as the first cameras came onto the market. The first volume HDTV housing was our VFX for the Sony HDV-FX1 and HVR-Z1 camcorders. These units were used by consumers as well as large Hollywood studios for in and under water camera work. As these cameras developed and more models appeared on the market, we added custom housings or adapted existing ones. Today, we are able to provide you with a high quality housing and rain capes for most HDTV camcorders on the market.

VZ7

The VZ7 is the 10 meter depth housing for the Sony HVR-Z7 digital camcorder. Designed specifically for these camcorder the model VZ7 housing is manufactured from double laminated PVC and has an integrated, optically neutral flat glass port. Perfect for snorkelling or shallow diving, sandy, dusty, humid or foul weather conditions this housing will give your camera the best possible protection whilst being fully operable. It has a pair of non-corrosive and seawater resistant clamping rails which fit together for perfect sealing. They tighten by means of knurled thumb screw knobs. Dimensions: length 30 cm (11,81 inches) width 8 cm (3,15 inches) hight 28 cm (11,02 inches) position of view finder wide, central front port diameter 75 mm (2,95 inches) weight 850g (1,87 lbs)

72

The VFX is the 10 metre depth housing for the SONY HDR-FX1 and HVR-Z1 digital camcorders. But the newer Sony HDR-FX1000 and HVR-Z5 are a perfect fit as well. Designed specifically for this camcorder the model VFX housing is manufactured from double laminated PVC and has an integrated, optically neutral flat glass port. Perfect for snorkelling or shallow diving, sandy, dusty, humid or foul weather conditions this housing will give your camera the best possible protection whilst being fully operable. It has a pair of non-corrosive and seawater resistant clamping rails which fit together for perfect sealing. They tighten by means of knurled thumb screw knobs. Dimensions: length 39 cm (15 1/3 inches) width 12 cm (4 3/4 inches) hight 24 cm (9 1/2 inches) position of view finder wide, central front port diameter 75 mm (3 inches) weight 850 g (1,9 lbs)

TV- Housing

We manufacture waterproof housings and rain-cape / hurricane hoods for professional applications with ENG style cameras and digital prosumer-camcorders.

The waterproof ewa-marine housings allow you to use your camera in a multitude of adverse conditions: - under water to a depth of 5 meters (15 feet) - out door sports and watersports events - on small boats and yachts - in the surf, spray and storms - under waterfalls - in the tropics (high humidity) - in dusty and sandy environments (sand storms) - â&#x20AC;&#x153;clean roomâ&#x20AC;? environments - sterile areas (e.g. medical applications) - protection against contamination (chemical) - protection against the risk of explosion (gases, vapours) - under ground in mines


Teleprompter

Spectra-Lite STL2015-FSW 15-inch Studio Prompter

Spectra-Lite STL-2012CCD 12-inch Studio Prompter

Spectra-Lite Model STL2012CCD 12-inch LED Flatpanel On-Camera Prompter features a standard-sized rigid Trapezoidal Mirror/ Hood Assembly with simple LED Tally and is suggested for studio operation. It is configured for a traditional style portable camera with ENG bayonet-mount (barrel) lens; a special configuration is available to accommodate portables mounted with an HD compact studio lens. Listec 12-inch displays are comfortably viewable up to 15 ft (4.6m) or more from the presenter. While composite video inputs are standard, VGA and SDI connectors are optionally available.

Spectra-Lite STL-2012FSW 12-inch Studio Prompter

Spectra-Lite Model STL-2012FSW 12-inch LED Flat-panel OnCamera Studio Prompter configured for camera with full-sized box-type studio wide-angle lens. Features an Extra Wide-angle rigid Trapezoidal Mirror/Hood Assembly with simple LED Tally Light. Comfortably viewable up to 15 ft (4.6m) or more from the presenter. While composite video inputs are standard, VGA and SDI connectors are optionally available.

Spectra-Lite STL-2015CCD 15-inch Studio Prompter

Spectra-Lite Model STL-2015FSW 15-inch LED On-Camera Studio Prompter configured for a camera with full-sized box-type studio wide-angle lens. It features an Extra Wide-angle rigid Trapezoidal Mirror/Hood Assembly with simple LED Tally Light and its solid mounting system makes it ideal for robotic applications. Listec’s 15-inch custom displays are easily readable to 20 ft (6.1m) or more from the presenter.

Spectra-Lite STL-2015PT 15-inch Compact Studio Prompter

Spectra-Lite Model STL-2015PT is a15inch LED On-Camera Prompter ideally suited to in-house production. Its compact and lightweight design make it perfect for small studios and robotic applications where a 15-inch display is preferred. Featuring a Wide-angle Trapezoidal Fold-down Mirror/Soft Hood and Listec’s easymount support system, Model STL-2015PT is readable to 20 ft (6.1m) or more from the presenter.

PW-10EB

Teleprompter for Tablet Computers

The Listec PW-10EB Teleprompter for Tablet Computers will transform an iPad or most 6.2 - 7.5”, Android powered tablet computers into a fully featured, “in-the-lens” teleprompter. Available as a free download, Listec’s PromptWare PLUS adds a comprehensive feature set, including smooth scrolling, mirrored display, speed controls and more.

PW-04

Listec PromptWare

Spectra-Lite Model STL-2015CCD is a15-inch LED On-Camera Studio Prompter featuring a standard-sized rigid Trapezoidal Mirror/Hood Assembly with simple LED Tally and is suggested for studio operation, including robotic applications. The STL-2015CCD is designed to accommodate cameras fitted with an ENG bayonet-mount barrel lens and includes Listec’s easy-mount support system; a special CCDW configuration is offered for cameras mounted with an HD compact studio lens. Listec’s 15-inch custom displays are easily readable to 20 ft (6.1m) or more from the presenter.

The Listec PromptWare PW-04 is a 4.0” teleprompter that attaches to your small video camera via one of the 5 included lens adapter rings. Professional quality prompting, formerly available only in large studios is now available in the field or on the road in a handheld model.

73


Lighting

Thank to its flexibility, durability and robustness our Cosmokit is the perfect partner for photographers, reporters and video makers that need quick set-up when shooting on location. It is equipped with a wide range of accessories that enable multiple applications but it can also be customized according to operator’s requirements to meet their specific needs. It is offered in a variety of configurations with different sizes and contents. Standard Cosmokits are available with one and two cosmobeams, with basic and full accessories configuration, with hard case, with or without wheels.

STUDIO LED X4

QUARTZCOLOQUARTZCOLOR introduces STUDIO LED X4, finally a high performing professional LED fresnel spotlight for the television and the lighting industry. One-for-one replacement The STUDIO LED X4 light output is equivalent to a traditional halogen source and permits a one-for-one replacement without compromises in the quality of the light: same brightness, same smoothness, same even and shadowless illumination as you expect from a traditional fresnel spotlight. DMX RDM control The STUDIO LED X4 is RDM, providing bi-directional feedback and the possibility to assign and address all fixtures remotely in a DMX network. Electronic dimming 16 bit The STUDIO LED X4 is fully dimmable 0-100, up to 16 bit for a more accurate and precise dimming. On-board control A local potentiometer allows to control light intensity manually with rapidity and precision. The dimming level is shown in the display.

COSMOKIT 800/1000W

Thank to its flexibility, durability and robustness our Cosmokit is the perfect partner for photgraphers, reporters and video makers that need quick set-up when shooting on location. It is equipped with a wide range of accessories that enable multiple applications but it can also be customized according to operator’s requirements to meet their specific needs. It is offered in a variety of configurations with different sizes and contents. Standard Cosmokits are available with two, three and four cosmobeams, with basic and full accessories configuration, with hard case, with or without wheels, or cordura soft bag.

COSMOKIT 300/650W

COSMOKIT 2000W

Thank to its flexibility, durability and robustness our Cosmokits are the perfect partner for photgraphers, reporters and video makers that need quick set-up when shooting on location. The kit is equipped with a wide range of accessories that enable multiple applications but it can also be customized according to operator’s requirements to meet their specific needs. It is offered in a variety of configurations with different sizes and contents. Standard Uniflood Cosmokits are available with three Unifloods, with basic and full accessories configuration, with hard

74


Lighting

case, with or without wheels, or cordura soft bag. Configurations with two and four fixtures are available on request.

RC/BR 655

RC/BR 255

BRIVIDO 110W The BRIVIDO series is a complete and innovative range of fluorescent fixtures which represents the ideal solution for fill light, back light, cyclorama and chromakey light in TV studios, virtual studios, digital photography, still life and architectural application. MAIN FEATURES Compact aluminium housing, robust and lightweight. Highly engineered special reflex optical reflector shape. User-friendly digital display. Metal clamps to prevent loosening due to heat and consequent risk of lamp falling. Built-in power supply system utilizing high frequency flicker free electronic ballast, 40K Hz at 100% luminous flux. Superior CRI (95) levels for excellent color rendering. Dimming 0%-100% @230V. A complete set of accessories available to create effects and control the light. Four configurations: 2 lamps, 4 lamps, 6 lamps, 8 lamps. Available in both manual and pole operated versions.

BRIVIDO 330W The BRIVIDO series is a complete and innovative range of fluorescent fixtures which represents the ideal solution for fill light, back light, cyclorama and chromakey light in TV studios, virtual studios, digital photography, still life and architectural application. MAIN FEATURES Compact aluminium housing, robust and lightweight. Highly engineered special reflex optical reflector shape. User-friendly digital display. Metal clamps to prevent loosening due to heat and consequent risk of lamp falling. Built-in power supply system utilizing high frequency flicker free electronic ballast, 40K Hz at 100% luminous flux. Superior CRI (95) levels for excellent color rendering. Dimming 0%-100% @230V. A complete set of accessories available to create effects and control the light. Four configurations: 2 lamps, 4 lamps, 6 lamps, 8 lamps. Available in both manual and pole operated versions.

RC/BR 455 Daylight Fresnel 575W SE

BRIVIDO 220W The BRIVIDO series is a complete and innovative range of fluorescent fixtures which represents the ideal solution for fill light, back light, cyclorama and chromakey light in TV studios, virtual studios, digital photography, still life and architectural application. MAIN FEATURES Compact aluminium housing, robust and lightweight. Highly engineered special reflex optical reflector shape. User-friendly digital display. Metal clamps to prevent loosening due to heat and consequent risk of lamp falling. Built-in power supply system utilizing high frequency flicker free electronic ballast, 40K Hz at 100% luminous flux. Superior CRI (95) levels for excellent color rendering. Dimming 0%-100% @230V. A complete set of accessories available to create effects and control the light. Four configurations: 2 lamps, 4 lamps, 6 lamps, 8 lamps. Available in both manual and pole operated versions.

Capacity Lamp Bulb Voltage Fresnel Lens Weight (without barndoor) Weight (with barndoor) Lamp Type Lamp Holder Stirrup Class / IP Rating Max. Surface Temp. Max. Ambient Temp. Min. Distance to Illuminated Object Min. Distance to Flammable Object Operating Range

575W 95V Ø130mm (5-1/8 in.) 6.4 kg 7.0 kg 575W SE 5600K G22 Ø28mm (1-1/8 in.) Spigot 1 / 23 160 ºC 45 ºC 1m 0.5 m 45º - 0º - 45º

75


Lighting

Daylight Fresnel 12000W SE

Capacity Lamp Bulb Voltage Fresnel Lens Weight (without barndoor) Weight (with barndoor) Lamp Type Lamp Holder Stirrup Class / IP Rating Max. Surface Temp. Max. Ambient Temp. Min. Distance to Illuminated Object Min. Distance to Flammable Object Operating Range

12,000W 160V Ø500mm (19-5/8 in.) 51.0 kg 55.5 kg 12000W SE 5600K GX38 Ø28mm (1-1/8 in.) Spigot 1 / 23 200 ºC 45 ºC 10 m 2m 38º - 0º - 38º

Daylight Fresnel 2500W SE

Capacity Lamp Bulb Voltage Fresnel Lens Weight (without barndoor) Weight (with barndoor) Lamp Type Lamp Holder Stirrup Class / IP Rating Max. Surface Temp. Max. Ambient Temp. Min. Distance to Illuminated Object Min. Distance to Flammable Object Operating Range

76

2,500W 115V Ø250mm (9-7/8 in.) 17.1 kg 18.8 kg 2500W SE 5600K G38 Ø28mm (1-1/8 in.) Spigot 1 / 23 160 ºC 45 ºC 3.5 m 1m 45º - 0º - 45º

Daylight Par 400w Mini Par Kit

Lamp Head Capacity 400w Voltage Protective Lens Par Lens Weight Lamp Type Lamp Holder Stirrup

(L00400dm) 400w 220-240v 0130mm(5-1/8 In.) 0130mm(5-5/8 In.) 3.2kg 400w Sf 5600k Czz9.5 16mm (5/8 In.) Socket

Daylight Par 200w Mini Par Twins Set

Lamp Head Capacity 400w Voltage Protective Lens Par Lens Weight Lamp Type Lamp Holder Stirrup

(L00200dm) 200w 220-240v 0112mm(4-3/8 In.) 0112mm(4-3/8 In.) 1.7kg 200w Se 5600k Gy9.5 16mm (5/8 In.) Socket


Lighting

Flo-box 4b2f Twin Kit

Flo-Box 2 Bank 4ft

CAPACITY 75Wx2 Input voltage 90-250V weight 3.4kg Bulb type T12-48 in.(1200mm) Color Temp. 5600 K/3200 k Stirrup 16mm(5/8 in.) socket Lamp holder G13

Capacity Input voltage weight Bulb type Color Temp. Stirrup Lamp holder

75Wx4 (x2) 90-250V 3.7kg (Each) T12-24 in.(590mm) 5600 K/3200 k 16mm(5/8 in.) socket G13

Flo-box 4b4f Twin Kit

Flo-Box 4 Bank 2ft

Capacity 75Wx4 Input voltage 90-250V weight 3.7kg Bulb type T12-24 in.(590mm) Color Temp. 5600 K/3200 k Stirrup 16mm(5/8 in.) socket Lamp holder G13

Capacity Input voltage weight Bulb type Color Temp. Stirrup Lamp holder

75Wx4 (x2) 90-250V 4.7kg (Each) T12-48 in.(1200mm) 5600 K/3200 k 16mm(5/8 in.) socket G13

Flo-Box 2 Bank 2ft Capacity 75Wx2 Input voltage 90-250V weight 2.5kg Bulb type T12-24 in.(590mm) Color Temp. 5600 K/3200 k Stirrup 16mm(5/8 in.) socket Lamp holder G13

Flo-Box 4 Bank 4ft Capacity 75Wx4 Input voltage 90-250V weight 4.7kg Bulb type T12-48 in.(1200mm) Color Temp. 5600 K/3200 k Stirrup 16mm(5/8 in.) socket Lamp holder G13

77


Lighting Support

Mod. 2080041 • Detachable carriage with four wheels for rail H 82

Rigging Systems Mod. 1082/100/200/300/400/500 • Rail H 82 Detachable carriage in steel with four wheels for rail h 82. It can be used both with linear and curved rail. It can be easily mounted on the rail in addition to carriages already installed. Connection with socket 29 mm (1-1/8”). Pole operated brake. Complete with safety pin with stainless steel holding cable. Weight Dim. packaging Max load 1,550 kg 28x21x10 cm 90 kg Rail in aluminium 6060 T6. It is designed for lighting suspension systems in television studios and for theatre, auditoriums and conference rooms applications.

Mod. 2080060 • Carriage with six wheels for rail H 82

Thanks to its wide range of accessories, it is possible to design systems of any shape and length by connecting several rails. It is available with following dimensions: 1 mt, 2 mt, 3 mt, 4 mt, 5 mt, and can be supplied on customer’s specifics.

Carriage in steel with six wheels for rail h 82. It can be used with linear rail. Connection with socket 29 mm (1-1/8”). Pole operated brake. Complete with safety pin with stainless steel holding cable. Weight Dim. packaging Max load 1,600 kg 28x21x10 cm 90 kg

Mod. 2080040 • Carriage with four wheels for rail H 82

Carriage in steel with four wheels for rail h 82. It can be used both with linear and curved rail. Connection with socket 29 mm (1-1/8”). Pole operated brake. Complete with safety pin with stainless steel holding cable. Weight Dim. packaging Max load 1,350 kg 28x21x10 cm 90 kg

78

Mod. 2080061 • Detachable carriage with six wheels for rail H 82

Detachable carriage in steel with six wheels for rail h 82. It can be used with linear rail. It can be easily mounted on the rail in addition to carriages already installed. Connection with socket 29 mm (1-1/8”). Pole operated brake. Complete with safety pin with stainless steel holding cable. Weight Dim. packaging Max load 1,850 kg 28x21x10 cm 90 kg


Lighting Support

Mod. 2080062 • Double carriage with six wheels for rail H 82

Extension bracket to place the rail h 82 at a distance from the ceiling or existing grids. The kit includes: extension bracket, two clamps, nuts, bolts and washers. Available in the following lengths: 25 cm (mod. 3080011), 50 cm (mod. 3080012), 65 cm (mod. 3080013) and on customer’s specifics. Code Length Weight Max load (cm) (kg) (kg) 3080011 25 1,9 200 3080012 50 3,0 200 3080013 65 3,6 200

Mod. 3080050 • End stops kit for rail H 82

Double carriage with six wheels for rail h 82. It is used to move the rail h 82 in any direction. Pole operated brake. Weight Dim. packaging Max load 1,900 kg 28x21x10 cm 200 kg

Mod. 2080020 • Cable carriage for rail H 82

End stops kit for rail h 82. It must be mounted at the end of the rail to avoid the carriages to get out of the rail. Weight: 0,042 kg

Mod. 3080030 • Connection flanges for rail H 82

Double carriage with six wheels for rail h 82. It is used to move the rail h 82 in any direction. Pole operated brake. Weight Dim. packaging Max load 1,900 kg 28x21x10 cm 200 kg

Mod. 3080010 • Ceiling bracket for rail H 82

Flanges in steel to connect two o more rails among them. The kit includes: two flanges, nuts, bolts and washers. Weight: 0,280 kg

Mod. RC 4340/Mod. RC 109 • Safety cable

Ceiling bracket for rail h 82. It is used to fix the rail directly to the ceiling. The kit includes: the bracket, two clamps, nuts, bolts and washers. Weight Dim. packaging Max load 0,570 kg N.A. 200 kg

Mod. 3080011-12-13 • Extension bracket for rail H 82

Stainless steel safety cable complete with spring clip. It is used to fasten luminaires or accessories to carriages. Highly recommended to avoid accidental falls. Mod. RC 4340 Safety cable 4 mm. Length 82 cm. Mod. RC 109 Safety cable 2 mm. Length 65 cm.

Mod. 427B-4.0/Mod. 427B-6.5 • Telescopic operating pole

Flanges in steel to connect two o more rails among them. The kit includes: two flanges, nuts, bolts and washers. Weight: 0,280 kg

79


Lighting Support

Pantographs

Series Niki SS 3/4/5/6 • Pole Operated Pantograph Single Scissors

Drop Arm

The drop arm is the simplest suspension tool designed to suspend luminaires with loads of up to 40kg which don’t need adjustment in height. It is configurated with 28 mm (1 1/8”) spigot top attachment and 28 mm (1 1/8”) socket or universal head 28F-16M/F (1 1/8” 5/8” female plus 5/8” male) bottom attachment. The drop arm is compliant to DIN 15560-46.

Telescopic Drop Arm

Pole Operated Pantograph Single Scissors Compact and light pole operated pantograph. Designed to suspend luminaires with loads of up to 40 kg. It is ideal for small, medium and large studios. The mechanism system with single scissor and double ropes ensure

stability and great performances. It is equipped with a top and bottom end stop safety system. The pantograph is compliant with DIN 15560-46 Features • Modern and attractive design • 40 kg max load • Mechanical top and bottom limits • Two independent lifting rope with leveling system • Double stabilizing device to avoid lateral sway • Extremely smooth and silent movement

Series Niki DS 3/4/5/6 • Pole Operated Pantograph double scissors The telescopic drop arm is a simple suspension tool designed to suspend luminaires with loads of up to 40 kg. The extension is manually adjusted by loosening and blocking the nut. It is configurated with 28 mm (1 1/8”) spigot top attachment and 28 mm (1 1/8”) socket or universal head 28F-16M/F (1 1/8” 5/8” female plus 5/8” male) bottom attachment. The telescopic drop arm is compliant to DIN 15560-46.

Niki junior • Manual Pantograph

Pole Operated Pantograph double scissors Compact and light pole operated pantograph. Designed to suspend luminaires with loads of up to 40kg. It is ideal for medium and large studios. The mechanism system with double scissors and double ropes ensure stability and great performances. It is equipped with a top and bottom end stop safety system. The pantograph is compliant with DIN15560-46

Series Niki DSM 3/4/5/6 • Motorized Pantograph

Compact and light manual aluminium pantograph (P-Al MgSi UNI3569). It is ideal for applications in small and medium TV studios. It can cope with loads up to 12 kg using only the patented friction device and up to maximum 18 kg by using optional springs. The balance of suspended loads can be regulated adjusting the friction by turning the coloured notched ring. The friction system allows the loads from 1 to 18 Kg to remain stable when set in position and at the same time to move the pantograph smoothly up an down.

80

Motorized version of Niki pantograph, it allows quick, easy, and precise positioning of lighting fixtures in a studio or stage. Designed to suspend luminaires with loads of up to 40 kg. It is ideal for medium and large studios. The mechanism system with double scissors and double ropes ensure stability and great performances. It is equipped with a top and bottom end stop safety system. The pantograph is compliant with DIN 15560-46


Lighting Support

A1045CS

Steel Combo Stand with Leveling Leg

Minimum Height: 4.4’ (1.34 m) Maximum Height: 9.8’ (3 m) Closed Length: 4.4’ (1.32 m) Footprint Diameter: 37” (94cm) Weight: 13.7 lbs (6.2kg) Maximum Load: 22 lbs (10kg) Attachment Size: 5/8” stud Accepts Wheels: No Air Cushioned: No

A2030D

Turtle Base Century C Stand Grip Arm Kit

Minimum Height: 5.5’ (1.7 m) Maximum Height: 14.76’ (4.5 m) Closed Length: 4.7’ (1.4 m) Footprint Diameter: 1.4’ (1.3 m) Weight: 26.9 lbs (12.2kg) Maximum Load: 40kg @ min height 7kg @ max height Attachment Size: 5/8” (16mm) stud and 1-1/8” (28mm) female receiver Accepts Wheels: Yes- (109, 110, 110G ) Air Cushioned: No

A1035CS

COMBO STEEL STAND 35

Minimum Height: 4.4’ (1.34 m) Maximum Height: Stand: 9.8’ (3 m) Arm: 40” (1 m) Closed Length: 4.4’ (1.34 m) Footprint Diameter: 37” (94cm) Weight: 13.7 lbs (6.2kg) Maximum Load: 22 lbs (10kg) Attachment Size: 5/8” (1.6cm) stud Accepts Wheels: No Air Cushioned: No

B7035CS

Minimum Height: 177.0 cm Maximum Height: 570.0 cm Closed Length: 224.0 cm Footprint Diameter: 240.0 cm Weight: 85 kg Maximum Load: 120 kg Attachment Size: 1 1/8 (28 mm) bushing not threaded

Maximum Load: 13 lbs (5.9kg) Attachment Size: 5/8” locking socket with 5/8” double threaded stud 1-1/8” locking female receptor

1004BAC MASTER STAND

A3059CS OVERHEAD 59

Minimum Height: 177.0 cm Maximum Height: 588.0 cm Closed Length: 167.0 cm Footprint Diameter: 129.0 cm Weight: 14 kg Maximum Load: 40 kg Attachment Size: 1 1/8 (28 mm) bushing not threaded

B7047CS

Minimum Height: 42.1” (107cm) Maximum Height: 12’ (3.6 m) Closed Length: 42.1” (106.7cm) Footprint Diameter: 41.7” (106cm) Weight: 6.6 lbs (3kg) Maximum Load: 20 lbs (9kg) Attachment Size: 5/8” (1.6cm) stud with 1/4”-20 and 3/8” threaded top Accepts Wheels: No Air Cushioned: Yes

5001B

BLACK ALU NANO STAND

STRATO SAFE 47

STARO SAFE STAND 35

Minimum Height: 5.5’ (1.7 m) Maximum Height: 11.5’ (3.5 m) Closed Length: 4.7’ (1.4 m) Footprint Diameter: 4.4’ (1.4 m) Weight: 26.5 lbs (12kg) Maximum Load: 40kg @ min height Attachment Size: 5/8” (16mm) stud and 1-1/8” (28mm) female receiver Accepts Wheels: Yes- (A9000) for 25mm square legs Air Cushioned: No

A2030D

Turtle Base Century C Stand with Detachable Base

Minimum Height: 155.0 cm Maximum Height: 350.0 cm Closed Length: 186.0 cm Footprint Diameter: 182.0 cm Weight: 64 kg Maximum Load: 90 kg Attachment Size: 1 1/8 (28 mm) bushing not threaded

Minimum Height: 172.0 cm Maximum Height: 467.0 cm Closed Length: 209.0 cm Footprint Diameter: 213.0 cm Weight: 62 kg Maximum Load: 70 kg Attachment Size: 1 1/8 (28 mm) bushing not threaded

425B

Minimum Height: 177.0 cm Maximum Height: 588.0 cm Closed Length: 167.0 cm Footprint Diameter: 129.0 cm Weight: 14 kg Maximum Load: 40 kg Attachment Size: 1 1/8 (28 mm) bushing not threaded

087NW WIND-UP

MEGA BOOM BLACK

B7057

LONG JOHN SILVER 5 SECTIONS

Dimensions Minimum extension: 19.7” (48.25cm) Maximum extension: 12’ (3.7 m) from stand mount Closed: 7.1’ (2.2 m) Tube Diameters: 2.2” (55.45mm) Weight: 33 lbs (15.3kg)

Minimum Height: 65.8 in (1.6 M) Maximum Height: 12 ft (3.6 M) Closed Length: 65.8 in (1.6 M) Footprint Diameter: 50.4 in (1.27 M)

81


Lighting Support

Weight: 47.2 lbs (21.45 kg) Maximum Load: 66.2 lbs (30 kg) Attachment Size: 1-1/8 in, 5/8 in female socket and 5/8 in male stud Accepts Wheels: Yes (104, 104G) Air Cushioned: No - Safety cable controls rise and fall

850

BACKGROUND ROLL SUPPORTING SPIGOTS

C500

025BS

SUPERBOOM BLACK A17+014 W/008

bushing not threaded Color: black Load capacity: 100 kg Material: aluminum Weight: 1.27 kg

PELICAN GAFFER GRIP

420B

143F

FORK FOR STYRENE GOBOS

026

Baby female Swivelling multi-Adapter free to rotate

Minimum Height: 46.4” (117.9cm) Maximum Height: 7’ (2.2 m) Boom Length: 8’ (2.5 m) Closed Length: 45.7” (116.1cm) Footprint Diameter: 46.4” (117.9cm) Weight: Stand & Boom: (21kg) Maximum Load: With Boom Extended: 15 lbs (6.8kg) Attachment Size: 5/8” (1.6cm) stud and 1 1/8” (2.8cm) female receiver Accepts Wheels: Yes -- included Air Cushioned: No

Color: black color Material: aluminum Load capacity: 10 kg Weight: 4.2 kg

Color: black Weight: 0.14 kg Attachment 01: 17 mm bushing not threaded Attachment 02: 5/8 (16 mm) Spiggot not threaded Color: black Load capacity: 10 kg Material: aluminum Weight: 1.4 kg

Color: black load capacity: 2.5 kg Material: aluminum Weight: 0.38 kg

D200 2 1/2” GRIP HEAD

C1575B

AVENGER SUPER CLAMP

852

Avenger’s most popular grip accessory. The D200 Grip Head has hundreds of functions. Load capacity: 0.55 kg

D520 40”

CONTROL BOX - 220V

EXTENSION ARM

Black Aluminium CombiBoom Stand with Sandbag

Attachment 01: 5/8 (16 mm) bushing not threaded Color: black Load capacity: 15 kg Material: aluminum Weight: 0.45 kg

FF3054

TOP SYSTEM 54

220B

Still Life Table

load capacity: 9 kg maximum height: 392.0 cm minimum height: 131.0 cm weight: 2.7 kg

Normally used in combination with a Grip head (art. D200) it provides an extended grip point for scrims and flags or small lights. Load capacity: 1.60 kg

G100

SAND BAG SMALL 6 KG

C100

JR PIPE CLAMP W/TOMMY BAR &PAD

Complete kit for larg studios composed of 2 fixed rails 5 m long, 3 mobile rails 3m long and supports for 5 light sources (4 top pantographs).

C337

QUICK ACTION CLAMP

Color: silver color Distance from floor to flat surface: 83.0 cm Height: 193.0 cm Load capacity: 15 kg Material: perspex Panel size: 200x122cm Weight: 28.26 kg

1314B SET attachment 01: 1 1/8 (28 mm) bushing not threaded load capacity: 250 kg material: aluminum weight: 1.13 kg Attachment 01: 1 1/8 (28 mm)

82

Weight: 6.00 kg

F831TH

BABY FEMALE SWIVEL PIN W/BALL


Lighting Support

F831TH is completely in steel with ball join and double baby female attachments (16mm). Load capacity: 0.80 kg

241 PUMP CUP

Load capacity: 10 kg Weight: 1.2 kg

045

BACKGROUND PAPER TRIPLE HOOKS

W/SWIVEL 5/8 SOCKET

Suction cup for small fixtures and lightweight equipment. 16 mm bushing with safety pin. Load capacity: 1.20 kg

Clamps onto bars up to Ø 40mm Weight: 0.32 kg

175

SPRING CLAMP, 5/8 F ATTACHMENT

Set of two background paper holders for three Expan 046. Weight: 2.05 kg

Clamps onto bars up to Ø 40mm Weight: 0.32 kg

386B NANO CLAMP

D700B

EXTENSION HOLDER F/ OVAL REFL

C338 QUICK ACTION

Works on diameters from 13mm to 35mm. Weight: 110 g load capacity: 4 kg

081

PUMP CUP W/BABY SWIVEL PIN

Ideal for mounting small lights. Load Capacity 4.41 lbs (2kg) Mount 5/8” spigot Weight 2.43 lbs (2.1kg)

244N

BACKGROUND BABY HOOKS

Extension Arm Section centre column: 3 Weight: 0.7 kg

179

RAPIDAPT .3/8”W+DISCO DM 80

Attachment (top): type 17 Color: black color Material: aluminum Load capacity: 3 kg Weight: 1.09 kg

254

D750

AUTOBOOM A25 + 013

40MM (1,6”) TELESC. POLYHOLDER The “Baby Hook for Expan” is easily attachable to the 16mm (5/8’’) connection on top riser of the stand. Weight: 0.20 kg

275

Extension Arm Section centre column: 3 Weight: 0.30 kg

013

ADAPTER SPIGOT

MINI SPRING CLAMP 5/8 F ATTACH

load capacity at maximum extension 4.0 kg load capacity at minimum extension 8.0 kg maximum extension: 200 minimum extension: 110 Weight: 5.3 kg

254

AUTOBOOM A25 + 013

Attachment 01 5/8 (16 mm) Spiggot not threaded Closed length: 91.0 cm Color: black Load capacity: 15 kg Weight: 2.5 kg

MN046 Expan Set

F1000

VARIABLE FRICTION ARM ALONE

BABY CLAMP 5/8pin

Works on diameters from 20 mm to 52 mm Load capacity: 50 kg Weight: 0.76 kg

into the 1-1/8” female receptor on heavy-duty light stands and grip clamps. Weight: 622 g

Clamps onto bars up to Ø 35mm. It can be mounted also on 16mm extension arms. Weight: 0.11 kg

175

Universal 16 mm spigot with double male thread 1/4” and Weight: 0.07 kg

E200

Stand Adapter, 1-1/8” to 5/8” Stud

load capacity at maximum extension 4.0 kg load capacity at minimum extension 8.0 kg maximum extension: 200 minimum extension: 110 Weight: 5.3 kg

SPRING CLAMP, 5/8 F ATTACHMENT

Background paper drive set for one roll. Including plastic chain and weight. Expands from: 1.8” to 3”.

Thie E200 Cine Stand Adapter fits

83


Lighting Support

Cross Pole

Flexible Lighting hangign system

You have to fix your lights in window or door frames.

Static Plate The wall plates have a special component that pivots to allow the tubes to bend and guarantees the maximum grip with your wall. Provided with levelling bubble and assembled with bolts (no rivets).

The Avenger CrossPole is a heavy-duty telescopic pole designed to span gaps from 80cm (2.7ft) up to 6 meters (19.7ft) and support up to 75kg (165lb) of lighting equipment and grip gear at any height from the ground. A protective plate at each end allows the pole to expand between ordinary upright walls without damaging them and without the use of nails, screws or glue. Safety and security features make it ideal even for the kind of heavy loads that film lighting demands. Applications: You can’t use the floor because of the set.

Locking Collar Dedicated component that prevents the telescopic tube from sliding under load. Provided with aluminum handle grips and rubber covers. Expander Max. Load The max load in the most extreme scenario: When using one CrossPole at 6m (19.7ft) length, the max load is 75kg (165lb)!

You can’t use the floor or the ceiling because you don’t have either! Tubes

Crosscoupler Dedicated component to create a combination of two or more Crosspoles. The X400KIT is supplied with six tubes in special aluminum to cover any distance between two walls from 80cm (2.7ft) up to 4 meters (13.1ft). The 3m (9.8ft) tubes used to bridge 6m (19.7ft) spans are available as an accessory - code X406.

H2000M

20X20 MODULAR OVERHEAD FRAME

Heavy duty 3mm wall thickness tube slot and pin lock together, rapidly providing a stable frame for lighting control textiles. By reducing or adding tubes you can create any combination of frame size. Frame Size 20’ x 20’ (610 x 610cm) No. of Tubes per Side 5 Tube Length 47.4” (120cm) Tube Connection Pin Frame Support 2 Ear Type

84

H600M

6X6 MODULAR FRAME

Heavy duty 3mm wall thickness tube slot and pin lock together, rapidly providing a stable frame for lighting control textiles. By reducing or adding tubes you can create any combination of frame size.Frame Size 6’ x 6’ (183 x 183cm) No. of Tubes per Side 2 Tube Length 1- 47.4” (120cm) 1- 15” (38cm) Tube Connection Pin Frame Support 2 Ear Type

X400KIT

6X6 MODULAR FRAME

For rigging of heavy light fixtures and grip, consider this Avenger X400 CrossPole Kit. It was developed by Avenger engineers after they visited a film set where crews faced a lack of a floor or ceiling on which to mount lighting equipment. Extension X401: 2.62 - 4.26’ (0.8 - 1.3 m) X402: 4.26 - 7.21’ (1.3 - 2.2 m) X404: 7.21 - 13.1’ (2.2 - 4 m) Load Capacity 165 lbs (75 kg) Diameter 3- 50 mm ø, telescopic 3- 45mm ø Kit Weight 29 lbs (13.2 kg) An innovative and flexible lighting mount, the CrossPole is perfect for mounting lighting in areas such as doorways, windows, sets with no floors or ceilings and where set and staging don’t allow you to use floor space. This kit includes a static wall plate with built-in spirit level to secure the pole evenly to any wall surface, a single operation set-up expander, locking collars, three sets of two telescopic tubes and a multifunctional bag for travel and transport.


Professional Audio

Power Requirements USB Power (5V DC) Weight 13.2 oz (374 g) Output Connector USB-type

AT2020

Cardioid Condenser Microphone

Accessories Furnished Stand mount for 5/8”-27 threaded stands; 5/8”-27 to 3/8”-16 threaded adapter; soft protective pouch

AT2050

Multi-pattern Condenser Microphone

Audio-Technica’s stringent quality and consistency standards set the AT2020 apart from other mics in its class. Its low-mass diaphragm is customengineered for extended frequency response and superior transient response. With rugged construction for durable performance, the microphone offers a wide dynamic range and handles high SPLs with ease. The AT2020: the new standard for affordable side-address studio condensers. SPECIFICATIONS Element Fixed-charge back plate, permanently polarized condenser Polar Pattern Cardioid Frequency Response 20-20,000 Hz Open Circuit Sensitivity Impedance Maximum Input Sound Level Noise Dynamic Range (Typical) Signal-To-Noise Ratio Phantom Power Requirements Weight Output Connector

–37 dB (14.1 mV) re 1V at 1 Pa 100 ohms 144 dB SPL, 1 kHz at 1% T.H.D. 20 dB SPL 124 dB, 1 kHz at Max SPL 74 dB, 1 kHz at 1 Pa 48V DC, 2 mA typical 12.1 oz (345 g) Integral 3-pin XLRM-type

AT2020 USB

USB Cardioid Condenser Microphone

SPECIFICATIONS Element Externally-polarized (DC bias) condenser Polar Pattern Cardioid, Frequency Response 20-20,000 Hz Low Frequency Roll-Off 80 Hz, 12 dB/octave Impedance Maximum Input Sound 100 ohms Level 145 dB SPL, 1 kHz at 1% T.H.D.; 155 dB SPL, with 10 dB Noise pad (nominal) Dynamic Range 12 dB SPL (Typical) 133 dB, 1 kHz at Max SPL Signal-To-Noise Ratio Phantom Power 82 dB, 1 kHz at 1 Pa Requirements 48V DC, 4.2 mA typical Weight Output Connector 12.7 oz (360 g) Integral 3-pin XLRM-type

AT4047/SV

Cardioid Condenser Microphone

The versatile AT2050 provides consistent, superior performance in switchable cardioid, omnidirectional and figure-of-eight polar pattern settings. Its dual large diaphragms are gold-vaporized and aged to achieve optimum characteristics over years of use. Equipped with a switchable 80 Hz high-pass filter and 10 dB pad, the microphone is ideal for studio and live sound use on vocals, piano, strings, drum overheads, guitar amps, and more. SPECIFICATIONS Element Externally-polarized (DC bias) condenser Polar Pattern Cardioid, Omnidirectional, Figure-of-Eight Frequency Response 20-20,000 Hz Low Frequency Roll-Off Impedance Maximum Input Sound Level

80 Hz, 12 dB/octave 100 ohms 120 ohms 149 dB SPL, 1 kHz at 1% T.H.D.; 159 dB SPL, with 10 dB Noise pad (nominal) Dynamic Range 17 dB SPL (Typical) 132 dB, 1 kHz at Max SPL Signal-To-Noise Ratio Phantom Power 77 dB, 1 kHz at 1 Pa Requirements 11-52V DC, 4.7 mA typical Weight Output Connector 12.1 oz (345 g) Integral 3-pin XLRM-type

AT4040

Cardioid Condenser Microphone

The AT4047/SV studio condenser’s dualdiaphragm capsule design maintains precise polar pattern definition across the full frequency range. With a wide dynamic range, incredibly low self-noise and high SPL capability, this versatile microphone excels on vocals, strings, acoustic guitar, instrument ensembles, small vocal groups and voiceovers. SPECIFICATIONS Element Externally-polarized (DC bias) condenser Polar Pattern Cardioid, Frequency Response 20-18,000 Hz Low Frequency Roll-Off 80 Hz, 12 dB/octave Impedance Maximum Input Sound 250 ohms Level 149 dB SPL, 1 kHz at 1% T.H.D.; 159 dB SPL, with 10 dB Noise pad (nominal) Dynamic Range 9 dB SPL (Typical) 140 dB, 1 kHz at Max SPL Signal-To-Noise Ratio Phantom Power 85 dB, 1 kHz at 1 Pa Requirements 48V DC, 3.0 mA typical Weight Output Connector 14.5 oz (410 g) Integral 3-pin XLRM-type

AT8410A

Microphone Shock Mount

The new AT2020 USB offers studio-quality articulation and intelligibility. It plugs right into your computer’s USB port, and functions seamlessly with your favorite recording software. Equipped with a USB digital output, the AT2020 USB is perfect for home studio recording, field recording, podcasting, and voiceover use. SPECIFICATIONS Element Fixed-charge back plate, permanently polarized condenser Polar Pattern Cardioid Frequency Response 20-16,000 Hz

The AT4040 offers exceptionally low noise, wide dynamic range and high-SPL capability for greatest versatility. This ultra-consistent microphone may be used with confidence in a wide variety of studio and live miking applications, even under the stringent demands of digital recording systems.

Audio-Technica’s PRO 88W VHF wireless microphone systems are designed for camcorder and other applications requiring a small, easily portable wireless. Equipped with a flexible detachable antenna and a choice of two

85


Professional Audio

transmitter and receiver frequencies on each system, the small and inconspicuous VHF wireless system will mount on the light shoe of camcorders or on the back of a camera itself with a Velcro attachment. For fixed installations, a 9V DC input is available on the receiver. Eight VHF channels are available for interference-free operation in virtually any location. Includes AT829 miniature cardioid clip-on microphone.

AT8004

Omnidirectional Dynamic Microphone

Audio-Technica’s AT8004L (9.43” long) is designed for on-location interviews/sports broadcasting. Its extended-length handle provides ample room for a microphone flag. The microphone offers exceptionally natural reproduction. Internal shock mounting minimizes handling/cable noise. The microphone’s omnidirectional polar pattern is ideal for reproduction of surrounding ambience.

AT8031

Cardioid Condenser Handheld Microphone

The AT8031 is ideal for close-up interviews, vocals, overheads, piano, and strings. Its cardioid polar pattern reduces pickup of sounds from the sides and rear, improving isolation of desired sound source. The mic’s proximity effect provides added warmth when used close up. Element Fixed-charge back plate permanently polarized condenser Polar Pattern Cardioid Frequency Response 30-20,000 Hz Low Frequency Roll Off 80 Hz, 12 dB/octave Open Circuit Sensitivity -44 dB (6.3 mV) re 1V at 1 Pa Impedance 250 ohms Dynamic Range 113 dB, 1 kHz at Max SPL Signal To Noise Ratio 70 dB, 1 kHz at 1 Pa

AT8035

Line + Gradient Condenser Microphone

Audio-Technica’s AT897 is designed for field audio acquisition in film/TV/video production, professional recording, wildlife recording and broadcast applications. It mounts conveniently on a DV camcorder without adding noticeable heft, and remains out of the frame even with compact digital cameras. This high-performance short shotgun offers outstanding long-distance audio pickup due to narrow acceptance angle of line + gradient design. It also features smooth, naturalsounding on-axis audio quality and excellent off-axis rejection of sound arriving from the sides and rear of mic. Element Fixed-charge back plate, permanently polarized condenser Polar Pattern Line + gradient Frequency Response 20-20,000 Hz Low Frequency Roll Off 80 Hz, 12 dB/octave Open Circuit Sensitivity -40 dB (10.0 mV) re 1V at 1 Pa Impedance 200 ohms Maximum Input Sound 129 dB SPL, 1 kHz at 1% Level T.H.D. Dynamic Range 112 dB, 1 kHz at Max SPL Signal To Noise Ratio 77 dB, 1 kHz at 1 Pa Phantom Power 11-52V DC, 2 mA typical Requirements Battery Type 1.5V AA/UM3 Weight 5.1 oz (145 g) Dimensions 10.98” (279.0 mm) long, 0.83” (21.0 mm) diameter Output Connector Integral 3-pin XLRM-type

PRO 24-CM

Stereo Condenser Microphone

Element Dynamic Polar Pattern Omnidirectional Frequency Response 80-16,000 Hz Open Circuit Sensitivity -51 dB (2.8 mV) re 1V at 1 Pa Impedance 300 ohms The microphone is designed for video production Weight 215 g (7.6 oz) and broadcast (ENG/EFP) audio acquisition. Output Connector Integral 3-pin XLRM-type Suited for both boom & handheld use, it provides the narrow acceptance angle desirable for longdistance sound pickup, featuring excellent sound rejection from the sides and rear of mic and Omnidirectional Condenser switchable low-frequency roll-off. It operates on battery or phantom power. Microphone

AT8010

Ideal for interviews, pickup of audience reaction, and musical events. The AT8010 features an omnidirectional polar pattern that provides maximum ambient pickup. The microphone provides an extremely smooth, extended response on- and off-axis. Operates on battery or phantom power. Element Fixed-charge back plate permanently polarized condenser Polar Pattern Omnidirectional Frequency Response 20-20,000 Hz Low Frequency Roll Off 80 Hz, 12 dB/Octave Open Circuit Sensitivity -44 dB (6.3 mV) re 1V at 1 Pa Impedance 250 ohms Dynamic Range 113 dB, 1 kHz at Max SPL Signal To Noise Ratio 70 dB, 1 kHz at 1 Pa

86

Element Fixed-charge back plate, permanently polarized condenser Polar Pattern Line + gradient Frequency Response 40-20,000 Hz Low Frequency Roll Off 80 Hz, 12 dB/octave Open Circuit Sensitivity –38 dB (12.5 mV) re 1V at 1 Pa Impedance 250 ohms Maximum Input Sound 132 dB SPL, 1 kHz at 1% Level T.H.D. Dynamic Range 110 dB, 1 kHz at Max SPL Signal To Noise Ratio 72 dB, 1 kHz at 1 Pa Phantom Power 11-52V DC, 2 mA typical Requirements Battery Type 1.5V AA/UM3 Weight 170 g (6.0 oz) Dimensions 369.0 mm (14.53”) long, 21.0 mm (0.83”) diameter Output Connector Integral 3-pin XLRM-type

AT897

Line + Gradient Condenser Microphone

The Audio-Technica Pro-24CM Compact Stereo Condenser Microphone delivers pro-level stereo reproduction for video camera mounting. The compact Pro-24CM features a pair of cardioid elements in an X-Y configuration to provide the spatial impact and realism of a live sound field. The result is a realistic stereo sound with pristine fidelity and minimal noise. The condenser element is powered with an LR44 battery or with plug-in power wherever provided. True X/Y Stereo Capturing The Pro-24CM features two capsules mounted in an X/Y position for true spatial impact and realism of a live sound field. LR44 or Plug-in Power Capable Battery-free operation when used with recording devices that provide plug-in power at the mic input. Compact Design Compact, lightweight design is perfect for camera-mount use.


Professional Audio

Element Fixed-charge back plate, permanently polarized condenser Polar Pattern X/Y Stereo Frequency Response 100-17,000 Hz Open Circuit Sensitivity -50 dB (3.1 mV) re 1V at 1 Pa Shotgun Microphone Impedance 600 ohms Maximum Input Sound 119 dB SPL, 1 kHz at 1% Level T.H.D. Dynamic Range 82 dB, 1 kHz at Max SPL Signal To Noise Ratio 57 dB, 1 kHz at 1 Pa Power Requirements 2-10V DC plug-in power Battery Type 1.5V LR44 Weight 3.9 oz (111 g) Dimensions 4.59” (116.5 mm) long, 0.83” (21.0 mm) maximum body diameter Output Connector 3.5 mm stereo mini plug The Sony ECM-678 is a short shotgun, electret on cable condenser-type microphone, which delivers outstanding sound performance in all field production and broadcast studio applications. It is also well-suited for use on Sony professional camcorders such as the HDV Series, DVCAM Series, and XDCAM Series. The ECM-678 offers excellent sensitivity, low inherent noise, and extreme durability. Its highly directional response allows clear voice pick-up even in the most short gun interference tube demanding of environments, while the built-in microphone low-cut filter switch helps to reduce unwanted pop and wind noise encountered in the field. With its high performance and durability, the ECM-678 microphone is the perfect choice for qualitycritical sound-acquisition applications.

F720

Dynamic Handheld Microphone

ECM-678

MKH 416-P48U3

Quality dynamic hand-held uni-directional microphone. Rugged construction. Built-in LC switch. Efficient one-piece shock mount to protect the capsule from external noise and vibration. Integral double windscreen to prevent pop/wind noise. Reasonably priced to suit both professional and institutional applications.

PRO 31

Cardioid Dynamic Handheld Microphone

ECM674/9X The MKH 416 is a short gun interference tube microphone. Its excellent directivity and compact design, high consonant articulation and feedback rejection make the MKH 416 a superb all-round microphone for film, radio and television, especially for outside broadcast applications. Features: Increased directivity due to interference tube principle Very low inherent self-noise High sensitivity Transformerless and fully floating balanced output Rugged, suitable for adverse climatic conditions Matt black all-metal body.

ME 66

Back-Electret Microphone Head Suitable for K6 and K6P Powering Modules

Shotgun Microphone

The Sony ECM-674 is an affordable shotgun-type electret condenser microphone, which delivers excellent sound performance in field and studio productions. Offering high-sensitivity, low-noise characteristics and flat-and-wide frequency response in a compact and lightweight design. The ECM-674 is well-suited for use with Sony camcorders such as the HDV™ Series, DVCAM™ Series, and XDCAM™ Series. In addition, its two-way powering feature allows for phantom powering or battery operation. With its high performance, affordable price, and great versatility, the ECM-674 microphone is an ideal choice for a range of sound-acquisition applications.

F780/9X

Dynamic Handheld Microphone

This affordable cardioid dynamic microphone is designed for close-up vocal performance. The PRO 31 offers a broad frequency response and low handling noise in a tough, durable design that delivers consistent performance on the road. The mic sets price/performance standards for intelligibility, transparent sound quality and noise suppression. Available in two models for easy use with consumer and pro electronics: PRO 31 (XLRFXLRM cable) and PRO 31QTR (XLRF- ¼” cable). Close-up vocal performance microphone sets price/performance standards for intelligibility, transparent sound quality and noise suppression

ECM77B

Electret Condenser Lavalier Microphone

The ME 66 is a short gun microphone head designed for use with the K6 and K6P powering modules. It is especially suitable for reporting, film and broadcast location applications and for picking up quiet signals in noisy or acoustically live environments as it discriminates against sound not emanating from the main pick-up direction. Matt black, anodised, scratch-resistant finish. Features: Super-cardioid/lobar pick-up pattern Highly directional Low inherent self-noise High sensitivity Wide frequency response.

A perfect choice for critical live vocals or where high-quality, rugged reliability, and resistance to feedback are required. Sony Pro Audio’s F-780/9X Hyper-Cardioid Handheld, Dynamic Vocal Microphone is an enhanced version of its top-ofthe-line model F-780 dynamic vocal microphone. Improved sonic and mechanical characteristics make this mic a must have for professionals in the music and recording business.

Perfect for television applications, Sony’s ECM77B Omni-Directional Electret Condenser Microphone is a miniature lavalier microphone designed to be inconspicuous. This tiny mic runs on either phantom power or AA battery operation. The ECM77B comes with an XLR connector

87


Professional Audio

DWZ-B70HL

Digital wireless lavalier and headset sets

ECM44B

Electret Condenser Lavalier Microphone

Omni-directional Electret Condenser Lavalier Microphone, AA battery operation only.with XLR Connector

ECM88B

Electret Condenser Lavalier Microphone

Lavalier microphone system with headset The lavalier set comes ready supplied with a headset and uni-directional microphones. Encryption and feedback reducing transmissions A built-in real-time signal processor actively prevents unwanted acoustic feedback while audio is encrypted in the 128-bit AES standard for a highly secure transmission. High quality sound Produces pristine 24-bit/48KHz linear PCM audio and a wide audio frequency range (10Hz-22kHz). Two selectable RF modes with Sony’s unique data processing Using Sony’s unique RF technology, the Lavalier set delivers a reliable and secure transmission even where Wi-Fi and wireless microphones are working together. Secure recharging The DWZ-B70HL set features secure and simple battery charging system (optional charger BCDWZ1 required).

DWZ-M70

Digital wireless microphone set for vocal/speech The ECM-88B is a miniature omni-directional electret-condenser microphone ideally suited for quality-critical applications in broadcasting, theater and field production. This lavalier mic achieves high-sensitivity and has a flat-andwide frequency response. The ECM-88B offers extremely low handling noise with unparalleled high sound quality. The ECM-88B comes with a DC-78 power supply and it has a cable length of 8.2 feet. This model is best suited for wired lav mic applications. However; with the DC-78 power supply disconnected, the ECM-88B’s 4-pin (SMC9-4P) connector can also be used with Sony WRT-822B and WRT-8B wireless mic body-pack transmitters.

DWZ-B30GB

Digital wireless set for guitar and bass

High quality digital transmission Produces pristine 24-bit/48kHz linear PCM audio and a wide audio frequency range (10Hz-22kHz). Using Sony’s unique RF technology and codec, the guitar set delivers a reliable and secure transmission even where Wi-Fi and wireless microphones are working together. Using the 2.4GHz frequency band for transmission, the DWZ-B30GB can be used licence- and cost-free in nearly every country worldwide. Cable tone generator for you to solo. Power to play on the road.

88

Encryption and feedback reducing transmissions The DWZ-M70 features a built-in real-time signal processor that actively prevents unwanted acoustic feedback. Audio is encrypted in the 128bit AES standard for a highly secure transmission. High quality digital transmission Produces pristine 24-bit linear PCM audio with a wide frequency range (10Hz-22kHz). Using Sony’s original RF technology, the DWZ-M70 delivers a reliable and secure transmission even where Wi-Fi and wireless microphones are working together. Using the 2.4GHz frequency band for transmission, the DWZ-M70 can be used licenceand cost-free in nearly every country worldwide. Secure recharging The DWZ-M70 vocal/speech set features secure and simple battery charging system (optional charger BC-DWZ1 required). Use with a wide range of microphones.

DWZ-M50

Digital wireless vocal set

High quality sound with up to six simultaneous channels and 5-band equalizer Ideal for groups of musicians and bands, the DWZ-M50 produces pristine 24-bit/48kHz linear PCM audio and a wide audio frequency range (10Hz-22kHz) over up to six simultaneous channels for use on the road. Sony’s unique RF technology means the vocal set delivers a reliable and secure transmission even where Wi-Fi and wireless mics are working together. Using the 2.4GHz frequency band for transmission, the DWZ-M50 can be used licence- and cost-free in nearly every country worldwide. Customisable sound quality to suit your needs Easy to use Interchangeable microphone heads

UWP-X8

UWP Wireless Microphone package

UWP Series UHF synthesized wireless microphone system. Package includes a handheld microphone and tuner module. Channels 30 to 33. The UWP-X8 includes extremely robust metal construction with a newly designed hand held transmitter. UWP Series transmitters and receivers can also be purchased separately. Highlights: Consists of a handheld microphone and tuner module Suitable for use in PA systems Supplied with microphone holder and screw adapter Tuner module can be installed in MB-X6 tuner frame or SRP Series powered mixers.

UWPV2

Handheld Mic TX and Portable RX Wireless System

UWP Series UHF synthesized wireless microphone system. Package includes a handheld microphone and portable diversity tuner. Channels 30 to 33. The UWP-V2 includes extremely robust metal construction, a newly designed hand held transmitter, plus the receiver includes a convenient auto channel scanning function allowing automatic search for unoccupied channels. UWP Series transmitters and receivers can also be purchased separately.


Professional Audio

UWPV6

Lav Mic, Bodypack TX, Plug-on TX and Portable RX Wireless System

UWP Series UHF synthesized wireless microphone system. Package includes a lavalier microphone, bodypack transmitter and tuner module. Channels 30 to 33. The UWP-X7 includes extremely robust metal construction, mic/line input selection on the bodypack transmitter and a uni-directional lav microphone. UWP Series transmitters and receivers can also be purchased separately. Highlights: Consists of a uni lavalier microphone, bodypack transmitter and tuner module Suitable for use in PA systems Supplied with a microphone windscreen and holder-clip as well as a belt clip Tuner module can be installed in MB-X6 tuner frame or SRP Series powered mixers.

supports use of alkaline, lithium, or nickel-metal hydride batteries. Transmitter functions; including input attenuator, RF frequency selection, RF power output, Audio LCF frequency and a power sleep mode (in the transmitter) can be remotely controlled from the digital wireless receiver.

EW 135-P G3

DWRS02D WP Series UHF synthesized wireless microphone system. Package includes a lavalier microphone, bodypack transmitter, plug-on transmitter and a portable tuner. Mounting adapter for camcorder included. Channels 30 to 33. The UWP-V6 includes extremely robust metal construction, mic/line input selection on the bodypack and plug-on transmitters, a miniature metal body omni-directional lav microphone and plus the receiver includes a convenient auto channel scanning function allowing automatic search for unoccupied channels. UWP Series transmitters and receivers can also be purchased separately

UWPV1

Lav Mic, Bodypack TX and Portable RX Wireless System

UWP Series UHF synthesized wireless microphone system. Package includes a lavalier microphone, bodypack transmitter and portable diversity tuner. Mounting adapter for camcorder included. Channels 30 to 33. The UWP-V1 includes extremely robust metal construction, mic/line input selection on the bodypack transmitter, a miniature metal body omni-directional microphone and plus the receiver includes a convenient auto channel scanning function allowing automatic search for unoccupied channels. UWP Series transmitters and receivers can also be purchased separately.

Dual Channel Digital Wireless Receiver

The DWR-S02D is a digital dual channel slot-in receiver. The /30 model operates within a 66 MHz range, from 566-608 MHz and 614-638 MHz. The slot-in receiver can be mounted directly into Sony digital slot-in compatible camcorders, providing 2ch wireless operation with unique wireless remote control of the digital wireless system from the camera viewfinder. Highlights: Mounts directly in HDW-650F, PDW-700, PDW-F800, PWM-500, PMW-350, PMW-320 and PMW-TD300 camcorder slots Supports 2ch AES3 or analog output Includes clear channel and active channel scanning modes Innovative wireless remote control of the transmitter from the receiver (using 2.4 GHz IEEE802.15.4 communication technology) UHF-TV channels 30-36 (566-608 MHz) and 38-41 (614-638 MHz).

A handheld system designed for field operation: this system is the perfect choice for ENG professionals. The rugged hand-held cardioid wireless microphone provides professional sound quality for interviews and reporting, even under unfavorable conditions. At the camera end of the wireless signal path is the portable and reliable EK 100 G3 adaptive diversity receiver.

ATW-1811D Dual Channel Reciever

DWTB01

Digital Body-pack Transmitter

UWPX7

Lav Mic, Bodypack TX and RX Module Wireless System

The DWT-B01 digital body-pack transmitter is compact, lightweight and built with a sturdy die-cast magnesium body. The /4250 model operates within a 60 MHz range, from 638 to 698 MHz. Audio input is selectable from either mic or line level. The DWT-B01 provides a choice of 1, 10 or 50 mW RF output. The transmitter operates for approximately 5 hours using two AA size alkaline batteries at 10 mW output power. The DWT-B01

The Audio-Technica 1800 Series provides a professional, wireless portable solution, while addressing the issues of portability, function and cost. This system includes the ATW-R1810 receiver and ATW-T1801 UniPak transmitter. Other configurations are also available. The ATW-R1810 Receiver features True Diversity UHF receivers with an internal Antenna/Splitter amplifier. The compact ATW-R1810 is powered with 4 AA batteries, one of the internal receivers may be turned off to preserve battery life The ATW-T1801 UniPak Transmitter features a 4-pin HRS connector for adapting compatible Audio-Technica lavalier microphones, headset microphones and instrument cables. Selectable Hi/Lo RF output power enhances range when needed and a 2-color power/mute LED indicates transmitter status. The transmitter is powered with 2 AA batteries for up to 9 hours.

89


Professional Audio

EW 300 IEM G3 PRO 88W

VHF Wireless Systems with batterypowered receiver and transmitter for camcorder use

Audio-Technica’s PRO 88W VHF wireless microphone systems are designed for camcorder and other applications requiring a small, easily portable wireless. Equipped with a flexible detachable antenna and a choice of two transmitter and receiver frequencies on each system, the small and inconspicuous VHF wireless system will mount on the light shoe of camcorders or on the back of a camera itself with a Velcro attachment. For fixed installations, a 9V DC input is available on the receiver. Eight VHF channels are available for interference-free operation in virtually any location.

M2

Wireless In-Ear Monitor System

The M2 Wireless In-Ear Monitor System is designed to make professional in-ear monitoring features accessible for performers who want to be free from the problems associated with floor wedges. The stereo monitor system offers Personal Mix Control, which gives each musician volume and mix control of two independent signals on stage, via easy-to-use controls on the M2R stereo body-pack receiver. The wireless UHF M2T Stereo Transmitter provides a choice of 100 selectable frequencies and is equipped with two XLR/¼” combo input connectors into which users can connect line-level inputs. While up to 10 complete M2 systems may be used on stage simultaneously, any number of M2R stereo receivers may be used on the same frequency with a single M2T stereo transmitter. These rugged systems are built to stand up to the inevitable bumps of life on the road, delivering clear, natural sound for touring and installed-sound uses.

ew 112-p G3

Hear better, perform better. Sennheiser monitoring systems are trusted by professionals worldwide and now are better than ever. Featuring an adaptive-diversity receiver, the receiver pack uses the headphone cable as a secondary antenna for flawless reception. Ear-canal phones, with various ear-fitting pads for an individual fit, reproduce the signal from the adaptive diversity receiver precisely and faithfully. Pass-through outputs allow easy splitting of the input signal to travel to other devices. The 5 band equalizer integrated in the transmitter also allows you to personalize the sound even further. Lastly, the entire set can be monitored and remotely controlled with Sennheiser’s “Wireless Systems Manager” software due to the built-in Ethernet port on the stereo transmitter.

EK 300 IEM G3 The most-trusted wireless monitoring system gets even better. With upgraded features, this bodypack receiver sets the standard by which all other monitoring systems will be judged. For example, the compact receiver features adaptive diversity for super-reliable reception. The headphone cable is utilized as a second antenna to banish audio dropouts. Operating the EK 300 IEM G3 is also easy due to its intuitive menu navigation and highly-visible backlit graphic display. A switchable Hi Boost and a multi-level limiter complete the package. After the performance, the entire bodypack receiver can simply be placed in an optional charging station to charge the optional rechargeable battery.

ew 100-ENG G3

Fast, flexible and professional: these characteristics make the ew 112-p G3 the perfect fit for every ambitious reporting team seeking both portability and great sound quality. The nearly invisible clip-on omni-directional microphone transmits its signal via a bodypack transmitter with mute function and a portable, battery-powered adaptive-diversity receiver. The receiver and transmitter are lightweight and easy to operate, yet rugged and packed with features.

HD 201

Wired Hi-fi Headphone

The HD 201 is a pair of closed, dynamic stereo headphones for the budget-conscious music lover, featuring powerful sound reproduction, good attenuation of ambient noise and outstanding wearing comfort. Frequency response 21–18,000 Hz Transducer principle dynamic Nominal impedance 24 Ω Characteristic SPL 108 dB (at 1 kHz, 1 Vrms) THD < 0.7 % Ear coupling circumaural Weight (without cable) 165 g Connector 3.5 mm stereo jack plug with adaptor to 1⁄4” (6.3 mm)

HD 202

Dynamic hi-fi stereo headphones

This ENG set offers a great amount of flexibility for portable recording indoors or outdoors. Its SKP 100 G3 plug-on transmitter transforms XLR

90

equipped devices (such as microphones and mixing consoles) into wireless devices by simply plugging the unit in. The bodypack transmitter, as well as the plug on, can by synced up to the receiver with the simple push of a button. A very small high-quality directional clip-on microphone completes this set.


Professional Audio

The HD 202 closed, dynamic hi-fi stereo headphones are the ideal partner for DJs and powerful modern music, providing good insulation against ambient noise and a vivid, crisp bass response. The rugged lightweight headphones have a secure fit and can be used for both mobile sources and home (mini) hi-fi systems. When out and about, a convenient cord take-up lets you adjust the headphone cable to the required length. Frequency response 18 - 18000 Hz Transducer principle dynamic, closed Nominal impedance 32 Ω Sound pressure level (SPL) 115 dBEar coupling supraaural Weight (without cable) ca. 130 g Connector 3,5/6,3 mm stereo

-57 dB (1.4 mV) re 1V at 1 Pa (Microphone) Weight 264 g (9.3 oz) Connector 3.3 m (10.8’) long with 8-pin connector at headset end; 3-pin XLRM-type connector (microphone) and 6.3 mm (1/4”) phone plug (headphone) outputs

ATH-M20

Closed-back Dynamic Stereo Monitor Headphones

HD 280 PRO

The HD 280 PRO are closed-back, circumaural headphones designed for professional monitoring applications. Although suitable for a very wide range of applications, the exceptional 32 dB attenuation of external noise makes the HD 280 PRO particularly useful for use in a high-noise environment. Frequency response 8 - 25000 Hz Transducer principle dynamic, closed Nominal impedance 64 Ω Sound pressure level (SPL) 102 dB (IEC 268-7) Weight (without cable) 220 g Connector 3,5 / 6,3 mm stereo

BPHS1

Broadcast Stereo Headset

Created especially for on-air news & sports broadcasting, announcing & interviews, this rugged stereo headset offers natural, highly intelligible and focused vocal reproduction, closed-back circumaural (around-the-ear) ear cups to seal out background noise, and a high-output dynamic microphone mounted on a flexible gooseneck boom. Frequency response 20-20,000 Hz (Headphone) 40-20,000 Hz (Microphone) Transducer principle Closed-back Dynamic (Headphone) Cardioid Dynamic (Microphone) Nominal impedance 65 ohms (Headphone) 560 ohms (Microphone) SENSITIVITY 100 dB (Headphone)

Audio-Technica’s ATH-M20 dynamic stereo headphones offer exceptional clarity and maximum comfort for hours of listening. The headphones’ low-profile, closed-back design provides superior isolation in high-volume listening situations. Features include: 40 mm drivers, each with a neodymium magnet structure; lightweight, adjustable cushioned headband; gold-plated stereo 1/8” (3.5 mm) connector with strain relief and snap-on ¼” (6.3 mm) adapter; ultra-flexible 10” coiled cable with single-side exit. Frequency response 20-20,000 Hz Transducer principle Closed-back Dynamic Nominal impedance 40 ohms SENSITIVITY 98 dB Weight 264 g (9.3 oz) Connector 1/8” (3.5 mm) stereo mini-plug, snap-on 1/4” (6.3 mm) adapter

ATH-M50

Professional Studio Monitor Headphones With the ATH-M50 professional studio monitor headphones, Audio-Technica has achieved an exceptionally accurate response and long-wearing listening comfort. Designed especially for professional monitoring and mixing, these studiophones feature an efficient collapsible design for space-saving portability and storage. Circumaural ear pieces swivel 180° for easy one-ear monitoring and luxuriously padded ear cushions create an outstanding seal for maximum isolation. The adjustable headband is generously padded for ultimate comfort during long mixing sessions. A coiled cable at the left earpiece terminates to a gold-plated mini-plug with included screw-on ¼” adapter. Frequency response 15 - 28,000 Hz Transducer principle Closed-back Dynamic Nominal impedance 38 ohms Sensitivity 99 dB Weight 284 g (10 oz) without cable and connector Connector Gold-plated stereo 1/8” (3.5 mm) connector with strain relief and professional screw-on 1/4” (6.3 mm) adapter

MDR7502

Professional Headphones

ATH-M30

Closed-back Dynamic Stereo Monitor Headphones

A perfect choice for project studio engineers, home recordists and recording musicians, AudioTechnica’s ATH-M30 dynamic stereo headphones offer the highest level of sonic accuracy in a design engineered to provide maximum comfort for hours of listening. The headphones’ lowprofile, closed-back design provides exceptional clarity and superior isolation in high-volume listening situations. Features include: neodymium magnet structure; lightweight, adjustable cushioned headband; gold-plated stereo 1/8” (3.5 mm) connector with strain relief and screw-on ¼” (6.3 mm) adapter; ultra-flexible 11’ cable with single-side exit. Frequency response 20-20,000 Hz Transducer principle Closed-back Dynamic Nominal impedance 65 ohms SENSITIVITY 100 dB Weight 200 g without cable Connector 1/8” (3.5 mm) with screw-on 1/4” (6.3 mm) adapter.

For clear, high-quality sound reproduction in a closed-ear design, Sony’s MDR-7502 Headphone features gold connectors, an oxygen--free cord, high quality sound reproduction at an affordable price. Frequency response 60-16kHz Transducer principle Closed-back Dynamic Nominal impedance 24 Ohms Sensitivity 102 dB/mW Weight 150g Connector Gold, Stereo Unimatch plug 1/4” and 1/8”.

MDR7502

Professional Headphones

91


Professional Audio

The MDR-7506 is a large diaphragm foldable headphone designed for professional studio and live/broadcast applications. Frequency response 10-20kHz Transducer principle Closed-back Dynamic Nominal impedance 63 Ohms Sensitivity 106 dB/mW Weight 180g Connector Gold, Stereo Unimatch plug 1/4” and 1/8”

comfortable wireless earpiece offers market-leading sound quality and allows broadcast and stage teams to discreetly prompt any presenter or performer, providing a valuable safety net and ensuring that broadcasts and performances always run smoothly.

MB-X6

Tuner Base Unit

Sony’s MB-X6 is a modular UHF tuner base designed to house up to six WRU806 or URX-M2 UHF tuner modules in one rack. A built-in active antenna divider allows one pair of active antennas (optional) or passive antennas (supplied) to operate all six channels. Output level switching selects mic or line operating level for each output. Audio Output Connector Six XLR-3 audio outputs plus one XLR-3 monitor output Power Requirements AC 120 V Battery Life NA Dimensions 19 x 1 3/4 x 11 1/4 inches (482 x 44 x 285 mm) Weight 3.1 kg Compatibiity For use with UXR-M2 and WRU-806B modular tuners.

Phonak invisity is currently used by many of the world’s leading broadcasters, entertainers and film makers 2 different versions of invisity are available: invisity flex and invisity 4-channel: invisity flex This invisity model uses a single channel (7 MHz range). invisity users can have their Phonak dealer reprogramme this frequency or they can alter their wireless earpiece themselves using the invisity programming unit or IPU (see below). All other invisity parameters are fixed and cannot be adjusted. invisity 4-channel This invisity version features 4 programmable channels, again spanning a 7 MHz range. The 4-channel invisity comes bundled with the invisity remote control, which quickly allows a user to flick between pre-set channels. Frequencies can be reprogrammed using the invisity programming unit (IPU), plus users can also alter the invisity receiver’s audio level and other settings.

TX-300N H4n

TX-300V transmitter

invisity by Phonak is the smallest in-ear radio receiver in the world. This comfortable wireless earpiece offers market-leading sound quality and allows broadcast and stage teams to discreetly prompt any presenter or performer, providing a valuable safety net and ensuring that broadcasts and performances always run smoothly. TX-300V transmitter The only wide area FM transmitter you need The TX-300V is a wide area FM transmitter and perfect for covering large areas such as auditoriums, lecture rooms, houses of worship, town halls, movie theaters, theaters, universities, sports venues, shopping malls, railway stations and other public places. The Zoom H4n portable recorder also incorporated features such as Broadcast Wave Format (BWF) compatible time stamp and track marker functions and its auto-record and pre-record features so you never miss a moment. Of course, the H4n records high resolution audio at 24bit/96kHz on SD/SDHC media of up to 32GB and is USB 2.0.

Invisible wireless earpiece With TX-300N

invisity by Phonak is the smallest in-ear radio receiver in the world. This

92

PortaCom

PortaCom is a flexible, high-performance wired intercom system that is built smart and simple. PortaCom gives you two channels without sacrificing power or quality. It is expandable, portable or rack mountable. Best of all, PortaCom is


Professional Audio

priced to sell to the junior high school theater, local cable studio, church setting, or to the high school football coach.

Eclipse-PiCo Product Specs Branch Box: Ship Weight: Two-Channel Power Console: Ship Weight: Belt Pack: Ship Weight:

1.9” X 4.1” X 4.25” 1 lbs 1.75” X 8.5” X 4.5” 2.26 kg 3.8” X 2.75” X 1.25” 1 kg

ProLink 500TM

Eclipse PiCo is ideal for communication needs in small to mid-size production environments such as OB vans, studio and sports facilities. It provides high-quality full-duplex communication requiring a moderate number of ports in a compact 1RU form. The front user menu enables quick and easy changes to input/output levels, routes and configurations. Eclipse PiCo offers 36 full-duplex panel/4-wire ports, including four 4-wire ports, in a one-rack unit (1RU) chassis. Each Eclipse PiCo has two power supplies for fail-safe redundancy and eight on-board general purpose inputs and outputs. It supports V-Series, I-Series, 4000 series panels, ICS panels and all IMF interface modules including the AES CoAx and DIG-2 modules for external panels.

i-Series panel The ProLink 500 is a digital wireless intercom system that allows full duplex communication between four users simultaneously with the option of unlimited number of listen only belt packs. The transmitter and receiver operate utilizing the FCC license free 902 - 928 MHz range for the U.S. without the need for a base station. ProLink 500 has the capability to transmit up to 500 feet line of sight and allows communication through walls and glass. It also has optional Bluetooth or encryption capability available upon request.

PRO-540

The 1RU i-Series panels are engineered and built to be rugged and reliable. i-Series panels are factory built with two to four 5-character display selector modules and a microphone headset module. The fully fitted 4 module panels also includes a keypad. There are 5 standard variants available: I-1110E 1x8-key display key module, no keypad I-1210E 2x8-key display key modules, no keypad I-1410E 4x8-key display key modules, no keypad I-1430E 4x8-key display key modules with keypad (dial and assignment menus) I-1470E as per I-1430E but with AUX-101 option (local audio and GPIs plus the I-1410E 4 x 8 display key extension panel)

AP-22 Four headsets, your choice of H-200 dual or H-200S single ear muff, one master belt pack BP-500M, three remote belt packs BP-500R’s and one gang charger GC-500 in a sturdy cardboard carrying case.

PRO-570

20-Key IFB assignment panel (with LED displays), 1RU. Select 110V or 220V operation.

RM-704 Remote Station

Seven headsets, your choice of H-200 dual or H-200S single ear muff, two master belt packs BP-500M, five remote belt packs BP-500R’s and two gang chargers GC-500 in two sturdy cardboard carrying cases.

Remote station provides four independent intercom channels, with programmable front-panel buttons for versatility. Separate volume controls for each channel, and four separate audio program inputs. Three interruptible IFB channels for talent cueing and announce button/relay for paging. Powered by the intercom line.

93


Professional Audio

WBS-680 Two-Channel Wireless

• Supports up to four full-duplex wireless beltpacks per base station • Able to connect the wireless beltpacks, via the base station, to two channels of wired intercom • “wireless talk around” button places the user’s voice on the wirelessonly bus • “Stage Announce” feature available on beltpack • Different communications routings are activated from the beltpacks, with each beltpack user having full control

WBS-670 Single-Channel Wireless

Phone In 6

The Phone In 6 is a telephone switching system for radio talkshows. It consists of one or more desktop Remote Control Panels for call control, and a rackmount Base Console which contains all of the audio and telephony connections, including two superb quality digital telephone hybrids. Connected via Ethernet, the units make up a simple, easy to use talkshow system. The Base Console can be loaded with 1, 2, or 3 modules, where each module can have 2 x PSTN (normal telephone) lines, 1 x ISDN BRI line or 1 x GSM line. The ISDN basic rate interface allows two calls to be handled, one on each ISDN B channel. The PSTN module has two interfaces each using a modern digital hybrid interface, which is settable by software to handle a variety of PSTN and PABX systems with varying impedances, call connection & disconnection tones. The GSM unit handles one call and requires an external antenna to be mounted close to the Base Console but with an interferencefree line-of-sight to the nearest cell

PI-6R Remote Control Unit. • Supports up to four full-duplex wireless beltpacks with its 1-RU base station • Low-profile on/off/volume control and a momentary/latching talk button • Rugged detachable antennas are easily field-replaceable. • Integral LCD window shows channel and frequency information, and allows the programming of beltpack channels and functions • 3-pin XLR loop-through connectors for one channel of party-line intercom, an RJ-45 connector for direct connection to a digital intercom port, and a pair of auxiliary connectors • Compatible with virtually all wired party-line and matrix intercom systems.

DHY-03

Digital Telephone Hybrid

The digital DHY-03 telephone hybrid is probably the best performing digital hybrid in the world, with simply stunning line balance rejection figures. The DHY-03 has the following features : Fully automatic - adapts to varying line conditions and has automatic signal limiting. Fully adaptive echo cancellation to 127msec - default is 24msec. 72dB typical line balance rejection offering superb performance and crystal clear audio. Front panel input and output gain controls. Front panel LED metering of receive and send signals. Built-in conferencing for 2 hybrids, so that a single telco channel on a mixing desk can receive 2 calls.

94

The Remote Control Panel (RCP) has 3 rows of 6 Line selection buttons, with the top LINE HOLD buttons used to receive or drop a call from a line and the HYBRID 1 and HYBRID 2 buttons used to send the caller to the respective hybrid. The LOCAL button routes the caller to a headset or telephone handset that is connected to the rear of the RCP. The presenter/producer audio from this headset is sent to the caller via the Base Console over Ethernet with caller audio being received similarly. A keypad on the RCP allows numbers to be dialled and a bright LED menu display with multiple control buttons allows more detailed functions to be performed. The RCP uses a USB connection for DC power. The Phone In 6 uses an echo-cancellation DSP algorithm and impedance matching to give around 70dB cancellation, which provides excellent separation of caller & line send audio and elimination of feedback, distortion & echo on the incoming calls. This is close to being the best performance possible on a telephone line and uses the same enhanced echo cancellation algorithms as used on the DHY-03, the best performing telephone hybrid in the world. Features of the Phone In 6 Radio Talkshow Telephone Switching System Simple installation using CAT5 Ethernet connection to the remote control panels. Automatic call answering. Automatic call disconnection. Self-op or call screening modes. Caller conferencing. Headset included with all systems. Simple switch button control of callers. Receive, route, drop or make calls. 12 digit keypad to make calls, recall favourite settings and for speed-dialling. Graphic LCD display. Phonebook for automatic dialing. Responsive illuminated switch buttons. Programmable GPIO. Ethernet control/connectivity. Two superb quality digital telephone hybrids. Modular PSTN, ISDN & GSM telephony inputs. Hardware metering of send & receive levels. Send & receive level adjustment. Wide range of impedance matching options. Music on hold input. AGC, automatic gain control of send & receive signals. Echo cancellation. Noise gate. Automatic caller ducking. Share or switch the hybrid audio to multiple studios.


Professional Audio

DMXP01

Portable Digital Mixer

The DMX-P01 digital mixer is a lightweight and portable field mixer developed for electronic news gathering (ENG) and electronic field production (EFP). The unit has 32-bit, full digital sound processing and its unique Scene store - recall feature enables users to instantly recall up to ten different mixer user-snapshots.

Versatile Connectivity for a Wide Range of Applications Two I/O Expansion Slots for Easy Expansion in a Variety of Formats Four Advanced Multi-effect Processors Include Surround Effects Comprehensive Interface with Touch-sensitive 100-mm Motor Faders Scene Memory and Automix Functions for Efficient Workflow Versatile Pairing and Grouping Functions Enhance Mixing Efficiency DM1000 Editor Software Supplied Sophisticated DAW or Digital Recorder Integration An Ideal Platform for Surround Production Enhanced Surround Monitoring Environment Includes Bass Management A Powerful Performer in Live Sound Settings Functions and Performance Fine-tuned for Professional Use Powerful New Functions for Applications from Production to Live Sound to Broadcast.(Version2) Seamless ADD-ON EFFECTS Support(Version2) ESAMII Video Editor Support(Version2)

have built-in channel compressors that, although easy to operate, can significantly enhance the quality of your mixes. An optional adaptor allows these mixers to be mounted on a microphone stand for easy access and convenient positioning on stage. The MG82CX features top-quality SPX digital effects built in, so you won’t need any extra equipment for many applications.

MX42

Stereo Mini Mixer

01V96V2 EPM 6

Digital Recording Mixer The MX42 is a four channel stereo mixer. The unit mixes up to four stereo RCA signals such as CD or cassette players with VCR units, even computer sound cards or MP3 players. All signals are mixed via stereo 100K ohm potentiometers to stereo RCA output connectors. The unit is passive, requiring no power.

MX124 ProMix IV Low-cost high-performance mixers Frame sizes 6+2, 8+2 and 12+2 2 configurable auxiliary buses XLR-type and ¼” metal jack connector sockets RCA phono stereo playback inputs and record outputs 3-band EQ with a swept mid on mono inputs 2-band EQ on stereo inputs TRS insert sockets and inserts on all mono inputs and mix output Ten-segment LED output metering Intuitive and comprehensive solo system Headphone output Easily rack mountable

Much like the Yamaha 01V, the 01V96 is a compact digital mixer with 16 1/4” TRS Phone line level inputs and 12 XLR Mic preamps. In addition, 8 channels of ADAT optical I/O are provided on the rear. A Mini-YGDAI card slot enables users to expand the mixers I/O section when necessary. 16 I/O Series cards provide 16 additional digital inputs and outputs of either ADAT, TDIF or AES/ EBU formats. 8 Channel I/O cards are available as well and include analog I/O as well. Version 2 software further enhances DAW integration with Nuendo and CubaseSX. Studio Manager Version 2 is also included and features enhancements such as multiple hardware, editor and window support and multiple Undo capability.

DM1000VCM

MG82CX

Digital Production Console

8-Input Stereo Mixer with Digital Effects

The MX5124 Pro-MixIV mixes 4 microphones into two transformer balanced outputs. It has three XLR inputs, each with individually switchable phantom power, and Low Cut switches, a Level control, and a Pan control. As mentioned, it has two transformer balanced, XLR outputs. A 1/4 inch Aux/Headphone output has been provided along with a Clip indicator, Power indicator, and Power switch. The unit is also powered by two 9-Volt alkaline batteries.

Professional Boom Poles

Precise 24-bit/96-kHz Audio and Highperformance Head Amps 48-input 18-bus Mix Capacity at 96 kHz Powerful Channel Functions with Flexible Control and Patching

MG mixers are lighter and smaller than ever while offering some innovative new features. The MG82CX is an ideal mixer for basic music production or live sound applications that require high sound quality from a relatively small number of input sources. The MG82CX is remarkably compact and lightweight, but no compromises have been made in sound quality. They even

The Cavision SGP535R 5-Section Microphone Boom Pole is made of durable, lightweight mixed fiber, features concentric locking collars and features a 3/8” thread at the top. The primary tube is specially coated to minimize handling noise and the concentric collars provide perfect microphone

95


Interfaces

positioning from any point within the section. The removable top enables users to internally thread the boom pole with a microphone cable.

Rycote Full Windshield System

without microphone holder. Black anodised aluminium Column only: Art. MSPB Silver anodised aluminium Column only: Art. MSPS Rubber Base only: Art. MRB Item comes in Silver. attachment number type 36 attachment type material aluminum closed length 108.0 cm load capacity 2 kg maximum height 195.0 cm weight 0.7 kg

Ethernet/RS-232/NCB control Programmable Full button flexilbility Robust buttons Live button status feedback Size: 19inch - 1RU, 2RU or 4RU - depth 5cm Low power

Audio Mixer Case DA-3GHD-8

1x8 3G/HD/SD-SDI and DVB-ASI distribution amplifier

The full windshield system is made up of the following elements: Modular Suspension (shock mount) Modular Windshield (windscreen, blimp or zeppelin) Windjammer (furry cover).

Digital video cable

Key Features: 1 x 8 distribution amplifier ASI support on all outputs Passive loop-through on backplane On board LED for status On board DIP for configuration

MICC Series

MIC. STAND CHROME

attachment number type material closed length load capacity maximum height weight

type 36 attachment chrome steel 108.0 cm 2 kg 195.0 cm 1.4 kg

Table Top Tripod

The Flashlink DA-3GHD-8/DA-3GHD-8-PL is a multi bit-rate distribution amplifier that provides high performance media distribution for signal formats from 19.4Mbps to 2970Mbps in studio and broadcast applications. This unit is automatically configurable for cable equalizing and reclocking of DVB-ASI, SD/HD/3G-SDI signal formats. The DA-3GHD-8-PL module features a passive loopthru function that enables cascading of several units. One module can be hot-swapped without affecting other modules in the cascade. A nonlooped version, the DA-3GHD-8, is also available with improved cable equalization.

HDTV/SDI video cables usually have solid center conductors and dual shields. The dielectrics can either be foamed PE or for better crush resistance foamed HDPE insulation. Tighter impedance and attenuation tolerances, superior Return Loss (RL) specifications and improved shielding give precision video cables their no-compromise performance

SL-16XY-CP Programmable multibus X-Y control panel series

AAV-HD-XMUX

HD-SDI audio embedder for analog and digital audio The AAV-HD-XMUX is a multi-rate highly integrated audio embedding module in the Flashlink range, offering simultaneous embedding and de-embedding of audio from a digital HD or SD serial video signal. The AAV-HD-XMUX’s small footprint, low power and Nevion panel control support are ideal for outside broadcast applications.The extensive manual control thru DIP switches enables the module to be efficiently used as a stand-alone unit enclosed in the small Flashlink N-box enclosure. The built-in de-glitcher makes the AAV-HD-XMUX the preferred choice for analog audio embedding applications since any switching is presented seemlessly at the AAV-HD-MUX output.

SL-3GHD1616-N-CP attaches by. Color leg angles working height load capacity minimum height weight

3/8’’ screw attachment type black color 75° 13.0 cm 2 kg 4.5 cm 0.094 kg

Microphone Stand Anodised aluminium microphone stand features a ‘Quick release and lock collar’, allowing the stand to be set at the required height with a single operation. The lightweight rubber base reduces ‘bottom-end’ frequencies being trasmitted through the stage floor. Complete with rubber base, 3/8’ top attachment for microphone. Supplied

96

3G-SDI router range with control panel and redundant system controller support

Nevion series of Sublime control panels provides powerful control features to a large range of routing application with their high flexibility thru their programmability, multi-router/ multi vendor support and multiple control interfaces. Sublime control panels support both serial and IP-based control. The panels are compact and lightweight, easily mounted in desks or racks. They are all 19” wide, and ranges from 1RU 8x8 single bus to 4RU 64x64 CY multibus. They are equipped with robust buttons designed to handle everyday use. Key Features: Ranges from 8x8 in 1RU to 64x64 in 4RU

The SL-3GHDXXXX-CP is a router series supporting 3G/HD/SD-SDI and DVB-ASI, providing reclocking to all its outputs. An XY control panel is making this router series ideal for small studio applications. VikinX Sublime provides many of the powerful control features that drove the VikinX Modular range to success. VikinX Sublime is ideal for general purpose facilities, on-air routing, mobile outside broadcast applications and sophisticated A/V applications. By providing critical 3rd party control interfaces through 3rd party management software Sublime enables the utilization of existing routers and management systems from other manufacturers and maintains the advantages of implementing VikinX Sublime in routing applications. With the ultra-slim, multiformat and flexible product range, Sublime fulfils the most demanding requirements from the professional broadcast market.


Interfaces

Flashlink Micro

Modules for desktop and standalone applications have until now been associated with medium-low to medium-high performance with little or no reconfiguration possibilities. With Flashlink Micro, those days are gone. • Flashlink Micro, your ideal choice for desktop applications • Interchangeable modules • Minimum setup time • Monitoring and configuration • Flexible mounting • Maximum functionality • Low power consumption • Ruggedised enclosure design • Future-proofed upgrade path

DVI 201 / DVI Extender

Output to DVI/XVGA or SD/HD/DVI/XVGA monitor (optional) Audio monitoring output jack Operator and factory store and recall presets Patented proprietary 10 bit processing of all signals Computer remote IP control via, up/downloads data via USB/RJ45 12 VDC powered, mains adapter included FlexiScope Module Options: HD, SD Video and Audio input module SD, Composite Video and Audio input module HD, SD Video and Audio input module with TSG HD, SD Video and Audio input module with EYE pattern

5600MSC

Master SPG / Master Clock Combo

Kaleido-X The 5600MSC Master Sync and Clock Generator, is both a broadcast quality master sync pulse generator (SPG) and a master clock. It provides all of the synchronizing signals needed in a 21st century TV station at the same time as solving the problem of locking the in-house master clock system to the master video sync pulse generator.

1200DD & 1201DD Data Digital Display The Extron DVI 201 is a transmitter and receiver set that enables DVI - Digital Visual Interface or HDMI - High Definition Multimedia Interface signals to be carried over distances significantly greater than the specified 5 meter (15 foot) limitation for standard DVI cables. Linked together using two economical and integration friendly CAT 5, CAT 5e, CAT 6, or CAT 7 cables, the DVI 201 transmitter and receiver work together to send single link DVI-D or HDMI signals over 200 feet (60 meters) for HDTV and XGA (1024x768).

1212 & 1216

Remote Time Display

MonitorScope MS9000

Worlds first modular 3G,HD,SD SDI and composite capable 3U rack measuring instrumentr

• Unprecedented reliability and flexibility in a convenient, space-saving size and lightweight package. • High density 2x48 WECO-compliant bantam jacks on 0.312-inch centers • DIP switch selectable circuits normals and grounds • Ultra-shallow five-inch depth • Modular design allows individual jack access/ configuration without affecting other circuits • Largest designations on the market, 0.410-inch top and bottom for 1 rack unit, 0.680-inch top and bottom for 1.5 rack unit.

PKG9625SW

The Kaleido-X multi-viewers offer the highest picture quality, along with unmatched flexibility in display configuration, and exceptional resilience. Two frames are available with up to 96 inputs and 8 multi-viewer outputs (7RU), or with up to 32 inputs and 4 multi-viewer outputs (4RU), making it ideal for applications demanding high picture counts per display. Kaleido-X’s advanced Metadata extraction, signal probing, and alarming capabilities make it highly suitable for master control and head-end environments. It also offers triple rate 3Gbps/HD/SD performance, with Stereoscopic 3D support. The multi-viewer can be tightly integrated with routers to create very large and versatile monitoring systems. Features: Unmatched image quality Highly resilient Advanced Metadata extraction, probing and alarming Layout flexibility Multi-room oriented Triple rate performance with Stereoscopic 3D support Router integration

SDI Mini Master Control Switcher Package

7767VIP4-HSN & 7767VIP4-SN

Worlds first modular 3G/HD/SD SDI /composite capable 1U rack measuring instrument Easy access to full waveform and vector functionality: Parade (YCrCb), 2H, H, Hmag, 2V, V, Vmag, Full field line select, Bow tie, Ext - ref, HFT™ (Hands Free Timing™) and Filtering V, H and Phase cursors for accurate measurement & reporting· Data and gamut analysis, time code logging of assigned errors Coloured displays of waveforms, vectors, audio bar graphs and phase display Select audio source, bar graph type, peak hold, de-emphasis Split tile layout, picture display in 4:3 or 16:9 Two input module slots

Pro Patch™

Programmable Audio Patchbay

The 5600MSC Master Sync and Clock Generator, is both a broadcast quality master sync pulse generator (SPG) and a master clock. It provides all of the synchronizing signals needed in a 21st century TV station at the same time as solving the problem of locking the in-house master clock system to the master video sync pulse generator.

97


Media Storage

Teranex

The worlds most advanced standards converters with up, down, cross, standards conversion, noise reduction and more! Thunderbolt included.

Teranex is the world renowned standards convertor with incredible virtually transparent quality! Broadcast masters are converted with full quality allowing worldwide distribution. Teranex is perfect for live production and, with the built-in Thunderbolt™ port, can also be used for cleaning and converting content for authoring as well as video capture and playback for editing, design and effects! Teranex is the perfect video converter, standards converter and capture and playback tool all in one!

Teranex 3D Processor

Battery Converters

Tough machined metal converters with built in battery for live events.

Featuring a built-in rechargeable battery, Battery Converters are amazingly versatile and let you work on location without external power! Now you can get the highest quality 3 Gb/s SDI conversion everywhere you go. Battery Converters are available in either HDMI to SDI or SDI to HDMI models, and support a huge range of video formats up to 1080p60 HD. Each converter automatically switches between SD, HD and 3 Gb/s SDI standards and supports embedded SDI and HDMI audio. Battery Converters also feature a super tough design that’s perfect for outside broadcast and live events!

Mini Converter Heavy Duty

Super strong machined metal mini converters for live production.

Teranex 2D Processor

Teranex simply provides more conversion than any other solution. It includes extremely high quality de-interlacing, up conversion, down conversion, SD and HD cross/standards conversion, automatic cadence detection and removal even with edited content, noise reduction, adjustable scaling and aspect ratio conversion. All with full timecode and multi-channel audio conversion. Also includes 3D dual channel conversion, patent pending 3D simulation and 3D camera rig alignment!

Mini Converters

Incredible quality broadcast converters that are simple to use.

Mini Converter Heavy Duty models give you the highest quality SDI conversion in a super tough design that’s perfect for use on location. Each converter is machined from a solid block of aircraft grade aluminum, and can withstand being run over by the largest OB vehicle! Heavy Duty models are built to the highest broadcast standards and automatically switch between SD, HD and 3 Gb/s formats. With low SDI jitter and SDI re-clocking you can use the longest SDI cable lengths. Models: Analog to SDI SDI to Analog HDMI to SDI SDI to HDMI

OpenGear Converters

Broadcast quality industry standard rack converters.

Mini Converters are the world’s most advanced and easy-to-use SDI converters. Built with the highest quality components and connectors, Mini Converters automatically switch between SD, HD and 3Gb/s video standards. Whether you want to convert to or from SDI, move between different SDI video formats or distribute SDI signals to multiple destinations, you get the highest quality broadcast technology in a compact and affordable design. Choose from a range of 12 models, all featuring low SDI jitter and SDI re-clocking so you can use the longest SDI cable lengths and maintain pristine quality images. The Mini Converter Models: SDI to Analog Analog to SDI Broadcast Converter SDI to HDMI HDMI to SDI SDI to Audio Audio to SDI Optical Fiber UpDownCross SDI to HDMI 4K SDI Multiplex Sync Generator SDI Distribution

98

The new Blackmagic OpenGear Converters give you a great range of conversion, all packed with the latest video technologies at an affordable price! Get the freedom and cost savings of an open standard combined with centralized network control and monitoring using the OpenGear DashBoard software on Windows™, Mac OS X™ and Linux™ 10 Great Models Choose from analog, HDMI, audio, optical fiber, and sync generator models! There’s a single card model for each type of video conversion. All models have 3 Gb/s SDI technology that auto switches between SD, HD and 3 Gb/s HD-SDI formats. All AES/EBU audio inputs feature sample rate


Media Storage

converters, and all audio connections can be switched between analog and AES/EBU audio SDI to Analog Analog to SDI SDI to HDMI HDMI to SDI SDI to Audio Audio to SDI Optical Fiber UpDownCross Sync Generator SDI Distribution

Videohub Family

Broadcast quality all in one 3 Gb/s SDI routers from 16 x 16 up to 72 x 144 size

Now you can eliminate complicated manual video patching forever! Videohub lets you connect all the equipment in your facility and easily change connections right from your computer’s desktop! Videohub is a powerful broadcast grade routing switcher that features up to a massive 72 inputs, 144 outputs, 72 deck control ports, and auto switching SD, HD, and 3 Gb/s SDI, all in a compact rack mount chassis only a few inches thick.

World’s Greatest Router Control

Videohub routers use ethernet for the control panel connections so you can select from a wide range of hardware rack mount panels or control your router from your Mac, PC or even iPad! You can even customize your own control solutions using the Videohub developer SDK. Easy to UseVideohub control panels are incredibly easy to use! Simply install Videohub Smart Control under a monitor, then the output of the router you have connected to that monitor can be set to a different source each time a different button is pressed. Thats a “cut-bus” style of router control and is extremely fast to use! Just punch along the buttons to look at anything on your router. Install under broadcast decks or edit suites so you can set the video input the same way. If you want full control of every crosspoint on your router from a single control panel, then Videohub Master Control simply allows you type in the cross-point directly or even easier, just spin the knob and see all your sources and destinations scroll by! You can even set to use a take button! It’s just as simple on your Mac or PC where you can also setup simple graphic buttons for the simple and elegant router panels on your computer

Widest Range of Control OptionsVideohub routers have more control options because you can select from hardware panels or innovative software control panels that let you route cross points on your desktop! If you’re using Mac or PC based editing and design systems, routing from your desktop costs nothing and saves space in your studio. In larger installations you can select from the Videohub Master Control, which is a full rack mount spin knob controller with direct label entry and elegant LCD display to see your router status, giving you control over every crosspoint on the largest Videohub model. If you want cut-bus style routing, then the Videohub Smart Control features 40 customizable buttons that can be set to any router label. Videohub Smart Control can be setup for 1, 2 or more destinations, as well as macros and more

A12S2-PS

1200MB/s speeds to edit HD, 2K and 4K DPX

If you hate the high cost of router control panels, then you’ll love Videohub because we include free software for Mac and Windows computers with incredible icon buttons! Videohub software looks fantastic, and when used on new touch screen all in one computers, you get a fantastic large screen XY control panel! We even have a new software control panel for Apple iPad computers, that lets you use your iPad as a fantastic low cost touch screen XY router panel.

Videohub Control Panels

Control your Videohub router from anywhere in your building via ethernet!

Now you can control your router from anywhere in your building.

The Accusys ExaSAN A12S2-PS, the newest member of the ExaSAN family of storage solutions provides high speed data transfers up to 1200MB/sec while scaling capacity from 12 drives to 48 drives. With 4TB drives supported, a single A12S2-PS disk channel can manage 192TB.. It features PCI Express 2.0 technology capable of 1200MB/s that can easily edit multiple HD, 2K and 4K DPX video streams, even stereo 3D editing workflows. The ExaSAN A12S2-PS is the key storage component of an ExaSAN solution enabling collaborative shared storage editing workflows possible for the budget conscious. The PCIe 2.0 ExaSAN Advantage The ExaSAN A12S2-PS utilizes PCIe2.0 technology supporting 5Gb/s per lane which doubles the speed of PCIe1.1 technlogy that supported speeds up to 2.5Gb/s. Using PCIe2.0 x 4 lanes throughout the data path, from HBA (host bus adapter), to cable, to RAID controller, all support 20GB/s (5Gb/s x 4lanes). It is full speed ahead from the workstation to storage.

99


Media Storage

B08S2-PS

TheExaSAN B08S2-PS, specially configured with 8 SSD drives, delivers over 1400MB/s speeds.

can create 10Gb bandwidth and 14TB capacity working environment which is capable to store 8~9 hours of uncompressed High Definition video. For editors who work on upscale projects which is required huge capacity to manage a huge mount of footage, connecting two A08S with a dual PCIex4 port HBA can generate 20Gb of bandwidth ,1400MB/s of data transportation and 28TB capacity via striping these two A08S by Software RAID. For users who request further larger storage capacity, ExaSAN G1 Switch let one work station is able to connect seven A08S systems as maximum, and extend the capacity to 112TB to approach working environment’s requirement.

SW16 PCIe switch for PCIe SAN Supports Uncompressed Workflows

This is 2 times Thunderbolt speeds. If the requirement is to copy, migrate, or transfer files in a short amount of time, B08S2-PS is the storage asset you cannot be without. In 12 minutes, 1TB can be copied. Versatile and Light weight Amazing Performance Unlike other small form factor storage, the B08S2-PS takes full advantage of using PCIexpress protocol throughout the storage path. The 20Gb bandwidth is 20Gb throughout. There is no PCIe to FC conversion eliminating any protocol conversion delays. That is why it can reach 1400/1300 MB/s for read/write, respectively. The new B08S2-PS SSD bundle from ExaSAN A small, compact in size, RAID storage system, versatile enough for transportability, easily fits on the desktop or in any DIT cart. The B08S2-PS requires a footprint of less than 1 square foot. Bundled with Intel SSD drives, it delivers amazing performance.

A08S-PS

Extreme performance Flexible expanding Best Choice for Editors

ExaSAN SW16 is the newest member of the PCIe 2.0 switch family. With 16 ports, it allows up to 12 clients to share over 500 terabytes of storage for efficient, productive, and collaborative workflow. 4 ports are allocated for ExaSAN storage unit such as A12S2-PS. SW16 also provides 20Gb/s of bandwidth to each clients, and 20Gb/s to each of the storage ports via the QFSP connections. When building a SAN using 4 x A12S2-PS RAID systems and 12 x JBOD systems, you can achieve about 768TB(with 4TB HDD) making it the largest of media storage SAN on PCIe. Compatible all rounder Effective solution Many post production workgroups prefer centralizing media assets to manage the workflow. A shared storage plays an important role to store and distribute video and audio files to clients. SAN is the most intelligent way to share storage capacity and allowing multiple users access database. However, most SAN constructions are complicated and expensive. Users spend very high cost but get very limited performance, also the maintenance cost of SAN environment will keep bothering. ExaSAN SW16 together with SANit File System is a shared storage solution which is very simple and cost friendly.

SW04/08 series

The ExaSAN Compact Solution Switch

Today, producing HD film, 3D animation had been a trend in industry. Follow up with the video editors have more requirements about applications, the artistic creators need higher speed of processor and larger memory to satisfy high speed calculation. Relatively, the connection of processor and HBA must upgrade synchronously. The PCIe interface’s high bandwidth transportation provides media workgroups stable performance that you don’t have to worry about the situation such like frames drop and unstable of read/write process. The advantages of high bandwidth in PCIe made it ideally suits 3D editing group when do such like creating, special effects, dimming color correction in uncompressing format or even editing in 2K/HD. Spend as needed and pay as you grow Under RAID5 setting, A08S-PS equipped with eight 2TB hard-disks

100

The ExaSAN Compact Solution Switch (SW04/08) is an innovative member of the ExaSAN storage solution family. An increase in editing workstations brings an increase in accessible storage capacity. The ExaSAN Compact Solution Switch satisfies all your requirements for complete 2 to 8 workstation SAN Switch solutions that provides full scalability options and shared workflow speeds all in a small size. Feature Highlights Delivers up to 20Gb per client & 40Gb combined storage bandwidth. Designed for small workgroup collaborative workflows Supports multiple uncompressed HD, 2K, 4K DPX streams All storage components from one vendor for shorter setup time


Media Storage

SANit

File system

Secure with confidence, remove with ease Equipped with removable hard drive trays, installing or removing a drive would be absolutely hassle-free. There are no extra wires to attach, simply insert the drive to the designated slot and go! Each drive tray is also equipped with a locking mechanism to secure the drive into place to keep the drives and data safe.

iTANK i520

The most widely used storage device. Post production groups need storage with high bandwidth, low latency and more extension flexibility. In order to increase the efficiency of HD video editing, user purchase work environments that provide more efficiency and data editing security. In the past, video editing groups were unable to enter SAN environments because of its special technical maintenance requirements and high cost, although, SAN provides the best efficiency for them, SOHOs were limited in their ability to have such SAN systems. Thus, people expect lower construction costs to easily upgrade to SAN. Accusys has dedicated itself to developing storage to satisfy SOHOs for many years, has now prepared to release the total solution for SOHO, even the enterprise, with its SAN software called the SANit file system working with ExaSAN storage. It doesn’t require highly technical maintenance so it allows you to have a SAN working environment that is cross-platform, high speed, and has an excellent Cost-Performance ratio. SANit Feature : Single Storage pool co-working and sharing Designed for post production workflows Three steps to a complete setup Excellent Performance; affordable cost

SOHOTANK ST8

Massive storage to go for video. Up to 24TB.

The i520 series can concurrently hold a 3.5” hard drive and a 2.5” hard drive (or SSD). For Mac users, this is the most convenient option as it not only makes use of Thunderbolt interface for speedy data access, but also allows installation of a 2.5” SSD to boot up from the Thunderbolt interface, speeding up the operating efficiency of Mac system. Convenient 3.5” hard drive hot swap design The i520’s 3.5” hard drive hot swap design allows the 4TB hard drive to be swapped at ease like a big picture gallery, and professional photographers can more conveniently manage their digital files. Also, swap boxes are provided to protect the removed hard drive. Image editing personnel are able to copy the completed videos into the 3.5” hard disk, remove the disk and put into the swap box, and conveniently carry it around or send it by mail to customers or studios for follow-up work. Uses 2.5” hard drive swap tray to read SSD’s dynamic images

More video cameras are taking the advantages of SSD’s high access speed and low power consumption and use it as their dynamic images’ storage media (such as BlackMagic Cinema Camera or RED EPIC). Higher resolution image files can be stored and the problems of traditional video tapes or high power consumption of hard drives can be resolved. Users can make use of the i520’s 2.5” hard drive hot swap tray to copy digital data from the SSD over to the hard drive at a higher speed for video editing.

DECK DR5-WBS3

Expand storage capacity up to 20TB A high-speed storage system for an extensive range of applications

The ST8 Series is an eight drive storage solution that’s capable of supporting up to 3TB drives in each drive slot in reaching up to a total of 24TB per system enclosure. Compact and portable too Standing no more than 12 inches tall and only 5 inches wide, the ST8 Series is the market’s most compact eight drive system enclosure to fit anywhere without taking much room. For field editing applications, the ST8 can also be made portable as it comes equipped with a grip handle that you can choose to install yourself, making creative contents mobile convenient and less bulky. Available in eSATA or mini-SAS

Embedded disk array processor The embedded disk array chipset allows the data of a single damaged hard disk to be completing preserved without affecting system efficiency. For users requiring large data storage space, the DR5-WBS3’s RAID 5 provides the most cost-effective solution for data security and backup. The DR5 -WBS3 can be installed by following the simple steps in LCM, and users can select to use from the multiple modes, JBOD, Large, Clone, RAID 0, RAID 10, RAID 3 or RAID 5. With the hassle-free

The ST8 Series is available in eSATA version or mini-SAS for the best output in performance. The SAS version is capable of accepting either SAS or SATA hard drives for the most cost effective and flexible storage system to own.

101


Media Storage

software installation and setup, users can enjoy the large capacity and content safe storage right after formatting the hard disk. Stackable and expandable design for effective space utilization

with relative ease and lightning fast responsiveness.

The DR5-WBS3’s unique stackable design takes up an area of no more than two sheets of A4 paper, allowing users to stack upwards and save space. The DR5-WBS3 can also be installed in server racks, allowing a rack server’s storage capacity to be effectively expanded. Quadruple connections readily available Quadruple connections including e-SATA, FireWire 400 / 800, and USB 2.0 / 3.0 offer creative employees more flexibility across different platforms and deliver superior professional performance and convenience.

Pegasus RAID Storage with Thunderbolt™

Pegasus R4 and R6 are the First 4-bay and 6-bay High Performance Hardware RAID Solutions designed to unleash the raw power of Thunderbolt™ technology. Thunderbolt technology is a new, highspeed, dual-protocol I/O technology designed for performance, simplicity, and flexibility. This high-speed I/O technology is capable of delivering a blistering two channels of 10 Gb/s (1.25GB/s) per port of performance.

With I/O rates of over 800 MB/s, Pegasus delivers a massive and unprecedented leap in performance, allowing amateur professionals, audio engineers,

The multi-protocol support of Thunderbolt Technology enables Pegasus to deliver amazing flexibility. Daisy-chain more than one Pegasus enclosures to a single Thunderbolt technology port or connect a display to Pegasus for the ultimate in convenience and interface connectivity. Fast, Safe and Reliable Digital Media consumption is growing at an astonishing rate, and is part of everyone’s life. Featuring, two, high performance, 10Gb/s bi-directional channels, and PROMISE enterprise-level RAID 6 protection, Pegasus provides fast, safe, and reliable external storage, essential for protecting your music, photos, videos, and other valuable data. Pegasus provides massive storage, and fast performance for popular applications, including Final Cut Pro, Garageband, iTunes, iPhoto, and Photoshop. Pegasus can be used, in conjunction with Apple’s Time Machine utility (in Mac OS X), to store backups of invaluable digital media, documents, or an entire computer (or workstation). Easy to Use

Pegasus comes pre-configured out of the box. Simply unpack, supply power, and connect the Thunderbolt cable (currently, only available from Apple) to the Thunderbolt port on your computer, and you will be ready to either ingest/edit production video, or store all your important documents, music, photos, and videos. Management of Pegasus is made possible through an easy to use, all new, made-forMac OS X GUI utility.

VTrak Ex10 Series

photographers, and post production engineers, to unleash the raw power of Pegasus, enabled with Thunderbolt Technology. Final Cut professionals can ingest, edit, and playback, multiple streams of uncompressed HD (8-bit and 10-bit) video, while protecting valuable workflows, audio sessions, and other creative media content, with PROMISE’s award winning, enterprise level, RAID6 engine (features mature error handling schemes for the ultimate in data protection). Graphic artists utilizing Photoshop and Maya 3D animation can both manipulate and archive high resolution graphics on Pegasus,

102

Promise Technology’s VTrak E-Class products is a family of intelligent, high availability SAS/SATA based RAID storage systems that fundamentally changes storage economics from purchase and set up to operation and upgrades. Choose the E-Class system that fits your requirements today with the confidence that you have the flexibility to change the interface (Fibre Channel or SAS) simply by changing the controllers.


Media Storage

VessRAID 1000f Series

The VessRAID 1840f is equipped with two ports of 8Gbps Fiber Channel and two ports of Gigabit Ethernet designed for file and block level access in a robust 3U-16 bay chassis and has one SAS-wide port for expansion enclosure connection. 16 hot-swappable SAS/SATA 6Gb/s* or 3Gb/s drive support in a robust 3U chassis Dual-port FC 8Gb and dual-port iSCSI 1Gb links Link aggregation and jumbo frames support SMB/CIFS, NFS, FTP support Microsoft Active Directory Support Client-to-Host Volume Clone, Box-to-Box Replication, and NAS Fusion Scale up to 112 Hard Disk Drive via VessJBOD Expansion units Up to 1300MB/s disk sequential throughput Dual hot-swap redundant power supply unit with 80PLUS Certified OPAS and UPS Monitor via USB service Embedded web-based management via Ethernet – WebPAM PROe Power Scheduler Operation MAID 2.0 support Wake-on-LAN support (VessRAID) Wake-on-SAS support (VessJBOD)

Ultra-fast, high-performance Thunderbolt technology Double the data transfer rates of USB 3.0 Over 12 times faster than Firewire 800 Dual Thunderbolt ports Daisy-chain up to 6 Thunderbolt compatible peripherals RAID 0 for maximum performance Supports multi-stream HDV, DVCPro HD, XDCAM HD, ProRes 422 and uncompressed SD workflows Time Machine-ready, plug-and-play setup on Mac OS® Up to 8TB storage capacity 7200 RPM drive technology

Professional External Hard Drive G-DRIVE – A high performance storage solution featuring screaming fast USB 3.0 and FireWire interfaces. Available in storage capacities up to 4TB, G-DRIVE is perfect for storage-intensive applications like audio/ video editing, digital photography, music libraries, and high-speed data backup. USB 3.0 and FireWire ports for flexible, high-speed data transfer Integrated heat-sink for near silent operation and cooling Solid aluminum case makes for durability and stylish looks 4TB storage capacity using 7200RPM drives with 64MB/cache Ships with all cables Plug-and-play setup on Mac OS®; works with Time Machine® Best-in-the-business 3-year factory warranty Professional High-Performance Dual-Drive Storage System G-RAID – A dual drive, professional RAID 0 storage solution with high-speed USB 3.0 and FireWire interfaces. Designed for professional content creation applications, G-RAID supports simultaneous playback of multiple layers of HDV/DVCPRO HD ProRes 422 HQ with the leading video editing applications, including Apple Final Cut Pro®, AVID Media Composer® and Adobe Premiere®. USB 3.0 and FireWire ports for flexible, high-speed data transfer RAID 0 for maximum performance Supports multi-stream HDV, DVCPro HD, XDCAM HD and ProRes 422 workflows Up to 8TB storage capacity 7200 RPM SATA III hard drives Solid all-aluminum case for ultimate durability Smart-cooling fan technology for cool, quiet operation Best-in-the-business 3-year factory warranty An all aluminum enclosure, soft power switch and quiet &lquo;smart&rquo; fan round out G-RAID’s professional feature set. Easy to Setup G-RAID is ready right out of the box for use with Mac OS X systems and appears to the system as a single, big and fast disk drive. G-RAID also supports Windows® systems with a simple reformat.

High-speed, low-cost RAID designed specifically for professional content creation applications Whisper quiet aluminum enclosure features (4) hot-swappable drives and 3Gbit eSATA connectivity Supports multi-stream SD, ProRes 422 and uncompressed HD workflows when used with G-Tech RAID controller 4-port, G-Tech PCIe x4 RAID controller supports RAID levels 0, 1, 5, 10 & JBOD (sold separately) Four hot-swappable Enterprise-class 7200 RPM, 3.5” 3Gbit SATA drives each with up to 32MB cache Storage capacities up to 16TB per unit – scalable to 64TB*

103


Software

Adobe After Effects CS6 Adobe Audition CS6

Adobe® Creative Suite® 6 Production Premium

Adobe® After Effects® CS6 software lets you deliver cinematic visual effects and motion graphics faster than ever before with new Global Performance Cache. Extend your creativity with built-in text and shape extrusion, new mask feathering options, and the fast, easy-to-use 3D Camera Tracker.

Adobe Photoshop CS6 Extended

Edit more fluidly with a streamlined user interface in Adobe Premiere® Pro CS6—the hub of your professional video workflow. Freely iterate on your creative ideas with the new Content-Aware tools in Photoshop or by leveraging new 3D advancements in After Effects.® CS6 Production Premium also introduces new tools that solve common post-production challenges: Adobe Prelude, a logging and ingest tool, and Adobe SpeedGrade, a forward-looking approach to color grading.

Adobe Premiere Pro CS6

Adobe® Photoshop® CS6 Extended software delivers even more imaging magic, new creative options, and the Adobe Mercury Graphics Engine for blazingly fast performance. Retouch with greater precision, and intuitively create 3D graphics, 2D designs, and movies using new and reimagined tools and workflows. Enhance your creativity and boost your productivity. Adobe Photoshop® CS6 software delivers blazingly fast performance with the new Adobe Mercury Graphics Engine*, groundbreaking new Content-Aware tools, reengineered design tools, and more.

Adobe® Audition® CS6 software offers high-performance, intuitive tools for audio editing, mixing, restoration, and effects. Powerful new features such as real-time clip stretching, automatic speech alignment, and control surface support help you deliver projects faster than ever.

Adobe Flash Professional CS6

Adobe® Flash® Professional CS6 software is a powerful authoring environment for creating animation and multimedia content. Design immersive interactive experiences that present consistently across desktops and multiple devices, including tablets, smartphones, and televisions.

Adobe SpeedGrade CS6

Adobe Illustrator CS6

Adobe® Premiere® Pro CS6 software combines incredible performance with a sleek, revamped user interface and a host of fantastic new creative features, including Warp Stabilizer for stabilizing footage, dynamic timeline trimming, expanded multicam editing, adjustment layers, and more. Ready to switch to the ultimate toolset for video pros? Upgrade to Adobe Premiere Pro CS6 to work natively and in real time with the latest mobile, DSLR, HD, and RAW formats.

104

Adobe® Illustrator® CS6 software is powered by the new Adobe Mercury Performance System so you can work with speed and stability on large, complex files. A modern, updated interface streamlines daily tasks. Advanced creative tools enable you to capture your vision better than ever.

Adobe® SpeedGrade™ CS6 color grading software brings the Lumetri™ Deep Color Engine to your production workflow. Open the full dynamic range of your footage through a sleek new interface. A new component of Adobe Creative Suite® software, SpeedGrade gives you the power to push your stories further. Lumetri Deep Color Engine Craft the perfect look for every project. The GPU-accelerated Lumetri Deep Color Engine offers precision grading for virtually any file-based footage, including RAW and HDR content, without clipping highlights or crushing shadows.


Control Surface

Transport Controls Illuminated Keys Soft Knobs High Resolution LCD Displays 5 super bright full color displays show menus and indicators for a massive 62 soft knobs and buttons.

DaVinci Resolve Hollywood’s most powerful and creative color correction DaVinci color correctors have been the standard in post production since 1984. There are thousands of colorists worldwide who understand the performance, quality and workflow of DaVinci. DaVinci is the name behind more feature films, television commercials, documentaries, television production and music videos than any other grading system.

Control Panel

Sofware that supports the Wave Apple - Color (v1.5 or later) (See color support page for more details) DaVinci - Resolve Assimilate - SCRATCH ( v4.0 or later) Iridas - SpeedGrade & FrameCycler RED - REDcineX ( OSX & Windows) Synthetic Aperture - Color Finesse ( v3.0.2 or later) Digital Film Technology - FLEXXITY Interactive Effects - Piranha & IFX Ant film MTI Film - Control Dailies and Remote Control Dailies ( v8.0 or later) Cineform - Neo4K & Neo3D The Pixel Farm - PF Clean Pomfort - SilverStack Marquise Technologies - MIST & OCEAN Sondor - ALTRA Snell - Archangel Ph.C-HD (Version 3 or later) Colorfront - On Set Dailies Cintel - FLOW & COLORFLOW YoYotta - YoYo Gamma&Density - 3CP (Version 5.0 or later)

Fast Creative Features DaVinci Resolve combines powerful features and real time performance so your creativity is never slowed down! Get the following incredible tools; Unlimited Grades, Primaries, Secondaries, Optical ReFraming, 3D Object Tracking, Image Stabilization, High Dynamic Range, RGB Mixing, Custom Curves, Custom HSL Curve Grading, Power Windows, Grouped Clip Grading, Dynamic Timeline, Color Decision Lists, Gallery Stills and Grades, MetaData Management, Export 3D LUT from Grade, Copy and Paste Grades, Safe Area Markers, Blanking Presets and more.

DaVinci Control Surface

With today’s multi-purposing work stations, where desk space is at a premium, having a fully featured panel that is compact, fully featured and stylish enough to match its surroundings is a must. But, you’d expect that having a compact design means having to compromise ergonomics, features and control size. With the Element range, there is no compromise! Function and style have optical pickups, which means they are long-life and high precision. The buttons are ultra-reliable with a positive tactile response. The displays are crisp, high-contrast, highresolution, easy to read, white OLEDs. Compatible software: Apple Color Assimilate SCRATCH Autodesk Lustre & Flame Premium Colorfront On-Set Dailies DaVinci Resolve FLIP FireFly FireCube and FireCloud OCEAN, RAIN & MIST Pixel Farm PF Clean LiveGrade RED REDCineX-Pro Mistika YoYotta YoYo

FilmLight Marquise Pomfort SGO

Wave The full DaVinci Resolve includes the amazing DaVinci control surface. Buttons can be set to any custom color, and with a huge 38 independent soft knobs with automatic LCD labels, you’ll never have to page through multiple menus for common adjustments. Full deck control buttons with jog and shuttle are builtin and all grade memories and gallery still frames can be recalled with a simple press of a button. With the DaVinci Resolve control surface, you can keep grading at full speed! Reference Keys and Fader T-bar Includes reference frame quick recall keys and the fader T-bar lets you wipe between reference stills. Lift, Gamma and Gain Trackballs Slide out Keyboard

Affordable technology

Artist Color Control Surface

With the compact, ergonomic Artist Color, you gain deep hands-on control of all color correction and grading tasks — with great precision and speed. Whether you use Media Composer, Symphony, Color, Smoke for Mac, STORM, or REDCINE-X, you get the superior feel and control of high-end grading hardware at a fraction of the cost, plus unparalleled access to all software color functions. And with programmable Soft Keys, you can customize the surface to speed your workflow. Compatible software: Avid Media Composer Assimilate SCRATCH Blackmagic Design DaVinci Resolve Digital Vision Phoenix Systems Nucoda Fuse Pomfort Silverstack SET Foundry STORM Avid Symphony Color Autodesk Smoke for Mac Colorfront On-set Dailies FilmLight Baselight LiveGrade RED REDCINE-X

Avid DS Image The Apple

Pomfort

The Wave brings a new level of affordability and quality to control surfaces. Superbly designed

105


Editing Solutions

HP Z820 WORKSTATION Ultimate Performance For Ultimate Projects.

HP’s most powerful mobile workstation offers the highest-performing professional graphics, extreme processing power, a 17.3” diagonal display and a chiseled design that radiates performance. Offering true workstation-class application performance and robust OpenGL support, NVIDIA graphics are fully certified and optimized with industry-leading applications such as AutoDesk and Adobe® for enhanced performance and reliability. Take advantage of large GPU memory with fast bandwidth (up to 256-bit) for display of complex models and scenes, as well as computation of large datasets.

HP Z1 WORKSTATION

Workstation Performance Without Compromise.

Built for high-end computing and visualization. The dual-processor HP Z820 Workstation delivers outstanding performance, award-winning industrial design, and tool-free serviceability in the industry’s most expandable chassis. With next generation Intel® Xeon® processors, support for up to 16 processing cores, and the latest professional graphics, you’ll tackle even the most demanding projects like never before.

HP Z420 WORKSTATION EXPAND YOUR POWER.

Bring your ideas to life faster with the accelerated performance of the HP Z1 Workstation. The only all-in-one workstation with quad-core Intel® Xeon® processors2, 3. Make renders faster and crashes a thing of the past with professional graphics and ECC memory. Experience the HP Z1 Workstation and stay one step ahead of your imagination. Performance you want. Value you need. The HP Z420 gives you professional expandability in an accessible tool-free mini-tower form factor — all at a great price. With up to 8 discrete processing cores, the latest processing and I/O power from Intel®, and the latest graphics technology from leading graphics providers, the HP Z420 has the power you need to get the job done.

PERFORMANCE DISPLAYS VISUAL POWER TO OVERACHIEVE

HP ELITEBOOK 8770W MOBILE WORKSTATION POWER TO PERFORM.

With stunning IPS panels, 178-degree viewing and up to 10x the contrast ratio of mainstream Twisted Nematic displays, HP Performance Displays are designed to deliver outstanding image performance and accuracy. Realize the advantages of ultra-fast response times and smooth color transitions — so the work you see can be as great as the work you do.

106


Editing Solutions

and playback, plus full resolution 4K monitoring! You get an attractive solution that looks great on your desktop and also easily installs into equipment racks. UltraStudio 4K is powerful as it’s packed with the latest SDI, HDMI and analog video, and timecode connections, as well as AES/EBU balanced and unbalanced analog audio.

DeckLink 4K Extreme

Highest performance SD/HD/2K and 4K card with 4:4:4 and 3D.

High performance DeckLink cards are the solution you need when you’re looking to go well beyond regular HD workflows. With cutting edge video and feature film technologies built in, you get the best quality and technology available. DeckLink HD Extreme 3D includes the highest 4:4:4 quality and advanced 3D technology for both single stream and dual stream stereoscopic work. DeckLink 4K Extreme adds high resolution 4K playback that’s 4 times the resolution of regular 1080 HD for amazing quality you need to see to believe. 3 Gb/s SDI TechnologyDeckLink HD Extreme 3D and DeckLink 4K Extreme both include high speed 3 Gb/s SDI connections. 3 Gb/s SDI is the latest version of the SDI video standard that allows 4:4:4 RGB and 2K film connection and even 3D with a single BNC type connection.

DeckLink Studio

Affordable cards for SDI, HDMI and analog in SD and HD.

UltraStudio 3D

Advanced 2K and 3D capture and playback for Thunderbolt™ technology.

Add SDI, HDMI and analog connections to Thunderbolt computer! UltraStudio are the world’s most innovative video capture and playback solutions using Intel’s lightning fast Thunderbolt™ technology. UltraStudio 3D is compact, portable and affordable, plus provides the high performance SD/HD capture and playback that Hollywood film, broadcast television, and post production markets demand. UltraStudio 3D supports 2K or two streams of full resolution video up to 1080p HD for new stereoscopic 3D workflows.

SMART I/O for Adobe CS6 Production Premium Advanced 2K and 3D capture and playback for Thunderbolt™ technology.

Turbocharge your creativity with DeckLink Studio, the SD/HD broadcast video card that costs hundreds of dollars less than standard definition solutions! DeckLink Studio features SDI, HDMI and enhanced analog connections, plus a built in hardware down converter, and an incredible 4 channels of balanced analog audio. DeckLink Studio lets you move seamlessly between SD and HD workflows for the ultimate in creative flexibility!

UltraStudio 4K,

The ultimate break out box capture and playback solution for Thunderbolt™

Introducing UltraStudio 4K, the rack based “break out box” solution that’s attractive while also including the latest high performance video technology such as 4:4:4 and dual channel 3D stereoscopic capture

Matrox products have been the I/O hardware of choice for Adobe editors since 1995, offering many workflow advancements over the years. From the first realtime playback, realtime effects, and realtime export engines, to support for Mac and PC laptops and desktops with a single device, Matrox worked hand-in-hand with Adobe over many generations of the Adobe applications to make sure video professionals always had the tools they needed to do their jobs with the utmost creativity and productivity. Now, the Matrox MXO2 devices are still the only solutions that connect anywhere, Mac and PC, via Thunderbolt, PCIe, or ExpressCard/34 – with the same versatile unit.

Along with the new Matrox Mojito MAX card, they are also the only I/O solutions on the market that let you deliver H.264 files up to five times faster than software alone without sacrificing quality!

107


Editing Solutions

Io Family Io XT

Turn any Thunderbolt™-enabled system into a professional editing station for uncompressed HD and SD 4:2:2 and 4:4:4 workflows.

Compact, portable and powerful, Io XT is loaded with high-end features including 3G/ Dual Link/ HD/SD-SDI, Component Analog, and HDMI connectivity, to bring true desktoplevel power to any Thunderbolt™-enabled system, with full uncompressed HD and SD 4:2:2 and 4:4:4 capable video and audio connectivity. Io XT connects with a single Thunderbolt™ cable and provides a second Thunderbolt™ connector for daisy-chaining other Thunderbolt™-enabled devices, such as storage, making it perfect for on set, or in the edit suite. Designed for today’s workflows, Io XT provides complete compatibility with the most popular NLE programs, the newest codecs, video formats, stereoscopic 3D workflows, and more. Io XT also includes AJA’s industry-best OS X drivers and application plug-ins for integrated workflows with software from Apple, Avid, Adobe, Autodesk, and many more.

Io HD

10-bit HD over FireWire.

KONA 3G

The professional’s choice for uncompressed SD, HD, Dual Link HD, 2K, 3D and 4K capture and output.

The power to perform From SD to 4k in a single card, KONA 3G provides video professionals with unparalleled features for all workflows.

STORM 3G

3G-SDI Editing with HDMI Monitoring Output.

STORM™ 3G hardware is a premium, highquality solution for multi-format editing—one that supports 3G-SDI-based editing and tapeless workflows and the ability to preview projects in real time, using affordable HDMI monitors. Based on the PCI Express form factor, it includes EDIUS nonlinear editing software, 3G-SDI inputs and outputs, an HDMI video output for full-resolution, real-time preview monitoring, and embedded HDMI audio for high-quality audio monitoring.

STORM Mobile Futureproof for 4K workflows KONA 3G is futureproof, allowing you to easily work in HD and 2K and switch to working at 4K all on the same hardware. 3D ready and able KONA 3G enables simple and affordable 3D workflows using the standard hardware, with no additional equipment required. Integrated AJA hardware conversion Featuring AJA’s hardware conversion technology, KONA 3G delivers 10-bit, broadcast-quality up/down/cross conversion on ingest and playback.

KONA LHe Plus

Powerful video and audio I/O with a full set of no-compromise features for video professionals.

Multi I/O Processor

STORM™ Mobile is a new PCIe-1X/Express34 connected I/O box that provides analog/HDMI input/output for desktop PCs and laptops using EDIUS®. Many conventional HD editing systems compromise video quality to provide real-time editing functions. STORM Mobile delivers genuine real-time, HD-resolution editing— including full-quality, full frame rate HD output—to an HDMI-enabled video monitor directly from the timeline.

STORM 3G Elite

The Most Comprehensive, Most Complete Signal Interface Available Today Facilitating high-quality capture and playback with the widest range of gear, Io HD let’s you record Apple ProRes files to a FireWire-equipped Mac. Easily interfaced with your on set capture or post production equipment, Io HD features hugely flexible professional video and audio connections, allowing it to enhance any workflow. The compact rear panel offers SD/ HD analog I/O, SD/HD digital I/O including HD-SDI and HDMI, balanced analog and digital AES audio, as well as RS-422, Genlock, and even LTC timecode connections. Integrating with the software running on your computer and utilizing efficient hardware-based encoding and decoding, Io HD handles the heavy lifting of compressing and decompressing ProRes files, keeping the load off your CPU and providing superior quality encoding/decodingcompared to software-only solutions.

108

Affordable, professional I/O KONA LHe Plus offers professional desktop I/O that doesn’t compromise on quality or essential functionality. Versatile connectivity Flexible connectivity from digital to component analog for a wide variety of workflows. Integrated AJA hardware conversion KONA LHe Plus features full 10-bit, broadcastquality, motion-adaptive HD to SD downconversion. Extend your Connectivity with KL-Box-LH An optional breakout box let’s you integrate KONA LHe Plus with rack environments and unlock additional I/O.

STORM™ 3G Elite consists of a breakout box with a PCIe 4X I/F card for desktop connection (4X mode: up to 1080p50/60) as well as an Express 34 card (1X mode: up to 1080i) for laptop connection. It ships with a full version of EDIUS Pro 6.5. STORM 3G Elite provides the most comprehensive, most complete signal interface available today. Video interfaces include dual 3G SDI, which can be used as either one 3G SDI signal or one pair of high definition and standard definition signal outputs. Other interfaces include 1080p-capable HDMI I/O, composite (SD only), and component (up to 1080i) analog video I/O.


On-Air

NewsAir

News Automation

PlayBox Technology Newsair is a complete News Room Computer System (NRCS) that unites all types of media that make up today’s fast moving news presentations. NewsAir is for both live and recorded news content using text, media, photos, news feeds, audio, etc. with rights management for administrators, reporters, directors, editors, etc. to upload and edit content, make graphics, write news and prompter text, make a news bulletin that are automatically send to AirBox, TitleBox and the Prompter. Complete Solution to Manage News Preparation and Delivery with Rundown Management: Supports all Commonly Used Media File Formats Full integration with AirBox and TitleBox Instant Media Playback for Items Added to the Playlist Customisable User Account with Access via Internet Scalable to any Number of Users Real-Time Uploading and Editing Live Feeds from News Agencies and Easy Search News Archive Easy Integration with Different Prompting Devices

Orders and Offers TrafficBox utilises a number of standard forms to create orders and offers by simply entering the required information in the forms needed to book commercials, create schedules, create invoices etc. TrafficBox Traffic & Billing aggregates this information to allow for a single point of management of all the information. Schedules and Playlists TrafficBox can automatically generate commercial schedules that correspond perfectly to the editorial or programme schedules. Once the commercial sales schedules and programme schedules are complete, they can be combined and sent to AirBox as a Playlist. Traffic Sales Commercial Sales can use TrafficBox to plan their appointments, create and edit clients and orders and send out booking suggestions for commercial spot bookings. The most important asset for a sales person is their customers and contacts that can be edited and maintained in the customers / contacts section of TrafficBox. A list of customers can also be exported to excel or other database for further processing. Each commercial sales person can see and edit only the clients that are assigned to them as an account. Each commercial sales person can see the expected amount of turnover or target and their commission. Calendar TrafficBox calendar allows for the planning of appointments and telephone calls. Appointments and calls can be classified and given a start time / date and end time / date. Once the appointment or call is completed a visit or call report can be generated and these reports can be viewed by the sales person and supervisor / management.

Within NewsAir an organisation of people with different rights (such as administrators, reporters, directors, editors, etc.) can upload and edit content, make graphics, write news, prompter text to make a complete news programme or bulletin. The rundown information is automatically sent to AirBox, TitleBox and prompters for the live or recorded news programme.

TrafficBox

Traffic and Scheduling.

Commercial Time Sales The heart of many broadcast TV channels is commercial time sales, sponsorship and other advert sales related contributions. TrafficBox automates and integrates the booking of commercials into the editorial context and thereby eliminates the most frequent sources of error. All required documentation that are sent to the customer like order confirmations, schedules, campaign plans and invoices are generated automatically from TrafficBox that will give them a consistent and professional look. Even a receipt for payment can be generated automatically by TrafficBox. Traffic & Billing are perfectly integrated with the client’s workflow in order to prevent mistakes. TrafficBox supports workgroups, synchronizes multiple channels and comes with all standard import and export functionality.

Broadcast Schedule or Playlist The broadcast schedule or playlist consists of two types of blocks, editorial or programme blocks and commercial or ad sales blocks. The number of blocks and the duration can be individually defined to fit the broadcast structure of any TV station. A different commercial selling rate for each commercial block can be defined. The schedule can be assigned to an actual date or a period of time for which the schedule will be valid. Commercial Block Template Commercial block templates can be a great help in the commercial booking process. Commercial blocks can be grouped in any way you want, e.g. premium rate blocks, morning blocks, evening blocks, etc. Video and Media Import All videos, media, editorial schedules and commercial schedules, are checked automatically by TrafficBox and the TrafficBox watch folder automatically imports any files into TrafficBox that are required in the schedules. The imported media and video files when imported are shown in video administration. Invoicing Invoices can be created from scratch or from a received order. When a new invoice is created it will be shown as an item in the “unprinted” folder. You can check the final look of the document in the “invoice view” tab and once checked the invoice can be printed. After confirming the print, the invoice is moved to the “open” folder. Once an invoice is paid the invoice status can be marked as “paid” and invoice will be be moved to the “paid” folder. If an invoice is not paid on time, accounts receivables process can be managed in TrafficBox as

109


On-Air

well. Overdue invoices will moved to the “overdue” folder automatically so that it can clearly be seen what payments are outstanding. Credit notes can be easily created from the credit invoice section by clicking the “credit” button in the credit section. TrafficBox Statistics The sales turnover statistic in a table or graphic format will show invoiced, expected and booked turnover compared to the targets that have been set. Each statistic can be viewed for an individual sales person or for the whole sales team. Statistics can also show comparisons to previous periods of weeks, months or years. TrafficBox general statistics offers a wide choice of filtering options to cover every aspect of the TV channel’s turnover for any period of time. TrafficBox can show all the data for just one client or for the whole client list that can be filtered by sales person as well. A comparison to previous periods or previous years can also be made to show how your TV channel is developing sales over time. Browsing schedules in the “broadcast” statistics for any programmes or commercials that have been broadcast is done by entering a search term and a period of time and the results can also tell the time the media was planned and the actual time of airing. Invoice Statistics Statistics showing the cash flow can be viewed in the invoice overview. There are three types of statistic: “Monthly Turnover” - List or graphic view of turnover for each month of the current year. “Customer Turnover” - Shows turnover for the current year for each individual client. “Receivables” - Lists all outstanding invoices and outstanding accounts and shows the amounts paid by each client including the invoice number and the payment date. All TrafficBox statistics can be exported into several different formats.

Channel in a Box

AirBox Multi Parallel Output - AirBox MPO enables the running of two or more outputs so that broadcasters can easily provide parallel outputs in any combination needed to deliver the content. HD SDI, SD SDI (with realtime rescaling) and IP streaming, or for example, output in H.264 (MPEG-4) and MPEG-2 at the same time. AirBox supports MPEG1/2/H.264, HDV and DV streams from virtually every known production platform providing AVI, MPEG, WMV, Quick Time or MXF content. Files from third-party servers such as Leitch or Seachange are natively supported. For live productions, any changes to the playlist during on-air session are possible! There are no qued or locked clips. Every clip in the playlist, except the one which is currently playing, can be trimmed, edited or repositioned. Moreover, playlist order can be changed on-the-fly with commands like skip to next or jump. Such order changes are performed seamlessly without stopping current playout session. Live productions are facilitated by the powerful Live Show Clipboard which allows insertion and/or execution of various events or live streams.

TitleBox

Powerful Interactive ON-AIR Graphics Generator Channel in a Box from PlayBox Technology is a turnkey playout solution for broadcasting a single TV channel. It integrates all the elements needed to keep a channel on-air by combining automation, playout and interactive graphics within one box. It can provide SDI or IP streaming connectivity for applications including broadcast and cable TV as well as other applications. The major functions of PlayBox Technology Channel in a Box offer video and audio ingest, storage and playout. Playlists can be prepared, interactive graphics and text presentation can be added and keyed internally or externally using a separate DSK. The operation of all modules is monitored and alarms are generated.

TV Automation AirBox

Universal Playout & Streaming Automation Server with Optional Router / Switcher Control, GPI, RS-422 available in SD & HD

Universal SD/HD content playout and streaming. 24/7 unattended operation, MPEG2, AVC/H.264, HDV and DV compression scalability, large variety of sources supported, hardware Independence are the typical highlights of AirBox. Ideally suited for time-critical live operations. Professional device support through GPI, RS232, VDCP is also available. Redundant playout makes it perfect for fail-safe environments.

110

TitleBox is an interactive graphics manager which creates, displays and controls fascinating multi-zone screens with rolls, crawls, animations, clocks, station logos, 3D objects and more. It is suitable for broadcast and cable TV channels, digital signage applications and hospitality channels of hotels, schools, corporations, retail businesses, shopping malls, churches, airports, holiday resorts, theme parks, etc. Its unprecedented level of interactive control over the on-air CG objects turns TitleBox into a powerful tool, ideally suited for music shows, live entertainment programs and presentations, sports events titling.

CaptureBox

Manual Capture, Time Scheduled Capture and Tape Capture (inc. T/C Batch Capture) Ingest Server with optional Router Control available in SD & HD

Manual, automatic, batch and scheduled capturing. The first software of its kind to enable MPEG2 and AVC/H.264 capturing on a wide array of hardware platforms with plenty of capturing facilities such as RS422 or DV deck control, VU/peak audio meter and volume control. Native IEEE-1394 HDV or ASI MPEG2 TS (SD/HD) capturing and real-time UDP streaming.


Media Asset Management

PlayBox MAM

Proxsys PA-10/50/60 Media Archiving Systems

Media Assset Management.

Scalable – From a Single Channel to a Multi-Channel Turn-Key Broadcast Centre PlayBox MAM organises your digital library. Content can be searched, browsed and distributed easily anywhere within your broadcast workflow. Cost effective – End to end digital tapeless workflow. Unlimited metadata – Add metadata at the point of ingest. User configurable metadata fields let you choose a flexible way of assets management. User Security – Sophisticated security features prevent unauthorized access to the media files. Active directory integration provides added security, different user group access rights can be assigned to ensure the correct use of media assets. Transcoding Engine – Built-in multi profile transcode engine provides ability to create automatic Proxy files and various other formats suitable for broadcast requirements. User friendly – Personalised workspace layouts, familiar folder structures and search functions provide fast and easy access to your assets. Web interface – Access your content anytime anywhere from a PC or MAC. Upload media remotely and edit metadata via simple user interface.

Proxsys PA-Series is a robust and cost effective media archiving system that combines a professional video engine, database and online/offline storage. Its complete archiving workflow includes fast ingest of media files and projects, automated archiving on LTO-5/6 tape for easy file organization, search and previewing via an intuitive user interface. PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS Turnkey video archiving solution Supports all popular camera formats (Panasonic, Sony, JVC, Canon, SDHC, CF, Focus and more) Archives complete NLE projects Extends NLE editing server Automated lo-res preview rendering for online storage Online/offline storage of hi-res content

Proxsys PX-50/150 LTO-Edition Media Asset Management Systems

Post production integration – Your library is accessible in your editing suites with Integration for your editing software such as Final Cut, Sony Vegas, Edius (optional).

Advanced Media viewer – A multifunctional viewer allowing users to edit metadata, set markers and add notes. Audio and video censorship. Story board and clip creation all from within the viewer window. LTO Tape Archive (optional) – For secure backup protection of your content.

Proxsys PX-50 LTO and PX-150 Media Server LTO Edition hierarchical storage management systems provide secure media archiving with near real-time access and exceptionally low total cost of ownership (TCO). The systems utilize cost-effective LTO tapes with life cycles of up to 30 years, high mean time between failures (MTBF) and substantially lower power consumption than constantly spinning RAID hard disk arrays. The Proxsys PX-50 LTO and PX-150 Media Server LTO Edition’s 96 slot LTO-6 libraries provide up to 240 TB of storage. Preview clips are transcoded as H.264/WebM as content is loaded and are available online at all times for review, ensuring no-delay modification, preview and selection. Files are loaded to the LTO drive for restoration only when high resolution content is needed, and high restoration speeds of 160MB/sec minimize delay.

111


Wireless Camera System

to your website, Facebook page, or content delivery network (CDN) of choice. Cube supports multiple transport protocols, including HLS, ZiXi, RTMP, RTP, RTSP, and MPEG-TS, which makes it the most versatile wireless video encoder available. Industry Leading Features & Design Compact, light weight, and built like a tank, the Teradek Cube is the smallest and most durable camera-top HD encoder on the market. With its new built-in Li-Ion battery, OLED display, microSD port, and MIMO Wifi technology, Cube takes wireless streaming to a new level.

Wireless Camera-Back H.264 Encoder HD Video Over 3G/4G Networks

End to End Streaming Brik provides the same industry leading point to point streaming capabilities as the award-winning Cube encoder, while enabling camera operators to utilize additional hardware add-ons such as monitors via Brik’s dual active SDI loop-throughs and configurable DC outputs. For demanding professional video applications, there is no better solution than the Teradek Brik. Proxy Recording & iOS Streaming The Teradek Brik brings video assist to a whole new level. Whether you’re pulling focus through the SDI loop-through, streaming to your clients’ iPads and iPhones, or saving proxy recordings on the built in SD card port, Brik offers an extremely versatile and simple to use video assist solution for any industry. Broadcast to any CDN Worldwide As a high profile camera-back H.264 video encoder, Brik makes streaming directly to the Web easier and more convenient than ever before. With comprehensive transport protocol support for RTMP, RTP, RTSP, MPEG-TS, HLS, and ZiXi, Brik ensures your content will reach audiences worldwide on the platform of your choice. Camera-Back Convenience Brik makes wireless streaming easier than ever before by providing you with a V-mount chassis, an SD card port for on-board proxies, dual active SDI loop-throughs, dual configurable DC outputs, and all of the award-winning features of the Teradek Cube encoder.

Wireless Camera-Top H.264 Encoder

Stream to an iPad or iPhone Cube enables producers, clients, and others on set to monitor every shot live on their iOS device. Instead of running long, cumbersome cables to bulky monitors, Cube’s ability to turn the iPad or iPhone into a mobile wireless monitor liberates cinema crews from wired tethers and cluttered sets.

Stream Over Multiple Cellular Networks Bond enables streaming 1080p HD video over five 3G/4G cellular modems from carriers worldwide. The device aggregates bandwidth from several cellular connections simultaneously and uses them in parallel to create a single, higher capacity connection for broadcasting over the Internet. Whether you are streaming directly to the Web or feeding content back to the control room, the Teradek Bond can transmit video to nearly any platform. Send Your Content Anywhere The Teradek Bond enables you to transmit your live HD content directly to the Internet or back to your station with the option to monitor your live feed on your iOS device. Bond’s revolutionary Adaptive Internet Streaming technology constantly adjusts the video bit rate in real time to adapt to varying network conditions. This will ensure that your content is delivered reliably and at the highest quality possible to its destination. Sputnik Server Sputnik is Teradek’s software interface between Bond and your streaming destination. Sputnik is designed to run on a Linux computer either in the cloud (using Amazon’s EC2 services) or on a local server with a single, publicly addressable TCP port. Sputnik recombines the various video feeds from Bond into a cohesive stream that can then be sent to an H.264 decoder or played back online.

Zero Delay Wireless Transmitter

End to End Streaming When combined with a Teradek decoder, Cube can transmit live video at very low latency to nearly any location. Whether your video feed is being sent back to a studio, into a video switcher, or displayed on a large screen, Cube’s point to point streaming solution can bring your content to audiences worldwide. Any CDN, Multiple Protocols With a simple press of the Broadcast button, Cube will stream directly

112

Maximum Maneuverability Link™ is a portable cellular bonding solution that enables camera


Wireless Camera System

crews to stream HD video freely without concern for poor cellular connectivity. This is achieved by connecting one or more Teradek H.264 encoders to Link’s a/b/g/n WiFi network. After receiving audio and video from the encoder over WiFi, Link intelligently broadcasts the data over up to 6 aggregated cellular connections to an H.264 decoder or CDN of your choice. Link takes a different approach to video transmission. Instead of carrying modems with you, Link is designed to operate similarly to a mobile hotspot. Simply place Link at a location with optimal cellular signal strength, connect your Cube or Brik to Link’s WiFi network, and go live at up to 300 feet away from the unit. What’s better is that Link features Teradek’s Adaptive Internet Streaming technology, which dynamically adjusts video parameters in real time to ensure that your content is delivered reliably and at the highest quality your connectivity can sustain. Directly to the Web or Back to the Station Whether you are streaming directly to the Web or over the Internet to your station, the Teradek Link can transmit video to nearly any platform, including the CDN or MPEG-TS decoder of your choice. When used over Ethernet with a ZiXi licensed Teradek Brik or Cube encoder, the combination provides a very powerful streaming solution for broadcast professionals.

Turnkey Sputnik Server

1 TX to Multiple RX One of the best features of Bolt is its ability to transmit 1080p60 HD video to multiple receivers with AES 128 encryption. This enables users to safely transmit sensitive content to multiple locations on set simultaneously. Connectivity Bolt transmits uncompressed video using WSDI Pro™, which provides a wireless range of up to 300ft and can coexist with other wireless equipment by dynamically adjusting the frequency bands used in real time. In addition to transmitting video, Bolt’s 3G-SDI loop-through with active line drivers allows you to use the camera’s SDI output for onboard recorders or monitors.

Live Streaming Without a PC

The Teradek VidiU gives you the freedom to broadcast live high definition video directly to the Web without a PC. Whether you’re streaming out of a video switcher or wirelessly from your camera, VidiU allows you to go live when you want, where you want. Broadcast to any Streaming Platform

Base is an integrated link aggregation and H.264 decoding solution for video broadcasts transmitted over the Teradek Link or Bond. As an alternative to an Amazon EC2 instance or building your own Linux server, Base de-bonds and decodes your video feed from a single rack mount server.

Dashboard

Choose the CDN that is right for you. VidiU’s generic RTMP interface allows you to stream your live video content to the platform of your choice at any time. Go Live Anywhere Cable-Free Stream to iOS Devices VidiU offers a free application for iOS that allows you to stream a second video feed to your mobile device for monitoring your live broadcast. Since VidiU acts as its own dual band Access Point, you can choose to connect your iPad or iPhone directly to the device or to your local network. Full HD Video

The Teradek Dashboard is a web GUI for monitoring the performance of your Bond system. Dashboard displays the bit rate and latency per modem, total data usage, modem status, buffer length, and many other statistics to help you keep track of your streaming performance in real time.

Zero Delay Wireless Transmitter VIDEO INPUTS HDMI

The Teradek Bolt is a wireless zero delay 3G-SDI transmitting system capable of sending 4:2:2, 1080p60 video at up to 300ft. Bolt transmitters come in unicast and multicast varieties, include a 3G-SDI loop, internal Li-Ion battery, and are housed in a rugged machined T6061 aluminum chassis with several 1/4” threaded mounting holes. The receiver is made of durable ABS plastic and includes dual 3G-SDI outputs.

SUPPORTED RESOLUTIONS 1080p 23.98/24/25/29.97/30 1080i 50/59.94/60 720p 50/59.94/60 576p 576i 480p 480i Aspect Ratios: 4:3 & 16:9 VIDEO CODEC Compression: Base/Main/High Profile H.264 Bit Rate: 250 Kbps to 5 Mbps STREAMING Transport protocol: RTMP API level integration: Ustream & new Livestream

113


Up-Link

Mantis 120 Antenna

Advent FlyDrive Motorised Flyaway Antenna

The AFD120 FlyDrive 1.2m antenna is a compact, lightweight, fully motorised, auto acquisition capable satellite terminal designed for rapid deployment. It can be used either as a traditional flyaway or as a semi-permanent vehicle mounted terminal that can be fitted to longitudinal roof bars or most other roof racks using standard fittings. The AFD120 antenna fits into just two IATA weight-compliant cases. The main antenna case, which also acts as the platform in flyaway mode, houses the up-turned antenna base, azimuth drive, elevation drive, reflector centre section and feedarm base. The second antenna case houses the three reflector outer segments, feedarm and cartridge. The FlyDrive Antenna System accompanied by lightweight HPA and 5000 series electronics is ideal for Newsgathering because it can be checked in as hold baggage and on arrival at the destination the system can be installed onto a suitable hire vehicle within minutes. A similar equipment configuration is also ideal as a temporary IP data terminal for remote deployment to cover specific events or for use as a data terminal for remote video links and/or file transfer during maintenance operations in areas with little or no terrestrial communications infrastructure.

NewSwift LT 1.2m Ku Band Antenna High Performance Integrated Satellite Terminal

Our Mantis 120 1.2m antenna is constructed entirely from carbon fibre. It folds down into a IATA compliant sub 32kg configuration consisting of just two cases and a hold-all or optionally into a single box package of less than 41kg. In either format the Mantis 120 can be deployed by one man in less than 15 minutes. The rugged, weatherproof construction and easy integration with Vislink 5000 series electronics and HPAs up to 400W in size makes for a compact, sub 32kg IATA packaged solution for deployment worldwide. The Mantis 120 is available in X, Ku and DBS bands and in X-Ku or Ku-DBS dual band configurations achieved by feed cartridge substitution.

FLA-120 1.2m FlyAway Antenna The FLA-120 Flyaway Antenna is a compact satellite terminal designed for rapid deployment. Its six piece aircraft grade alloy antenna ensures precision RF performance in the world’s toughest environments. It is portable, easy to unfold and can be installed by one person within 10 minutes. Combined with the Advent ACU5000 series Antenna Controller and LYNX Video Exciters the FLA-120 aligns ease of use and practicality with state of the art electronics to give an unbeatable combination for a variety of applications.

Mantis MSAT The NewSwift LT 120 motorised antenna system is a highly compact, lightweight, integrated vehicle mountable satellite terminal designed for rapid deployment. Featuring a double pressed aircraft grade alloy reflector with low RMS surface error which, when used with the 35dB X-Polar isolation offset feed, enables low sidelobe, high EIRP transmissions that are commonly required for higher data rate services (both for mobile internet and DSNG purposes). The NewSwift’s unique design can also house a redundant or phase combined RF package, mounted within the antenna pod. The compact design minimises vehicle roof real-estate requirements. Also, since the whole antenna (including the equipment housing or Pod) rotates the need for an Azimuth waveguide rotary joint is eliminated. This minimises post HPA waveguide loss which in turn maximises TX EIRP. The Ku feed has full +/-90° of polarisation travel making it especially suited for use with the ACU5000 series Auto Acquisition Antenna Controller enabling eliminating the requirement for a Spectrum Analyser.

114

The ADVENT Mantis MSAT Man Portable Data Terminal is a highly portable tri-band satellite antenna system designed for rapid deployment in hostile environments. At 12.5KGs it is ideal for secure and non-secure satellite communications for a variety of applications.

DVE5100 Exciter


Microwave

Compact 1/2 width 19” x 1U rack mountable units 1/4 of the size and 1/6th of the weight of competitors equivalent products Designed for contribution flyaway and DSNG vehicle applications where space and weight are critical Full range of units available: SD and HD Digital Video Exciter IP Modem Multiplexer Router BUCS Antenna and Drive Control units System IRD / Redundancy controllers Protection Switches L Band over fibre modems All units field upgradeable All units have integral web browser facility (where applicable) for RC&M applications A comprehensive range of flight case solutions for 1/2 rack and 19” rack units to suit system configuration, i.e. 3U, 4U, 5U All units can also be fixed together and mounted in a standard 19” flight case or rack within a vehicle.

L3211 Barrel Booster The L3211 Barrel Booster has been specifically tailored for wireless camera back applications. Designed to fit directly onto the RF output from the Link range of transmitters, this unit is small, lightweight and easy to use. This amplifier includes ALC (Automatic Level Control) in order to provide a constant RF output power for all transmitter power level settings. The L3211 has a wide DC operating range (9-28V) and can be powered via the RF input connector* or using the Lemo power cables supplied with the unit. These power cables allow the option to connect to the Lemo power socket on the wireless transmitter or to the D-Tap adaptor from an IDX or Anton Bauer battery plate. Incorporating LDPD (Link Digital Pre-Distortion) for improved adjacent channel rejection, integral harmonic filtering and a power save mode this amplifier is a must have addition to any wireless camera system where extended range is required.

packet diversity Deep interleaving for DVB-T & LMS-T to give exceptional dropout tolerance (*) MPEG-2 4:2:0 & 4:2:2 SD & HD MPEG-4 AVC (H.264) Main Profile, High-profile and High 422 profile, SD & HD decoding including 10-bit ASI over IP input and output ASI input and output Web browser and SNMP control Dual SDI / HD-SDI / CVBS outputs with independently selectable status overlay Field upgradeable.

Parabolic Antenna

Gigawave designs and manufactures a wide range of antennas to suit all microwave transmission requirements. The antennas are designed to perform in all conditions, and are used everyday throught the world in a variety of broadcast and security applications. Feeds are available from 0.8 to 24GHz with spun aluminium reflectors from 0.3 to 1.2m. These are ideal for portable point-to-point and long distance outside broadcast applications.

MVL-HD2

Digital Receiver (5U) Weatherproof

L1500

Wireless HD/SD Transmitter The L1500 is the most powerful and flexible

wireless camera transmitter from Link Research. HD and SD transmission from the same unit. The modular design of this transmitter allows you to start from a standard SD transmitter and add camera control and HD capability as and when you require. It has unmatched RF flexibility with the ability to change RF modules in the field as needed to cover a huge frequency range from 1GHz to more than 7GHz. • User-swappable RF modules covering 1 to 8.1GHz. • Link’s LMS-T modulation scheme for unrivalled wireless performance. • Link’s real time pre-distortion (LDPD) RF units for unrivalled adjacent channel performance • Phantom power from the RF unit to power external booster amplifier • Camera control options for Sony, Thomson, Ikegami and other cameras. • Standard IDX, PAG or Anton Bauer camera and battery mounts can be specified.

The MVL-HD2 is a portable, two box, digital microwave link with exceptional RF performance, offering the convenience of Triax remoting. With automatic selection between SD and HD, the receiver provides comprehensive signal outputs including SD/HD SDI, Analogue Composite and Component video, ASI, 4 digital and analogue audios and SDI embedded audio.

MVL-HD2

Digital Transmitter (5U) Weatherproof

L9274 Portable Receive Case Direct conversion RF architecture for exceptional adjacent channel performance and excellent sensitivity 4 input RF diversity with maximum ratio combining (MaxRC) DVB-T: QPSK, 16QAM & 64QAM;6, 7, & 8MHz LMS-T: QPSK & 16QAM;10 & 20MHz Diversity chaining ASI input for

Switchable SD/HD, the MVL-HD2 is a portable, two box, digital microwave link; with exceptional RF performance, offering the convenience of Triax remoting. The transmitter provides comprehensive signal inputs including SD/HD SDI, Analogue Composite and Component video, ASI, 4 digital and analogue audios and SDI embedded.

115


H5D-40

Medium Format DSLR Camera

breaks. Hasselblad’s Natural Color Solution (HNCS) creates accurate colors, with natural skin tones and an ability to capture specific product colors and tones that are difficult to reproduce. The improved Hasselblad Image Processing Architecture ensures fast performance and transfer speed.

H5D-50MS

Medium Format DSLR Camera

40 Megapixel Resolution 32.9 x 43.8mm CCD Sensor 3.0” 24-Bit Color LCD w/ 460,320 Pixels True Focus II and Focus Confirm 16-Bit Color Definition Hasselblad RAW 3FR File Format Compatible with H-System Components DAC Automated Lens Correction System Digital Spirit Level Phocus and Lightroom 4 Software Included The H5D-40 Medium Format DSLR Camera from Hasselblad is the 40MP model of the new Hasselblad H system of medium format DSLR cameras. The H5D-40 model contains a 32.9 x 43.8 mm 40MP (7304 x 5478) CCD sensor. With its large light path, it creates high resolution images with great clarity and color rendering without gradation breaks. Hasselblad’s Natural Color Solution (HNCS) creates accurate colors, with natural skin tones and an ability to capture specific product colors and tones that are difficult to reproduce. The improved Hasselblad Image Processing Architecture ensures fast performance and transfer speed.

H5D-50

116

50 Megapixel Resolution 36.7 x 49.1mm CCD Sensor 3.0” 24-Bit Color LCD w/ 460,320 Pixels True Focus II and Focus Confirm 16-Bit Color Definition Hasselblad RAW 3FR File Format 50MP Multi-Shot Capability Compatible with H-System Components DAC Automated Lens Correction System Phocus and Lightroom 4 Software Included The H5D-50MS Medium Format DSLR Camera from Hasselblad is the Multi-shot 50MP model of the new Hasselblad H system of medium format DSLR cameras. The H5D-50MS model contains a 36.7 x 49.1 mm 50MP (6132 x 8176) CCD sensor. With its large light path, it creates high resolution images with great clarity and color rendering without gradation breaks. Hasselblad’s Natural Color Solution (HNCS) creates accurate colors, with natural skin tones and an ability to capture specific product colors and tones that are difficult to reproduce. The improved Hasselblad Image Processing Architecture ensures fast performance and transfer speed.

Medium Format DSLR Camera

H5D-200MS

50 Megapixel Resolution 36.7 x 49.1mm CCD Sensor 3.0” 24-Bit Color LCD w/ 460,320 Pixels True Focus II and Focus Confirm 16-Bit Color Definition Hasselblad RAW 3FR File Format Compatible with H-System Components DAC Automated Lens Correction System Digital Spirit Level Includes Phocus and Lightroom 4 Software The H5D-50 Medium Format DSLR Camera from Hasselblad is the 50MP model of the new Hasselblad H system of medium format DSLR cameras. The H5D-50 model contains a 36.7 x 49.1 mm 50MP (6132 x 8176) CCD sensor. With its large light path, it creates high resolution images with great clarity and color rendering without gradation

50 Megapixel Resolution 36.7 x 49.1mm CCD Sensor 3.0” 24-Bit Color LCD w/ 460,320 Pixels True Focus II and Focus Confirm 16-Bit Color Definition Hasselblad RAW 3FR File Format 200MP Multi-Shot Technology Compatible with H-System Components DAC Automated Lens Correction System Phocus and Lightroom 4 Software Included The H5D-200MS Medium Format DSLR Camera from Hasselblad is a Multi-shot 50MP model of the new Hasselblad H system of medium format DSLR cameras with 200MP capability. The H5D-200MS model contains a 36.7 x 49.1 mm 50MP (6132 x 8176) CCD sensor. With its

Medium Format DSLR Camera


Digital Camera

large light path, it creates high resolution images with great clarity and color rendering with smooth gradation. Hasselblad’s Natural Color Solution (HNCS) creates accurate colors, with natural skin tones and an ability to capture specific product colors and tones that are difficult to reproduce. The improved Hasselblad Image Processing Architecture ensures fast performance and transfer speed.

H4D-40

Medium Format DSLR Camera

200Mp Multi-Shot Capture Technology Ultra-Focus Engine Shoots to CF Card / Tethered to Mac/PC Lossless Compressed Hasselblad RAW 3FR ISO 50-800 128 to 1/800 Second Shutter Speed Hasselblad H System Lens Mount Phocus Software for Mac or PC Included. The Hasselblad H4D-200MS Digital Camera builds on the popularity of the company’s H4D-50MS, with the addition of multi-shot capture technology which renders impressive 200Mp photos. Using this mode, the camera takes 6 shots to deliver the utmost in fine imaging with images that boast spectacular detail and uncompromised quality.

H4D-40

Medium Format DSLR Camera Limited Edition

40 Megapixel Medium Format Camera Exceptional Image Quality True Focus AF / Absolute Position Lock Technically Advanced Features Consistent Color Reproduction Powerful Phocus 2.0 Software Compatible with H System Components he H4D-40 sets the standard for camera handling, image detail and image resolution. With a 40 megapixel sensor it provides the basis for outstanding image quality based upon the high performance HC/HCD lens line. With its unique bright viewfinders, its wide range of quality lenses matching even the best of the icon lenses from Carl Zeiss, and its wide choice of accessories, the H4D-40 is the ultimate camera choice for the professional photographer.

H4D-50

Medium Format DSLR Camera

The Hasselblad H4D-40 features a 40 Megapixel medium format sensor and Hasselblad True Focus (making auto-focus substantially easier and more accurate), and gives you access to the world’s most advanced lenses, the Hasselblad HC/HCD line. The H4D Ferrari has been specially designed to provide the ultimate in both quality and performance. Just as the cars that inspired this special camera. The Ferrari H4D-40 provides the perfect photographic accessory to the world’s finest driving machines. Produced in the new Ferrari “Rosso Fuoco” and bearing the legendary Cavallino Rampante, the camera comes with an 80mm lens and an exclusively designed and engineered glass display box, and will enable you to document life from the driver’s seat in a way you never before dreamed possible.

CFV-50

Digital Back (50 MP)

50 Megapixels 36.7 x 49.1mm CCD Sensor 16-Bit Color Wide ISO Range (50-800) 3” LCD True Focus w/ APL Phocus Software The Hasselblad H4D-50 Digital SLR Camera offers the ultimate in digital medium-format image capture to professional commercial, studio, and fine art photographers. Built around a 50 megapixel, 36.7 x 49.1mm CCD image sensor with 16-bit color, the H4D-50 captures the subtle nuances and fine details of any subject.

H4D-200MS

Medium Format DSLR Camera

The Hasselblad CFV-50 digital back provides seamless integration between your existing Hasselblad V camera and the digital domain, maintaining both form and function along the way. 50 MP (6132 x 8176 pixels) Sensor Compatible W/Hasselblad V System Cameras Square (38MP)/Rectangular (50MP) Format Digital Correction for V System Lenses 2.5” TFT Type, 24-Bit Color Display Average of 60 Images/4GB Card Up to 8 Hrs of Shooting W/Sony Battery Tethered or Untethered Shooting 3F Raw File Support by Adobe & Apple Compatibility with View Cameras Possible Digital lens correction for Carl Zeiss lenses With the CFV-50, Phocus adds digital lens correction for the V system lenses providing a new level of image quality. Square and rectangular image format The CFV-50 offers the choice of shooting to the classic and loved square format giving 38 megapixel images and the full rectangular format giving 50 megapixel images.

50Mp 36.7 x 49.1mm Sensor 3.0” LCD Display

117


Live View Still and Video Recording 61-Point High Density Auto Focus.

EOS 5D Mark III EOS-1D C

Digital SLR Camera

Digital SLR Camera

The Canon EOS-1D C* represents a breakthrough in cinematography in a DSLR specifically designed for video, that is incredibly flexible, rugged and compact. Offering onboard 4K image capture, industrystandard codecs and interfaces, and incredible low light performance, the EOS-1D C helps make 4K filmmaking as creative as you want it to be. Product Highlights: 18.1Mp CMOS Sensor 4K Cinematic Quality Video 1920 x 1080 Full HD Video Dual DIGIC 5+ Image Processors 3.2” LCD Screen Eye-Level Pentaprism Viewfinder Dual CF Card Recording Media Canon EF Lens Mount Magnesium Alloy Body 61-Point High Density Auto Focus

EOS-1D X

Digital SLR Camera

Canon is proud to present the highly anticipated EOS 5D Mark III. With supercharged EOS performance and stunning full frame, high-resolution image capture, the EOS 5D Mark III is designed to perform. Special optical technologies like the 61-Point High Density Reticular AF and an extended ISO range of 100-25600 (expandable to 50 (L), 51200 (H1) and 102400 (H2) make the EOS 5D Mark III ideal for shooting weddings in the studio or out in the field, and great for still photography. Advanced professional-level high definition video capabilities (that includes a host of industry-standard recording protocols and enhanced performance) make it possible to capture beautiful cinematic movies in EOS HD quality. Product Highlights: 22.3MP Full-Frame CMOS Sensor 3.2” Clear View High Resolution LCD DIGIC 5+ Image Processor 61-Point High Density AF Full HD 1080/30p and 720/60p Formats Built-In HDR and Multiple Exposure Modes Extended ISO Range (50-102400) Up to 6.0 FPS Continuous Mode Dual CF and SD Memory Card Slots Durable Magnesium-Alloy Construction

EOS 6D

Digital SLR Camera

The Canon EOS-1D X Digital SLR Camera is designed with the pro shooter in mind, as evidenced by its tough magnesium alloy body, large 3.2” LCD, the Intelligent Viewfinder, and of course the 18.1Mp CMOS sensor, among other professional features. If you’re looking for a tough rig that knows what a photographer wants and needs, then Canon answers the call with this impressive offering. Product Highlights: 18.1Mp CMOS Sensor Dual DIGIC 5+ Image Processors 3.2” LCD Screen Eye-Level Pentaprism Viewfinder Dual CF Card Recording Media Canon EF Lens Mount Magnesium Alloy Body 1920 x 1080 HD Video Capture

118

The EOS 6D DSLR camera is the ideal tool for unlocking your creative vision. It features a 20.2 Megapixel Full-Frame CMOS sensor, a wide ISO range of 100-25600, expandable to L: 50, H1: 51200, and H2: 102400, for incredible image quality even in low light, and a DIGIC 5+ Image Processor delivers enhanced noise reduction and exceptional processing speed. A new 11-point AF including a high-precision center cross-type AF point with EV -3 sensitivity allows focusing in extreme low-light conditions, and with continuous shooting up to 4.5 fps, you are ready to capture fast action. Full HD video with manual exposure control, multiple frame rates, and the benefits of a Full-Frame sensor provides stunning performance and creative flexibility. Product Highlights: 20.2MP Full-Frame CMOS Sensor


Nikon D800 Digital SLR Camera 3.0” Clear View High Resolution LCD DIGIC 5+ Image Processor Built-In Wi-Fi and GPS Connectivity Full HD 1080p with Manual Controls 11-Point AF with Center Cross-Type Point 63-Zone Dual Layer Metering Sensor Extended ISO Range of 50-102400 Up to 4.5 Full Resolution FPS Built-In HDR and Multiple Exposure Modes

Nikon D4

Digital SLR Camera

Nikon D800, a 36.3 megapixel FX-format HD-SLR for professional photographers who require end results of the highest quality, who demand superior performance, speed, handling and a fully integrated imaging system. For cinematographers and multimedia professionals, 36.3 MP means true 1080p HD cinematic quality video and includes inputs for stereo microphones and headphones, peak audio meter display, DX crop mode to maximize NIKKOR lens selection and angle of view and much more. Product Highlights: 35.9 x 24.0mm CMOS FX Format Sensor 36.3Mp Resolution EXPEED 3 Image-Processing Engine 3.2” LCD Monitor Nikon F Mount Lens Mount Optical Low-Pass Filter Eye-Level Pentaprism Viewfinder 1080p at 30/25/24p or 720p at 60/50p Built-In Flash + i-TTL Flash Control Matrix/Center-Weighted/Spot Metering

Nikon D600 Digital SLR Camera

Enter the new flagship of Nikon’s D-SLR lineup: D4. Engineered for professionals, D4 strikes an ideal balance between resolution, sensor size, image processing and ISO range. Its newly designed FX-format sensor and EXPEED3 processor enable image capture up to 10 fps with full AE/AF performance and Full 1080p HD video. Combine that with cutting-edge metering and AF systems, intelligently designed controls, an ultra-rugged body and multiple connectivity options, and D4 liberates the world’s top-notch photographers and multimedia artists like never before. Product Highlights: 16.2Mp 36.0 x 23.9mm CMOS Sensor Nikon FX-format EXPEED3 Image Processor 3.2” LCD Screen w/ Live View AF-S & AF-I NIKKOR Lens Compatible RAW, TIFF, JPEG, RAW+JPEG Files 100-12800 ISO Matrix, Center-Weighted, Spot Metering CompactFlash Type 1 & XQD Compatible 1080p HD Broadcast Quality Video

If you’ve been looking to take your passion to the next level with full-frame HD-SLR performance, your wait is over. Now the power of a pro-level Nikon FX-format camera—stunning full-frame images, cinema-quality 1080p videos, superior low-light performance, blazing fast framing and burst rates, built-in HDR, wireless photo sharing and much more—is attainable in a compact, lightweight HD-SLR. Product Highlights: 24.3MP FX-Format CMOS Sensor EXPEED 3 Processor 3.2” Rear LCD Display Full HD 1080p Video & Manual Controls 100-6400 ISO - Expandable to 50-25600 5.5fps Continuous Shooting 39 Wide-Area AF Focus Points Stereo Mic & Headphone Inputs i-TTL Flash System Support Wi-Fi Connectivity with Optional Adapter

119


Sony SLT-A99 Digital Camera

Swivel/Tilt 3.0” LCD Screen Upgraded BIONZ Image Processor 2nd Gen Translucent Mirror Design Dual Media Slots 1080p HD Movie Capture Built-In GPS SteadyShot INSIDE Stabilization

Alpha NEX-6

Mirrorless Digital Camera with 16-50mm Zoom Lens

Sony’s new flagship Alpha a99 interchangeable lens camera fully leverages the potential of Translucent Mirror Technology™, the 35mm full-frame format and Sony’s professional broadcasting technology. Take a major leap forward in quality, performance and handling ease. Meet the future of Sony Alpha. Product Highlights: Full-Frame 24.3MP Exmor CMOS Sensor Sony Dual AF System & Translucent Mirror 3.0” TruBlack Tilting LCD Display XGA OLED Electronic Viewfinder Full HD 1920x1080 60p Video Recording Advanced BIONZ Image Processing Engine Internal SteadyShot Image Stabilization 1,200 Zone Evaluative Metering Sensor Exposure & Focus Controls With Video Quiet Multi Control Dial, GPS & Auto HDR

Sony SLT-A77 Digital Camera

Sony’s Alpha NEX-6 Mirrorless Digital Camera with 16-50mm Zoom Lens (Black) is a compact interchangeable lens camera that delivers high-resolution images using an APS-C size 16.1MP CMOS sensor. In addition to still photos, the NEX-6 records full HD 1920 x 1080 video in 60p, 60i, or cinematic 24p. Whether shooting stills or video, the high-resolution sensor works with the BIONZ processor to create sharp, detailed images. Product Highlights: 16.1MP Exmor APS-C Size CMOS Sensor 16-50mm f/3.5-5.6 Zoom Lens Included Fast Hybrid AF With Phase-Detection AF 3” 921K-Dot TFT LCD XGA OLED Tru-Finder EVF Captures 1080 HD Video Wi-Fi Capable Built-In Flash Fast 10fps Burst Shooting PlayMemories Camera Apps

Sony Alpha NEX-5R

Mirrorless Digital Camera with 18-55mm f/3.5-5.6 E-mount Zoom Lens

Sony’s new flagship Alpha a77 interchangeable lens camera fully leverages the potential of Translucent Mirror Technology™, the 35mm full-frame format and Sony’s professional broadcasting technology. Take a major leap forward in quality, performance and handling ease. Meet the future of Sony Alpha. Product Highlights: 24.3Mp APS-C CMOS Sensor Includes 16-50mm f/2.8 Lens OLED Electronic Viewfinder

120

Shoot and share DSLR-quality photos online, straight from the camera. With built-in Wi-Fi®, the Alpha NEX-5R even lets you download camera apps for endless creative possibilities11. And the 16.1MP APS-C size sensor lets you shoot breathtaking stills with pro-grade defocused backgrounds. Get all this and more in a camera that’s about half the size of a DSLR. Product Highlights: 16.1 MP APS-C Size HD Sensor Uses Sony E-mount Lenses Full 1080 HD 60p/60i/24p Movie Capture 3.0” 180º Tilt-able Touchscreen LCD Fast Hybrid Autofocus PlayMemories Camera and Mobile Apps


Digital Camera

Wi-Fi Sharing Intuitive Interface with Control Dial Low Light Performance up to ISO 25600 Includes 18-55mm F/3.5-5.6 Zoom Lens

the action with compact, beautifully styled zoom lenses featuring SteadyShot optical image stabilisation. Enjoy the creative possibilities of your A-mount DSLR lens collection with the LA-EA1 lens mount adaptor.

Sony Alpha NEX-7

Digital Camera with 18-55mm Lens

E16mm F2.8

The NEX-7 is it—complete with a massive 24.3MP APS-C sensor and a through-the-lens OLED electronic viewfinder. Choose from a range of available lenses to achieve the perfect composition, then give the conveniently-placed Tri-Navi™ dials a spin for instant manual control. With Full HD video and up to 10 fps, the NEX-7 delivers the professional performance of a DSLR in a gorgeous, easy-to-carry package you can take anywhere. Product Highlights: 24.3Mp APS-C Sensor 3.0” Tiltable LCD BIONZ Image Processor OLED Viewfinder Captures 1080 HD Video Built-In Flash Hot Shoe for Alpha System Flashes Accepts Sony E-Mount Lenses Intelligent Auto Focus HDMI Output

DCC 5.1

The wide 16mm coverage (equivalent to a 24mm lens on a full frame camera) makes for comfortable shooting in situations ranging from cramped indoor settings to sweeping landscapes, and the large f/2.8 maximum aperture is ideal for handheld shooting in low light.

E18-55mm F3.5-5.6

The 18–55mm zoom range, corresponding to 27–82.5mm on a 35mm full-frame format camera, is ideally designed for comfortable framing and capture of most subjects encountered in daily life or on vacation, and a built-in Optical SteadyShot image stabilization system makes it possible to produce sharp images even when shooting handheld in low light. The OSS system is so effective that you’ll be able to capture blur-free images at shutter speeds up to four steps slower than would be possible without image stabilization.

E18-200mm F3.5-6.3

With this adapter the Telescopes with T2 mount can be connected to the E Designed in fascinating detail and with a sophisticated stylish format the new Digital Classic Camera MINOX DCC 5.1 is a true example of first-class German engineering from the fifties. Devotees of timeless elegance and precision mechanics will find it hard to resist the amazing look and feel of the camera. This small ingenious masterpiece in a scale of 1:3 is no ordinary digital camera and quietly reflects its owner’s confidence in style.

Lenses for α NEX cameras There’s a choice of interchangeable E-mount lenses by Sony to realise the full creative potential of NEX ultra-compact digital cameras. Travel light with the slim, low-prole 16mm F2.8 pancake lens. Get closer to

Significantly smaller and lighter than comparable lenses, the Sony SEL18200LE high magnification zoom lens is perfect for a wide range of shooting situations. With a compact size achieved in part by downsizing the autofocus motor and optical image stabilization unit, this lens offers a powerful mix of versatility and image quality perfect for shooting scenarios where a light, compact camera and lens combination is optimal. The broad focal length coverage of the lens—from 18mm wide angle to 200mm telephoto (27mm to 300mm in 35mm equivalence)—makes it an ideal high-magnification “travel” lens for a wide range of shots. Capture expansive landscapes, charming portraits with pleasantly blurred backgrounds, even sports and nature shots. Optical SteadyShot (OSS) technology cuts down on blur caused by camera shake and reduces reliance on high ISO settings when shooting in dark environments.

121


Lense

H System Lenses. A camera as fast and versatile as an H system model demands the very best from its lenses. And that’s what we’ve produced. All HC lenses are engineered to ensure optimal performance and image quality, whether using film or digital. No short-cuts, no compromises.

Minimum distance object to film 1.30 m Maximum image scale 1:6.8 Corresponding area of coverage 38 x 28cm Corresponding exposure reduction 0 f-stop

HC Macro 4/120 mm-II

HC 4,5/300 mm

Focal length 292.0 mm Aperture range 4.5 - 45 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 13°/11°/8° Length/diameter 198mm/100 mm w. tripod mount 198mm/139 mm Weight 2120 g Filter diameter 95 mm Minimum distance object to film 2.45 m Maximum image scale 1:7.5 Corresponding area of coverage 41 x 31cm Corresponding exposure reduction 0 f-stop

HCD 4-5,6/35-90 mm

Focal length 118.7 mm Equivalent focal length with 36x48 format 135.0 mm Equivalent 35mm focal length 73.5 mm Aperture range 4 - 45 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 645 format 33°/26°/21° Length/diameter 166mm/96 mm Weight 1410 g Filter diameter 67 mm Minimum distance object to film 0.39 m Maximum image scale 1:1 Corresponding area of coverage 56 x 41.5 mm Corresponding exposure reduction 1.3 f-stop

HC 3,5-4,5/50-110

HC 4/210 mm

Focal length 211.1 mm Aperture range 4 - 45 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 19°/15°/11° Length/diameter 165mm/85 mm Weight 1320 g Filter diameter 77 mm Minimum distance object to film 1.8 m Maximum image scale 1:7.0 Corresponding area of coverage 39 x 29cm Corresponding exposure reduction 0 f-stop

HC 3,2/150 mm

Weight 780 g Filter diameter 77 mm Minimum distance object to film 0.90 m Maximum image scale 1:7.2 Corresponding area of coverage 39 x 29 cm Corresponding exposure reduction 0.4 f-stop

Focal length 36,3 (87) mm Aperture range 4,0 (5,6) -32 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 83°/70°/55° (39°/31°/24°) Length/diameter 167mm/102,5 mm Weight 1410 g Filter diameter 95 mm Minimum distance object to image plane 0.65 m Maximum image scale 1:13 (1:5,4) Corresponding area of coverage 64 x 48 (26x 20) cm Corresponding exposure reduction 0 f-stop

HC 2,8/80 mm

Focal length 51.5 (108.3) mm Aperture range 3.5 (4.5)- 32 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 69°/58°/46° (35°/29°/22°) Length/diameter 152mm/103 mm Weight 1650 g Filter diameter 95 mm Minimum distance object to film 0.70 m Maximum image scale 1:10.8(1:5.2) Corresponding area of coverage 60 x 45(29 x 21) cm Corresponding exposure reduction 0 f-stop

HC 2,2/100 mm

Focal length 82.3 mm Aperture range 2.8 - 32 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 46°/38°/29° Length/diameter 70mm/84 mm Weight 475 g Filter diameter 67 mm Minimum distance object to film 0.70 m Maximum image scale 1:6.5 Corresponding area of coverage 36 x 27cm Corresponding exposure reduction 0.3f-stop

HC 3,5/50 mm-II

Focal length 150.2 mm Aperture range 3.2 - 45 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 26°/21°/16° Length/diameter 124mm/86 mm Weight 970 g Filter diameter 77 mm

122

Focal length 100.0 mm Aperture range 2.2 - 32 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 38°/31°/24° Length/diameter 80.5mm/87.5 mm

Focal length 50.7 mm Equivalent focal length with 36×48 format 57.6 mm Equivalent 35mm focal length 31.4 mm


Lense

Aperture range 3.5 - 32 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 645 format 70°/59°/46° Length/diameter 116 mm/85 mm Weight 975 g Filter diameter 77 mm Minimum distance object to film 0.6 m Maximum image scale 1:8.8 Corresponding area of coverage 49 × 37 cm Corresponding exposure reduction 0 f-stop

Focal Length Aperture

24.3 mm Maximum: f/4.8 Minimum: f/32 Angle of View @ Infinity 92° Minimum Focus Distance 1.25’ (0.38 m) Area of coverage 48 x 36 cm Filter Thread Front: 95 mm Weight 1.78 lb (810 g) Dimensions Approx. 10 x 9.9 cm

CF lens adapte

Technical Compatible with all H system cameras Compatible lenses: HCD 28, HC 35, HC 50, HC80 and HC 100 Focus range: close range to infinity Focal length conversion factor: 1.5x Aperture reduction: -1.3 Stops Width/Height/Depth: 140/146/77 mm Weight: 750g Shift range: +/- 18mm Tilt range: +/- 10 degrees Rotation: +/- 90 degrees Optical design: 6 elements in 5 groups

HC 3,5/35 mm

Focal length 35.8 mm Aperture range 3.5 - 32 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 89°/7 8°/63° Length/diameter 124mm/100 mm Weight 975 g Filter diameter 95 mm Minimum distance object to film 0.50 m Maximum image scale 1:9.6 Corresponding area of coverage 54 x 40 cm Corresponding exposure reduction 0 f-stop

HCD 4/28 mm lens

Focal length 28.9 mm Aperture range 4 - 32 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 95°/83°/66° Length/diameter 102mm/100 mm Weight 850 g Filter diameter 95 mm Minimum distance object to film 0.35 m Maximum image scale 1:7.3 Corresponding area of coverage 36 x 27 cm Corresponding exposure reduction 0 f-stop

HCD 4.8/24mm

The CF adapter allows all lenses from the V system to be used on H system camera bodies. This automatically expands the potential lens range for H cameras by more than a dozen different focal lengths.

This is a truly useful accessory for professional photographers who need occasional access to specific lenses not used in their everyday work. The automatic focusing system in the H camera can be used as a guide for manual focus setting. Light is measured at full aperture with all lenses which produces aperture and shutter speed information display in the camera for manual setting. With CFE lenses, however, a preset aperture is automatically transferred to the camera. Shutter cocking is manual with all lenses and is swiftly carried out by an easily accessible lever.

HTS 1.5 tilt and shift adapter

The revolutionary HTS 1.5 is a tilt and shift adapter provides a powerful new focusing and creative tool that can help you take your photographic expression to entirely new levels.

123


SLR Lenses Made by Zeiss Focusing Focusing on on the the perfect perfect moment moment

Distagon T* 2,8/21

Distagon T* 2,8/15

Technical specifications: Focal length 15 mm Aperture range f/2.8 – f/22 Focusing range 0.25 m – ∞ Number of elements/groups 15/12 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 110°/100°/76° Coverage at close range 340 x 221 mm Filter thread M 95 x 1.0 Dimensions (with caps) ø 103 mm, length 132-135 mm Weight 730g - 820g Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2) EF Mount (ZE)

Technical specifications: Focal length 21 mm Aperture range f/2.8 – f/22 Focusing range 0.22 m – ∞ Number of elements/groups 16/13 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 90°/81°/59° Coverage at close range 18 x 12 cm Filter thread M 82 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 87 mm, length 110112 mm Weight 600g - 720g Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2) EF Mount (ZE)

Distagon T* 2/25

Distagon T* 3,5/18

Specification: Focal length 18 mm Aperture range f/3.5 – f/22 (1/2 steps) Focusing range 0.3 m – infinity Number of elements/groups 13/11 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 99°/90°/67° Coverage at close range 44 x 29 cm Filter thread M 82 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 87 mm, length 84 mm Weight 510 g (ZE) Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2) EF Mount (ZE)

124

Technical specifications: Focal length 25 mm Aperture range f/2.0 – f/22 Focusing range 0.25 m – ∞ Number of elements/groups 11/10 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 81°/71°/51° Coverage at close range 219 x 144 mm Filter thread M 67 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 71-73 mm, length 95-98 mm Weight 570g - 600g Camera mounts EF mount (ZE), F Mount (ZF.2)

Distagon T* 2,8/25

Technical specifications: Focal length 25 mm Aperture range f/2.8 – f/22 Focusing range 0.17 m – ∞ Number of elements/groups 10/8 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 80°/70°/50° Coverage at close range 83 x 55 mm Filter thread M 58 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 64 mm, length 90 mm Weight 460g Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2)

Distagon T* 2/28

Technical specifications: Focal length 28 mm Aperture range f/2 – f/22 Focusing range 0.24 m – ∞ Number of elements/groups 10/8 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 74°/65°/45° Coverage at close range 18 x 12 cm Filter thread M 58 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 64-72 mm, length 93-96 mm Weight 500g - 580g Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2) EF Mount (ZE)

Distagon T* 1,4/35

Technical specifications: Focal length 35 mm Aperture range f/1.4 – f/16 Focusing range 0.3 m – ∞ Number of elements/groups 11/9 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 63°/54°/37° Coverage at close range 18 x 12 cm Filter thread M 72 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 78 mm, length 120122 mm Weight 830 g - 850 g Camera mounts EF Mount (ZE) F Mount (ZF.2)


Distagon T* 2/35

Planar T* 1,4/85

Technical specifications: Focal length 35 mm Aperture range f/2.0 – f/22 Focusing range 0.3 m – ∞ Number of elements/groups 9/7 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 62°/53°/37° Coverage at close range 19 x 13 cm Filter thread M 58 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 97-99 mm, length 64-73 mm Weight 530 g - 570 g Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2) EF Mount (ZE)

Technical specifications: Focal length 85 mm Aperture range f/1.4 – f/16 Focusing range 1m–∞ Number of elements/groups 6/5 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 29°/24°/16° Coverage at close range 36 x 24 cm Filter thread M 72 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 85-88 mm, length 77-78 mm Weight 570 g - 670 g Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2) EF Mount (ZE)

Planar T* 1,4/50

Technical specifications: Focal length 50 mm Aperture range f/1.4 – f/16 Focusing range 0.45 m – ∞ Number of elements/groups 7/6 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 45°/38°/26° Coverage at close range 24 x 16 cm Filter thread M 58 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 69-71 mm, length 66-71 mm Weight 330 g - 380 g Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2) EF Mount (ZE)

Apo Sonnar T* 2/135

Focal length 135 mm Aperture range f/2,0 – f/22 Focusing range 0,80 m (2.62 ft) – ∞ Number of elements/groups 11/8 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 18,7° / 15,6° / 10,5° Coverage at close range 145 x 96 mm Image ratio at close range 1:4 Filter thread M77 x 0,75 Dimensions (with caps) ZF.2: 128 mm ZE: 130 mm Weight ZF.2: 920g ZE: 930 g Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2) EF Mount (ZE)

Makro-Planar T* 2/50

Technical specifications: Focal length 50 mm Aperture range f/2.0 – f/22 Focusing range 0.24 m – ∞ Number of elements/groups 8/6 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 45°/38°/26° Coverage at close range 72 x 48 mm Image ratio at closerange 1:2 Filter thread M 67 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 72-75 mm, length 88-91 mm Weight 500 g - 570 g Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2) EF Mount (ZE)

Makro-Planar T* 2/100

Technical specifications: Focal length 100 mm Aperture range f/2.0 – f/22 Focusing range 0.44 m – ∞ Number of elements/groups 9/8 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 25°/21°/14° Coverage at close range 72 x 48 mm Image ratio at close range 1:2 Filter thread M 67 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 76 mm, length 113115 mm Weight 660 g - 680 g Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2) EF Mount (ZE)

125


Touit lenses Made by Zeiss Autofocus Autofocus lenses lenses for for Sony-NEX Sony-NEX and and Fujifilm Fujifilm XX cameras cameras

Touit 2.8/12

*Based on APS-C format ** At close range

Accessories for SLR Lenses SLR Lens Case Set

for Sony E-Mount

for Fujifilm X-Mount

Technical specifications: Focal length Aperture range Elements/groups Focusing range (m/ft) Field angle* (diag./horiz./vert.) Coverage ** (cm/inch) Length with Caps (mm/inch) Diameter (mm/inch) Weight (g/oz.)*** Filter thread

12mm f/2.8-f/22 11/8 0,18 m - ∞/0,59 - ∞ 99/89/66° 22 x 14.4/8.66 x 5.67 81-86/3.19-3.39 82/3.23 260-270/9.12-9.6 M 67 x 0,75

*Based on APS-C format ** At close range ***Dimensions and weigh may vary according to camera mount

This award-winning, waterproof and shock resistant Carl Zeiss SLR case is custom-made for the following five lenses with F (ZF.2) or EF mount (ZE) and features an opening for an optional sixth lens: Distagon T* 2,8/21 Distagon T* 2/28 Distagon T* 2/35 Planar T* 1,4/50 Planar T* 1,4/85

Touit 1.8/32

T* POL filter

The POL filters featuring entirely new photographic insights by avoiding reflections on non-metallic surfaces.

126

for Sony E-Mount

for Fujifilm X-Mount

T* UV filter

Technical specifications: Focal length Aperture range Elements/groups Focusing range (m/ft) Field angle* (diag./horiz./vert.) Coverage** (cm/inch) Length with caps (mm/inch) Diameter (mm/inch) Weight (g/oz.) Filter thread

32 mm f/1.8-F/22 8/5 0,37 m - ∞ / 1.21 - ∞ 48/40/29° 21.4x14.2 / 8.43 x 5.59 72-76 / 2.83 – 2.99 65 / 2.56 200-210 / 7.04-7.36 M 52 x 0,75

The UV filters featuring absolute brilliance without altering the color rendition or exposure time.


Minimum Aperture Lens Construction

EF 17-40mm f/4L USM Ultra-Wide Zoom

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 17 - 40mm; 1:4 Lens Construction 12 elements in 9 groups Diagonal Angle of View 104° - 57° 30’ Focus Adjustment Inner focusing system with USM Closest Focusing Distance 0.28m / 0.9 ft. Zoom System Rotating type Filter Size 77mm Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.3” x 3.8”, 1.1 lb. / 83.5 x 96.8mm, 500g

EF 24mm f/1.4L II USM Wide-Angle

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 24mm 1:1.4 Lens Construction 13 elements in 10 groups Diagonal Angle of View 84° Focus Adjustment Rear focusing system with USM Closest Focusing Distance 3.0 in./77mm Filter Size 77mm Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.4 in./86.9mm; 22.9 oz./650g

f/22 18 elements in 12 groups Diagonal Angle of View 104° (without tilt or shift) Image circle diameter 67.2mm Focus Adjustment Manual focus, rear focusing system with focusing cam (with floating system) Closest Focusing Distance 0.82 ft./0.25m (maximum close-up magnification: 0.14x) Aperture Control EMD with 8 blade iris diaphragm, circular aperture Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.5 x 4.2 in./88.9 x 106.7mm (maximum lens length), 28.9 oz./820g

TS-E 24mm f/3.5L II Tilt-Shift

ocal Length & Maximum Aperture 24mm 1:3.5 Minimum Aperture f/22 Lens Construction 16 elements in 11 groups Diagonal Angle of View 84° (without tilt or shift) Image circle diameter 67.2mm Focus Adjustment Manual focus, rear focusing system (no floating system) Closest Focusing Distance 0.69 ft./0.21m (maximum close-up magnification: 0.34x) Aperture Control EMD with 8 blade iris diaphragm, circular aperture Filter Size 82mm Max. Diame zter x Length, Weight 3.5 x 4.2 in./88.5 x 106.9mm, 27.5 oz./780g

EF 135mm f/2L USM Telephoto

3.2” x 4.4”, 1.7 lbs. / 82.5 x 112.0mm, 750g

EF 100-400mm f/4.5-5.6L IS USM Telephoto Zoom

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 100-400mm 1:4.5-5.6 Lens Construction 17 elements in 14 groups Diagonal Angle of View 24° - 6° 10’ Focus Adjustment Rear focusing system with USM Closest Focusing Distance 1.8m/ 5.9 ft. Zoom System Linear extension Type Filter Size 77mm Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.6” x 7.4”, 3.1 lbs. / 92mm x 189mm, 1,380g

EF 100mm f/2.8 Macro USM

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 100mm 1:2.8 Lens Construction 12 elements in 8 groups Diagonal Angle of View 24° Focus Adjustment Inner focusing system with USM Closest Focusing Distance 0.31m / 1 ft. (film plane to subject) Filter Size 58mm Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.1” x 4.7”, 21.1 oz. / 79.0 x 119.0mm, 600g

EF 85mm f/1.2L II USM

Standard & Medium Telephoto

TS-E 17mm f/4L Tilt-Shift

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 17mm 1:4

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 135mm 1:2.0 Lens Construction 10 elements in 8 groups Diagonal Angle of View 18° Focus Adjustment Rear focusing system with USM Closest Focusing Distance 0.9m / 3 ft. Filter Size 72mm Max. Diameter x Length, Weight

ocal Length & Maximum Aperture 85mm 1:1.2 Lens Construction 8 elements in 7 groups Diagonal Angle of View 28°30’ Focus Adjustment AF with full-time manual

127


Lense

Closest Focusing Distance 3.2 ft. / 0.95m Filter Size 72mm Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.6 in. x 3.3 in., 36.2 oz. / 91.5mm x 84mm, 1,025g (lens only)

Closest Focusing Distance

EF 50mm f/1.2L USM

EF 16-35mm f/2.8L II USM EF 24-70mm f/2.8L II USM

ocal Length & Maximum Aperture 50mm f/1.2 Lens Construction 8 elements in 6 groups Diagonal Angle of View 46° (with full-frame cameras) Focus Adjustment AF with full-time manual Closest Focusing Distance 1.48 ft. / 0.45m Filter Size 72mm Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.4 in. x 2.6 in./85.4mm x 65.5mm 19.2 oz./545g (lens only)

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 16-35mm f/2.8 Lens Construction 16 elements in 12 groups Diagonal Angle of View 108°10’-63° Focus Adjustment AF with full-time manual Closest Focusing Distance 0.92 ft./0.28m Filter Size 82mm, P=0.75mm/1 filter Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.5 in. x 4.4 in./88.5mm x 111.6mm, 640g

7.9 in. / 0.2m Filter Size Gel filter holder at rear of lens Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.2 in. x 3.7 in. / 80mm x 94mm 22.8 oz./645g (lens only)

Standard & Medium Telephoto Ultra-Wide Zoom

EF 35mm f/1.4L USM Wide-Angle

Ultra-Wide Zoom

Standard Zoom

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 24-70mm, 1:2.8 Lens Construction 18 elements in 13 groups Diagonal Angle of View 84° - 34° Focus Adjustment Inner-focusing with USM Closest Focusing Distance 0.38m/1.25 ft. Zoom System Rotating Type Filter Size 82mm Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.5 x 4.4 in., 28.4 oz. / 88.5 x 113mm, 805g

EF 70-200mm f/2.8L IS II USM Telephoto Zoom

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 70-200mm 1:2.8 Lens Construction 23 elements in 19 groups (1 Fluorite and 5 UD elements) Diagonal Angle of View 34° - 12° Focus Adjustment Inner focusing system with USM. Full-time manual focus available Closest Focusing Distance 1.2m/3.94 ft. (maximum close-up magnification: 0.21x) Filter Size 77mm Max. Diame ter x Length, Weight 3.5 x 7.8 in./88.8 x 199mm; 52.6 oz./1490g

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 35mm 1:1.4 Lens Construction 11 elements in 9 groups Diagonal Angle of View 63° Focus Adjustment Rear focusing system with USM Closest Focusing Distance 0.3m / 1 ft. Filter Size 72mm Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.1” x 3.4”, 20.5 oz. / 79.0 x 86.0mm, 580g

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 15mm 4.0 Lens Construction 14 elements in 11 groups Diagonal Angle of View 180° Focus Adjustment Lens extension via inner focusing and focus cam plus floating mechanism Closest Focusing Distance 0.16m / 6.2 in. Filter Size Rear Gel Holder (accepts up to 3 precut gel filters) Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.1 x 3.7 in, 19.1 oz. / 78.5 x 83.0mm, 540g

EF 14mm f/2.8L II USM

EF 24-105mm f/4L IS USM Telephoto Zoom

Wide-Angle

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 14mm f/2.8 Lens Construction 14 elements in 11 groups Diagonal Angle of View 114° (on full-frame cameras) Focus Adjustment AF with full-time manual

128

EF 8-15mm f/4L Fisheye USM

Zoom System 5-group helical zoom (front group moves: 32.5mm) Filter Size 77mm Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.3 in. x 4.2 in., 23.6 oz. / 83.5mm x 107mm, 670g (lens only)

EF 70-200mm f/2.8L IS USM

Standard Zoom

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 24-105mm f/4 Lens Construction 18 elements in 13 groups Diagonal Angle of View 84° - 23° 20’ (with fullframe camera) Focus Adjustment Inner focusing system with focusing cam Closest Focusing Distance 1.48 ft./0.45m

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 70-200mm 1:2.8 Lens Construction 23 elements in 18 groups Diagonal Angle of View 34° - 12° Focus Adjustment Inner focusing system with USM Closest Focusing Distance 1.3m / 4.3 ft. Zoom System Rotating Type Filter Size 77mm Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.4” x 7.8”, 3.24 lbs. / 86.2mm x 197mm, 1470g


AT-X 16-28 F2.8 PRO FX Wide Angle Zoom

Focal Length 16 - 28mm Magnification 1:5.26 Maximum Aperture f/2.8 Minimum Aperture f/22 Construction E/G 15 Elements in 13 Groups Coatings Multi-layer Angle of View 107.11 - 76.87째 Minimum Focus Distance 0.9 ft (0.28 m) Macro Ratio 1:5.26 Focusing Mode Internal Focusing Zoom Mode Rotary Zoom Aperture Blades 9 Lens Width 3.5 in (89.92mm) Lens Length 5.2 in (133.35mm) Weight 2.1 lbs (950g) Lens Hood Built-in Mounts Canon Full Frame, Nikon Full Frame, Canon APS-C, Nikon APS-C

AT-X 17-35 F4 PRO FX

AT-X 116 PRO DX Wide Angle Zoom

Focal Length 11 - 16mm Maximum Aperture f/2.8 Minimum Aperture f/22 Construction E/G 13 Elements in 11 Groups Coatings Multi-layer Angle of View 104 - 84째 Minimum Focus Distance 1.0 ft (0.3 m) Macro Ratio 1:11.6 Focusing Mode Internal Focusing Zoom Mode Rotary Zoon Aperture Blades 9 Filter Size 77mm Lens Length 3.5 in (89.2mm) Weight 1.2 lbs (560g) Accessories Flower design Bayonet lens hood (BH77A) Lens Hood BH-77A Mounts Canon APS-C, Nikon APS-C, Sony Alpha APS-C

AT-X 116 PRO DX II Wide Angle Zoom

Wide Angle Zoom

Focal Length 17 - 35mm Maximum Aperture f/4.0 Minimum Aperture f/22 Construction E/G 13 Elements in 12 Groups Coatings Multi-layer Angle of View 103.96 - 64.74째 Minimum Focus Distance 0.9 ft (0.279 m) Macro Ratio 1:4.82 Zooming System Rotary Type Aperture Blades 9 Filter Size 82mm Maximum Outer Diameter 3.5 in (88.90mm) Lens Width 3.5 in (88.90mm) Lens Length 3.7 in (93.98mm) Weight 1.3 lbs (600g) Lens Hood BH-82 Mounts Canon Full Frame, Nikon Full Frame, Canon APS-C, Nikon APS-C

Focal Length 11 - 16mm Maximum Aperture f/2.8 Minimum Aperture f/22 Construction E/G 13 Elements in 11 Groups Coatings Multi-layer Angle of View 104 - 84째 Minimum Focus Distance 1.0 ft (0.3 m) Macro Ratio 1:11.6 Focusing Mode Internal Focusing Zoom Mode Rotary Zoon Aperture Blades 9 Filter Size 77mm Lens Width 3.3 in (84mm) Lens Length 3.5 in (89.2mm) Weight 1.2 lbs (550g) Accessories Flower design Bayonet lens hood (BH77B) Lens Hood BH-77B Mounts Canon APS-C, Nikon APS-C

129


Lense

AT-X 124 AF PRO DX II Wide Angle Zoom

Focal Length 12 - 24mm Maximum Aperture f/4 Minimum Aperture f/22 Construction E/G 13 Elements in 11 Groups Coatings Multi-layer Angle of View 99 - 61° Minimum Focus Distance 1.0 ft (0.3 m) Macro Ratio 1:8 Zooming System Rotary Type Aperture Blades 9 Filter Size 77mm Lens Width 3.5 in (87.88mm) Lens Length 3.5 in (88.90mm) Weight 1.2 lbs (540g) Lens Hood BH-777 Star bayonet hood Mounts Canon APS-C, Nikon APS-C

AT-X M100 AF PRO D Macro

Focal Length 100mm Maximum Aperture f/2.8 Minimum Aperture f/32 Construction E/G 9 Elements in 8 Groups Minimum Focus Distance 1.0 ft (0.3 m) Macro Ratio 1:1 Focus Limiter 1.28 - ∞ Zoom Range 100 Aperture Blades 9 Filter Size 55mm Lens Width 2.9 in (73.66mm) Lens Length 3.7 in (95.00mm) Weight 1.2 lbs (540g) Accessories Dedicated Lens Hood Mounts Canon Full Frame, Nikon Full Frame, Canon APS-C, Nikon APS-C

AT-X 107 AF DX Fisheye Fisheye Zoom

Focal Length Maximum Aperture Minimum Aperture

130

10 - 17mm f/3.5 - 4.5 f/22

Construction E/G 10 Elements in 8 Groups Coatings Multi-layer Angle of View 180 - 100° Minimum Focus Distance 0.5 ft (0.14 m) Macro Ratio 1:2.56 Zooming System Rotary Type Aperture Blades 6 Maximum Outer Diameter 2.7 in (69.85mm) Lens Width 2.7 in (69.85mm) Lens Length 2.8 in (70.88mm) Weight 12.3 oz (350g) Lens Hood Built-in Mounts Canon APS-C, Nikon APS-C

AT-X 107 AF DX NH Fisheye Fisheye Zoom

Focal Length 10 - 17mm Maximum Aperture f/3.5 - 4.5 Minimum Aperture f/22 Construction E/G 10 Elements in 8 Groups Coatings Multi-layer Angle of View 180 - 100° Minimum Focus Distance 0.5 ft (0.14 m) Macro Ratio 1:2.56 Zooming System Rotary Type Aperture Blades 6 SD Glass One elements Maximum Outer Diameter 2.7 in (69.85mm) Lens Width 2.7 in (69.85mm) Lens Length 2.8 in (70.88mm) Weight 12.3 oz (350g) Mounts Canon Full Frame, Nikon Full Frame, Canon APS-C, Nikon APS-C

Reflex 300mm F6.3 MF MACRO

Focal Length 300mm Maximum Aperture f/6.3 Minimum Aperture f/6.3 Construction E/G 13 Elements / 11 Groups Coatings Multi-layer coatings Angle of View 4 degrees 8 minutes° Minimum Focus Distance 2.6 ft (0.8 m) Macro Ratio 1:2 Filter Size 55mm Maximum Outer Diameter 2.2 in (55mm) Lens Width 2.2 in (55mm) Lens Length 2.6 in (66mm) Weight 10.5 oz (298g) Lens Hood BH-552 Mounts Micro 4/3rds


flash and only need to trigger it with your camera.

Profoto Air Remote Our specially designed digital radio system. Complete flash control at your camera or in your hand, including trigger, flash energy control and modeling light control.

D1 Air

The new Profoto compact

D1 Studio Kit 2 Heads

Pick the kit that’s best configured for your needs

Super performance in a small, affordable package Compact and lightweight Integrated reflector 7 f-stop power range Short flash duration and fast recycling times Accepting the Profoto light shaping tools system Connect to your PC or Mac with Profoto Studio Air software Our 40 years of experience in developing state-of-the-art flash units is built in to the design of the the new D1 Air. The Profoto D1 Air is available in 250, 500 and 1000 Ws versions. The Profoto D1 Air is fully digital, not just on the display panel, but in the flash output control circuitry as well. This to ensure a consistency in flash-to-flash color temperature and flash energy. The dual mode SMPS capacitor charging technology ensures the flash-to-flash precision which is essential for today’s photographer. Short flash duration gives images a crisp feel and the fast recycling time means that you never have to wait for the flash. You will always get the image quality you want. All this in a package that offers 1/10 f-stop control, giving you the confidence that the images will be exactly as you want them. The new Profoto Air system enables you to remote control and trigger your flash from as much as 300 meters (1000ft) and replaces the sync cable. Connect the D1 to the new Profoto Air USB, for PC and Mac and gain full control of your entire studio flash system via wireless communication.

Social, wedding- and portrait photographers can’t depend on the studio alone. Picture a lively party, a bride in a candlelit church or a businessman seated behind his desk. These things need to be shot on location – with professional lighting. Choose from a wide variety of D1 and accessories. Previously, the D1 kits were only available in identical pairs of 250 Ws, 500 Ws or 1000 Ws. Today Profoto offers D1 Kits in which D1 monolight pairs with different energy output are included. Kit Contains: 2 D1 monolight 2 umbrellas 2 stands 1 Studio Kit Bag Power cables

ProTungsten Air

Remote control and sync without cables Profoto Air Sync Syncs flash generators or groups of Profoto D1 Air with the same high performance as Profoto Air Remote. The Profoto Air Sync provides a simple solution when you do not need to control the power of your

ProTungsten Air is a continuous light source, which is dedicated to work with most existing lines of Profoto’s Light Shaping Tools. ProTungsten units can be used with 500W or 1000W halogen lamps and are equipped with a state of the art cooling system, which is

131


Studio Lighting

designed to minimize noises. In addition, the unit has a built-in “Air” radio remote capability, which gives the user to activate or deactivate and dim from 100% down to 10% of the light at the palm of their hands.

excellent colour rendering. In addition it’s one of the smallest and most lightweight HMI lights available. All of this makes the ProDaylight 200 Air a truly unique and ideal light source for professional photo and video shoots.

ProDaylight 800 Air

Cine Reflector

ProDaylight 800 Air is a Metal Halide (HMI) continuous light source, optimized to work with Profoto’s Light Shaping Tools. It holds a powerful 800W lamp that provides light with Daylight color temperature and excellent color rendering (CRI>90). The combination makes it a unique and ideal light source for professional photo and video shoots. Compatible with Profoto’s wide range of Light Shaping Tools. Ultra-silent cooling system. UV-blocked bulb that reduce UV by 98%. Profoto Air remote control. Compact and lightweight. Only 2300 g for 800 W speaks for itself (excluding cable).

ProDaylight 400 Air

ProDaylight 400 Air is a Metal Halide (HMI) continuous light source, compatible with Profoto’s Light Shaping Tools. It holds a powerful 400W lamp that provides light with Daylight color temperature and excellent color rendering. In addition it’s one of the smallest and most lightweight HMI lights available. All of this makes the ProDaylight 400 Air a truly unique and ideal light source for professional photo and video shoots.

ProDaylight 200 Air

The Cine Reflector combines film industry’s popular Parabolic (PAR) reflector with the classic Profoto Zoom reflector that for long has been the most used Profoto light shaping tool. This, in combination with a wide assortment of dedicated accessories, makes the new Cine Reflector one of the most versatile light shaping tools in the whole Profoto system.

BatPac

Portable Power Source

Safe and reliable Especially developed to power advanced flash equipment like Profoto D1 monolights, guarantees proper function and eliminates the risk to damage the flashes. Versatile Works with Profoto D1, ComPact and Acute2 flash equipment. But can be used for other electrical devices like chargers, wind machines, refrigerator boxes and constant light sources as well. High power One BatPac can drive up to 4 Profoto D1 (250Ws, 500Ws and 1000Ws), 2 Profoto ComPact (300Ws, 600Ws and 1200Ws) monolights or one Profoto Acute2 (1200Ws or 2400Ws) generator. High capacity Integrated heavy duty battery delivers up to 300 flashes with 1000Ws, 600 flashes with 500Ws, 1200 flashes with 250Ws etc. Integrated protective circuits The BatPac is protected against overcharge, short circuit, high temperature and low input voltage. A ground fault circuit interrupter protects the user and all connected devices. Handy & transportable

Pro-B4 1000 Air

The fastest, toughest, most precise battery generator on the market.

ProDaylight 200 Air is a Metal Halide (HMI) continuous light source, compatible with Profoto’s Light Shaping Tools. It holds a powerful 200W lamp that provides light with Daylight colour temperature and

132

Extremely fast recycling: 0.03-0.99s Unmatched flash duration 1/2,000s-1/25,000s. Huge (11 f-stops) power range (1-1,000Ws). Tough and Robust Exchangeable, high capacity LiFe (Li-Ion) battery. 220 full power flashes from a single battery. 45 minutes battery recharge with standard quick charger. 2 individual lamp head


Studio Lighting

sockets with precise control in 0.1 f-stops. Integrated Profoto Air remote control and sync. Several compatible flash heads available. Up to 500W model light.

Pro-B3 1200 AirS

The Pro-B3 AirS battery generators is characterized by extremely fast recycling and short flash duration.

Fast recycling times: 0.06-1.8 s Short flash duration: 1/2200-1/7400 s with standard Pro-B head and ProHead High capacity: 300 flashes at full power and more than 30.000 flashes at lowest power Low weight: Just 8,8 kg (19 lb) incl. battery Compact and handy: (w) 17 x (d) 24 x (h) 28 cm (6.7x9.4x11 in) incl. handle Wide power range: 8 f-stops (1200-9 Ws) Integrated radio sync: Profoto AirS module with up to 300 m operating range, sync times down to 1/1600 s. The antenna is integrated in the module Bright model light 250W model light with standard ProHead’s even in battery operation

Pro-8a 2400 Air

A workhorse with digital precision

Sensational fast recycling times 0.05–0.9 s More than 20 flashes per second Ultra short flash duration 1/12.0001.600 s 10 f-stop power range Extremely high color stability, ± 50 K over energy range 5.0 – 10.0 Energy stability ± 1/50 f-stop flash-to-flash Wireless sync and control of your flashes with the Profoto Air system Automatic self-seeking multi-voltage worldwide (incl. model light) Compatible with all current Proheads

Extremely high color stability, ± 50 K over energy range 5.0 – 10.0 Energy stability ± 1/50 f-stop flash-to-flash Wireless sync and control of your flashes with the Profoto Air system Automatic self-seeking multi-voltage worldwide (incl. model light) Compatible with all current Proheads

Pro-7a 2400

The international standard for people and fashion photography fast recycling time from 0.12–1.4 s short flash durations from 1/1600– 1/8000s consistent color temperature and exposure level at all power settings 6 stop range in 1/3 and 1/6 step increments with two ergonomic dial controls heavy duty, ergonomic design Profoto special non-arching lamp head safety connectors self seeking auto multi-voltage with all AC voltages between 90–260 V, 50–60 Hz symmetrical/asymmetrical light distribution to three lamp head outlets

Pro-7a 1200

The international standard for people and fashion photography Super-fast recycling time from 0.08–0.7 s Ultra-short flash durations from 1/2.200–1/12.000 s Consistent color temperature and exposure level at all power settings 6 f-stop range in 1/3 and 1/6 step increments with two ergonomic dial controls Heavy duty, ergonomic design Self seeking auto multi-voltage with all AC voltages between 90–260 V, 50–60 Hz Symmetrical/asymmetrical light distribution to three lamphead outlets

D4 1200 Air

Perfect performance, advanced functions - full direct control

Pro-8a 1200 Air

A workhorse with digital precision Extremely fast recycling times, ultra short flash duration. Sensational fast recycling times 0.05–0.5 s More than 20 flashes per second Ultra short flash duration 1/12.0001/2.200 s 9 f-stop power range

Four individually controlled full asymmetric adjustable lamp sockets 8 f-stops power range for precise control in 1/10 f-stop increments Unique ergonomic design Highest power stability from flash-to-flash; no f-stop shifts Constant colour temperature flash-to-flash and over the entire power range Extensive range of light-shaping tools and accessories Built-in Air module for full radio remote and sync

133


Studio Lighting

D4 2400 Air

Perfect performance, advanced functions - full direct control Four individually controlled full asymmetric adjustable lamp sockets 8 f-stops power range for precise control in 1/10 f-stop increments Unique ergonomic design Highest power stability from flash-to-flash; no f-stop shifts Constant colour temperature flash-to-flash and over the entire power range Extensive range of lightshaping tools and accessories Built-in Air module for full radio remote and sync

D4 4800 Air

Perfect performance, advanced functions - full direct control Four individually controlled full asymmetric adjustable lamp sockets 8 f-stops power range for precise control in 1/10 f-stop increments Unique ergonomic design Highest power stability from flash-to-flash; no f-stop shifts Constant colour temperature flash-to-flash and over the entire power range Extensive range of lightshaping tools and accessories Built-in Air module for full radio remote and sync

Acute2 1200

Fast, small, very lightweight.

AcuteB2 600 AirS

Famous quality and reliability of Profoto in a small battery generator. Lightweight, fast, high capacity plus superior Air radio sync.

Lithium Ion Iron Phosphate battery, state of the art battery technology Small and Lightweight, only 3,6 kg including LiFe battery Up to 200 flashes at full power Extreme long battery lifetime, 4 times longer than Pb Recycling time, 0.08 - 2.0 s Short flash duration, 1/6800 1/1000 s. Built in Profoto AirS, radio sync system, for triggering from up to 300 m and shortest sync times Wide power range of 7 f-stop, 9 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 600 Ws

Acute2R 2400 Fast, small, lightweight.

Small and light weight Adjustable modeling light Asymmetric power distribution Energy controlled over 6 f-stops 3 lamp sockets Built-in radio sync with 32 channel / 4 zone

AcuteB Two-head Split Cable Fast, small, lightweight. Small and light weight Adjustable modeling light Asymmetric power distribution Energy controlled over 6 f-stops 3 lamp sockets

Acute2 1200R

Fast, small, very lightweight.

Small and light weight Adjustable modeling light Asymmetric power distribution Energy controlled over 6 f-stops 3 lamp sockets Built-in radio sync with 32 channel / 4 zone

134

The new AcuteB Two-head Split Cable from Profoto is a cord with one plug in one end and two in the other. Connect it to the output on your AcuteB2 and you have two outputs at your disposal.

Technical specs: Length: 90 cm (35.4 in) Weight: 0.5 kgs (1.1 lbs)


Light Shaping Tools

Light Shaping Tools

Gl a s s c o v e r s

Ac u t e / D 4 T w i n 5 0 1 -2 0 2

Ac u t e / D 4 He a d 5 0 1 -2 1 0

Sn o o t 5 0 5 -5 2 9 Ac u t e / D 4 Ri n g 5 0 5 -2 0 3

Pr o Ri n g 7 0 1 -1 0 3 Na r r o w B e a m Reflector 5 0 5 -5 0 5

Na r r o w B e a m T r a v e l Reflector 5 0 5 -5 1 5

So f t l i g h t Reflector s ilv e r 5 0 5 -5 0 6

Ha r d b o x 5 0 5 -7 2 0

Ma g n u m Re fle c t o r 5 0 5 -5 0 4

T e l e Z o o m Re fle c t o r 5 0 5 -5 1 4

Pr o T u b e 5 0 5 -5 3 2

St i c k L i g h t 5 0 1 -2 1 4

Pr o T w i n 7 0 1 -1 1 1

St a n d a r d Z o o m Re fle c t o r 5 0 5 -5 0 3

Fi l t e r Ho l d e r 5 0 5 -5 2 2

t Reflector 1 1 p Reflector 1 2 f t Reflector 1 6

Fr e s n e l Sp o t 5 0 1 -2 1 7

Pr o Gl o b e 5 0 5 -5 0 8

So f t l i g h t Reflector w h ite 1 0 0 6 0 8

g r id

B a rn D o o rs 5 0 5 -5 3 3

B a rn D o o rs f o r Fr e s n e l Sp o t 5 0 6 -7 4 1

PR So f t l i g h 5 0 5 -5 PR Cl o s e - U 5 0 5 -5 PR W i d e So 5 0 5 -5

W i d e Z o o m Re fle c t o r 5 0 5 -5 1 3

Gr i d Reflector D i s c Reflector 5 0 5 -5 0 1 5 0 5 -5 0 2

1 0˚ W i d e Z o o m 5 0 5 -5 8 1

Gr i d f o r s o f t l i g h t Reflectors 5 0 5 -5 4 1

Gr i d - a n d filter h o l d e r 5 0 5 -5 2 3

Mu B a rn Cl e a r Fr e Ir i s D i a 8 5 m

l t i Sp o t D o o rs s n e l le p h ra g m m L e n

– 5 – n s – s –

0 1 5 0 – 5 5 0 5 0

-2 1 6 -7 0 6 6 -7 6 -7

5 3 -7 3 3 1

3 2

5

Z o o m Sp o t 5 0 1 -2 1 6

3

W 5 0 5 0 5 0

h ite 5 -6 5 -6 5 -6

U m 0 1 0 2 0 6

b r e lla – S – M – L

Si l v e r U m b r e l l a 5 0 5 -6 0 5 – M 5 0 5 -6 0 7 – L

5 ° , 1 0 ° , 2 0 ° Gr i d s 5 2 6 ,5 0 5 -5 2 7 , 5 0 5 -5 2 8

B a rn D o o rs 5 0 5 -5 2 1

1 0 ° Gr i d 5 0 5 -5 3 1

T r a n s lu c e n t U m b r e lla 5 0 5 -6 0 3 – S 5 0 5 -6 0 4 – M

135


Light Shaping Tools

´ Gi a n t Reflector 5 0 5 - 4 1 1 , 8 ´ Gi a n t Reflector 5 0 5 - 4 0 9 ´ Gi a n t Reflector 5 0 5 -4 1 0 , 7

D iffu s o r s a v a ila b le ( -1 /3 a n d 1 f - s to p )

St i l l L i g h t X 5 St i l l L i g h t X X L 5

L 6 0 x 0 1 -2 1 8 0 x 1 0 1 -2 1

8 0 8 2 0 9

St r i p L i g h t s L 7 5 ”– 5 0 5 -2 1 3 S2 8 ”– 5 0 1 -2 1 1 , M5 1 ”– 5 0 1 -2 1 2 ,

PROFOT RFi Softboxes

136

Pr o B o x 2 0 x 3 0 c m 5 0 5 -5 1 0


Studio Lighting

WITSTRO AD180

Powerful and Portable Barebulb Flash

QT600

600WS Professional Photo Flash Light

Max. Power: Guide No.(m ISO100):

Product Details: Max Power Guide Number(m ISO100) Color Temperature Operating Voltage Power Output Control Modeling Lamp Recycle Time Triggering Mode Flash Duration Fuse

600WS 76 5600±100K AC200-240V/50Hz or AC 100-120V/60Hz 50 steps from 5.0-10.0(1/128-1/1) 150W 0.05-1.2s Sync cord, Slave triggering, Test button, Wireless control port 1/5000s-1/800s 8A

180W

60(m ISO100,with standard reflcetor) Vertical Rotation Angle: -15° -90° Horizontal Rotation Angle: 0-270° Power Supply: GODOX power pack(PB960,PB820) Flash Times: 900(with PB960 power pack,at full power) Recycle Time: Apporx. 0.05-2.6s(with PB960 power pack) Flash Duration: 1/300s-1/10000s Color Temperature: 5600±200K

Propac PB960

LITHIUM Power Pack for Speedlites

300SDI

Smart Series Studio Flash 300WS

Output Power: Modeling Lamp: Color: Guide Number: Power Control: Recycle Time: Flash Duration: Color Temperature: Operating Voltage: Triggering Method:

300WS 75W Gold, Black, Blue 58 8 steps 0.5-2sec 1/2000-1/800s 5600±200K

Output Power: Output Type: Size: 159*133.5*49.2mm Weight: Output Voltage: Type: Output Current: Battery: Battery Chargng Time:

1 - 50W Single 510g 11.1V DC/DC Converters 4500mAH Lithium battery Approx. 3 hours

AC 200-240V/50Hz or AC 100-120V/60Hz Sync Cord, Test Button, Slave, Flash Trigger

SS-H series Studio Flash

Studio Kits available with 2 and 3 heads.

SS-H series Studio Flash, with moderndesigned of housing, signifies durability and user-friendly and are the economic flashes that affordable by most of the photographer. SS-H series are the multifunctional flashes that helps you to create the ideal lighting effect and

137


Studio Lighting

sre suitable for taking portrait, fashion, wedding, or product photos. The power output of the flash and the modeling lamp are with stepless control. SS-H series are compact Studio Flash which is easy to carry and have high compatibility to our current accessories such as softboxes, reflectors, honeycombs, etc.

FGA-K7 / K5

FLASH GUN ACCESSORIES KIT W/ BOX

Kit Include: Mini Reflector, Honey Comb, Rectangular Softbox, Set of Color Mask (6 Colors), Barndoor, Conical Snoot, Conical Snoot Honey Comb Conical Snoot Honey Comb B, Globe-Diffuser

CA-7A / CA-6B

FLEX-MOUNT ON FLASH GUN The CA adaptor CA-3 is designed to use with falconeyes line of diffuser kit with camera flashlight based on following model:

SS-200T & SS-300T Light Kit

HS3-57P

TRI-SHOE FLASH GUN HOLDER, 1/4â&#x20AC;? FEMALE

Photographers can use this studio flash both for film and digital purposes. This studio flash can be adjusted between full-power and 1/8th. The small size and user-friendly is its main advantage. Also, it is equipped with audio and LED for indicating the recycle readiness. This is a perfect light source for passport portrait, family portrait. DC6V triggering ensures the harmlessness to your other equipments like camera and light meter. Built- in IR-photocell makes up another characteristic for this studio flash unit.

138

TC-C

TTL OFF-CAMERA CORD FOR CANON

TC-N

TTL OFF-CAMERA CORD FOR NIKON


Lightmeters

L-758DR DigitalMaster

L-478DR LiteMaster Pro Sekonic’s new LITEMASTER PRO L-478DR meter is the world’s first touch-screenoperated light meter. It has an array of unique, must-have features for both still and motion story tellers. Its compact size is both instantly familiar and comfortable to use. The large LCD (2.7”) displays ambient, flash, cine and a host of other information in a clear and understandable way. Settings are made by simply touching or sliding a finger over the screen. The L-478DR can be quickly calibrated to your camera using Sekonic’s Data Transfer software and either Sekonic or X-Rite Brand targets or by manually inputting data to the DTS program or on the meter itself. Keeping pace with wireless advancements, the L-478DR comes complete with exclusive PocketWizard® ControlTL® technology which combines light measurement and flash power control providing amazing control in your hand.

Sekonic L-478D LiteMaster Pro Sekonic’s new LITEMASTER PRO L-478D meter is the world’s first touch-screenoperated light meter. It has an array of unique, must-have features for both motion and still story tellers. Its compact size is both instantly familiar and comfortable to use. The large LCD (2.7”) displays ambient, flash, cine and a host of other information in a clear and understandable way. Settings are made by simply touching or sliding a finger over the screen. The L-478D can be quickly calibrated to your camera using Sekonic’s Data Transfer software and either Sekonic or X-Rite Brand targets or by manually inputting data to the DTS program or on the meter itself.

L-758Cine DigitalMaster The Sekonic L-758Cine DigitalMaster is the ultimate light-measuring tool for cinematographers and videographers as well as digital still shooters. Offering the most extensive range of fps (frames-per-second), cine shutter speeds, and shutter angle settings, it meets and exceeds the demands of Professional Cinematographers and Professional Still Photographers. The key to precise lighting and great exposures is understanding the dynamic range of your camera and calibrating your meter to work with it. Long a time-consuming necessity, Sekonic has automated the process to one that takes just minutes. Sekonic’s DTS Version 3.0 enables measuring the dynamic range of your HDSLR or Digital Video Camera and calibrating a Sekonic L-758Cine DigitalMaster meter to that specific data. Precise metering has moved to a new level of excellence.

What moves the L-758DR DigitalMaster to the head of the class? It’s the only meter that can be calibrated to read light the way your particular camera system reads light. Every camera system is unique. Optical, mechanical and imaging components all act on each other to produce slight differences in exposure and the dynamic range of the camera system. Sekonic helps you discover the differences in your camera system and use this information to control light, make better exposures and take better pictures than ever before.

L-308DC DigiCineMate The versatility of today’s cameras is expanding at an amazing rate. Digital SLR cameras are being used to record moving images and digital video cameras used to capture still frames for printing. Whether you are a DSLR videographer, cinematographer, still photographer or involved in any facet of image capture, the Sekonic L-308DC is the perfect meter for you.

C-500 ProDigi Color Serious photographers and cinematographers know that good lighting and proper exposure are more important now than ever. With the higher demands of today’s digital medium, “garbage in” can mean hours of postproduction. They know that color is a critical factor when multiple light sources are involved. Changing reflectors, adding diffusion or adjusting power levels will result in a color temperature change that needs to be corrected. They know that taking the time to do it right is always a good investment because “perfect in” always looks better than an image that has been adjusted.

RT-32

Digital Radio Transmitter Module Many Sekonic meters feature radio triggering capability that is compatible with PocketWizard® radio triggering systems. The Sekonic L-758DR and C-500R meters offer built-in radio triggering. The Sekonic L-358, L-758D, and L-758Cine allow the meter user to install a radio transmitter accessory module. To comply with local broadcast regulations, Sekonic wireless systems sold in the various markets around the world are designed to operate at different frequencies. Sekonic meters having serial numbers starting with JC12 (L-358), JH12 (L-758DR), JH22 (L-758 Cine), and JS12 (C-500R) are designed for operation in the USA/North American market. Frequencies: CH 1 to 16: 344.0 MHz; CH 17 to 32: 346.5 to 354.0MHz Sekonic meters having a CE designation on the serial number plate are designed for operation in European countries. Frequencies: CH 1 to 16: 433.62 MHz; CH 17 to 32: 434.22MHz

139


Transceiver

PlusX Transceiver

The New Shape of Wireless Freedom The smallest PocketWizard radio ever, the FCC/IC 340 - 354 MHz MiniTT1™ Transmitter locks onto the camera’s hot shoe supporting an on-camera flash with its own hot shoe while working with remote PocketWizard units. Remotes can be one or more PocketWizard FlexTT5™ Transceivers connected to Canon E-TTL II flashes or any PocketWizard Receiver for triggering flash or remote cameras.

photography, or 32 standard channels for manual flash photography. The FlexTT5 Transceiver also has a three-zone selector switch for ease of use with Canon zones and ratios.

AC3 ZoneController for Canon

MultiMAX Transceiver The high-quality PocketWizard PlusX is the perfect entry into the PocketWizard Wireless System with the same range and reliability of its renowned Plus line of radios. Whether new to off-camera flash or remote camera triggering, or a seasoned professional looking to expand their PocketWizard wireless triggering system, the PlusX is the perfect choice. And as the user’s technical needs grow, the versatile PlusX will continue to work with any other PocketWizard radios that a photographer adds to their gear box. The 10 Channel PlusX uses PocketWizard’s patented “Auto-Sensing Transceiver Technology” which means it will automatically switch between transmit and receive as needed.

PLUS III Transceiver The Plus III Transceiver features an impressive 32 channels. Whether you’re a wedding or sports shooter or working in a busy studio, finding a clear channel is never a problem. Selective QuadZone Triggering, a feature once reserved for elite photographers, adds four zones enabling photographers to remotely trigger flash and or cameras in groups or individually. For photographers being asked to do more for less, this added flexibility is a huge competitive advantage. The Plus III is simple to operate. The soft-touch keypad is large and intuitive and a beautifully backlit LCD panel displays everything you need to know. All of this is presented in a sleek, side-view design which reduces the viewing obstruction while conveniently positioning all controls. The precision-tuned antenna is housed inside the case of the radio for better durability.

MiniTT1-Canon / NIKON

140

The AC3 ZoneController is the gem of the ControlTL™ product line. Add it to your on-camera MiniTT1™ Transmitter or FlexTT5™ Transceiver and you instantly have three zones of flash control. Whether working in E-TTL II or Manual mode, you now have control over all your flashes directly from the camera’s position. Put your flashes wherever you want, without worrying about having to access them during a shoot. With the AC3 ZoneController, you are in total control of your flash.

AC9 AlienBees Adapter PocketWizard’s MultiMAX Transceiver contains many of the features found in the PocketWizard Plus II including advanced wireless transceiver technology, multi-channel switching, sustained 12 frames-per-second high-speed triggering, and a range of up to 1600’ between transceivers. For time-lapse imaging, MultiMAX’s trigger time control software includes an Intervalometer for recording timed sequences of up to 10,000 exposures over a time period of 100 hours. Multipop shooting - up to 10,000 exposures. Rear-curtain sync mode will capture ambient streaks of light at slow shutter speeds even for cameras that do not have this feature. Each PocketWizard MultiMAX features an easyto-read, backlit LCD display for fast settings confirmation under any lighting condition. The SpeedCycler mode enables sequential triggering of up to 4 individual or sets of cameras or light sources for high speed sequential image capture from multiple camera positions as a method of further ‘reducing’ recycling times between exposures.

Power Control for AlienBees and White Lightning Flashes The AC9 AlienBees Adapter paired with a FlexTT5™ Transceiver enables remote power control of AlienBees or White Lightning flash. With a MiniTT1™ Transmitter or FlexTT5™ Transceiver on your camera, you can now adjust the power settings on your AlienBees or White Lightning flashes from the camera’s position.

Power ST4 for Elinchrom RX Receiver

FlexTT5 Canon / NIKON

The dedicated FlexTT5™ Transceiver, with its built in hot-shoe and ControlTL™ firmware, is the perfect addition to Canon E-TTL II flash systems. The FlexTT5 takes the existing benefits of Canon wireless systems beyond the boundaries of infrared technology. When paired with the Mini TT1™ Transmitter or another FlexTT5 Transceiver, a whole new world of wireless flash freedom opens up. The FlexTT5 is also the perfect Transceiver for your manual triggering needs and works with all MultiMAX channels and many of the MultiMAX advanced functions. The FlexTT5 has two channel configuration settings; C1 and C2. Each can be programmed as needed with up to 20 ControlTL channels for TTL

Power Control for Elinchrom RX The PowerST4 Receiver enables remote power control of Elinchrom RX flashes using PocketWizard ControlTL technology. With a MiniTT1 Transmitter or FlexTT5 Transceiver on your camera and a PowerST4 plugged into your Elinchrom RX flash, you can now adjust the flash power settings directly from the camera position. Add the AC3 ZoneController and you can control three different zones of lights in 1/3-stop increments with up to a six-stop range. Utilize PocketWizard’s unique features such as HyperSync and Optimized Rear Curtain Sync for maximum control of your lighting.


Tripods

Folded Length (58cm) Load Capacity (5kg) Weight (1.3kg)

MKC3-H01

22.8” 11 lbs 2.8 lbs

MK393-H

Load Capacity Maximum Height Maximum Height w/o Minimum Height Weight (tripod and head)

1.5 kg 44.5 cm 134.0 cm 44.5 cm 1.15 kg

190XPROB PRO ALU TRIPOD

Load Capacity Maximum Height Maximum Height w/o Extended 123.0 cm Minimum Height Folded Length Weight (tripod and head)

146.0 cm Column 121.9 cm 57.0 cm 5 kg 1.8 kg

190CXPRO3 190 MAG FIBER TRIPOD

Load Capacity Maximum Height Maximum Height Column Extended Minimum Height Folded Length Weight

2.5 kg 142.0 cm Column 35.0 cm 49.0 cm 1.27 kg

146cm Column

Load Capacity

Load Capacity Maximum Height Maximum Height w/o Extended Minimum Height Folded Length Weight (tripod and head)

3.5 kg 143 cm Column 126 cm 36.0 cm 51 cm 1.67 kg

055XPROB

5 kg 1.79 m w/o 1.5 m 49.7 cm 70 cm 2.25 kg

Maximum Height Maximum Height w/o Extended Minimum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

178.5 cm Column 142 cm 10 cm 65.5 cm 7 kg 2.4 kg)

458B NEOTEC PRO

MK394-PQ

Maximum Height Maximum Height w/o Extended 48” (122cm)

144 cm Column 126 cm 36 cm 51 cm 1.47 kg

MK394-H

MK294A3-A0RC2

Maximum Height Maximum Height w/o Extended Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

Maximum Height Maximum Height w/o Extended Minimum Height Folded Length Weight (tripod and head)

3.5 kg

Maximum Height

156 cm

141


Tripods

Maximum Height w/o Extended Minimum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

Column 131 cm 10 cm 64 cm 8 kg 2.4 kg

load capacity weight

4.5 kg 2.22 kg

MK293A3-A0RC2

475B DIGITAL PRO

055XPROB,808RC4 PRO

closed length maximum height minimum height load capacity weight

81.1 cm 194.1 cm 25.6 cm 5.6 kg 3.79 kg

190XPROB,804RC2 PRO

Maximum Height Minimum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

188.0 cm 43.2 cm 80.0 cm 12 kg 4.3 kg

Load Capacity Maximum Height Minimum Height Folded Length Weight

4 kg 1.57 m 45.3 cm 64.3 cm 1.75 kg

MK293A3-A3RC1

055CXPRO4 055 CF TRIPOD-Q90-4 SECTION

ALU TRIPOD BLK W/804RC2 HD

closed length maximum height minimum height load capacity weight

69.0 cm 158.0 cm 20.5 cm 4 kg 2.55 kg

190XB Tripod,with 486RC2 Head.

closed length maximum height minimum height

142

Maximum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

170cm 54.5cm 8kg 1.7kg

Load Capacity Maximum Height Minimum Height Folded Length Weight (tripod and head)

4 kg 156.7 cm 44.4 cm 63.4 cm 1.9 kg

MK293A4-A0RC2

190CXPRO4 190 MAG FIBER TRIPOD 4 SCT

63.5 cm 156.0 cm 18.0 cm

Maximum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

146cm 50cm 5kg 1.34kg

Load Capacity Maximum Height Minimum Height Folded Length Weight

4 kg 147.6 cm 37.9 cm 52.6 cm 1.8 kg


MonoPods

Load Capacity 11 lb (5 kg) Maximum Height 5.93’ (1.81 m) Maximum Height w/o Column Extended 4.98’ (1.52 m) Minimum Height 1.69’ (51.7 cm) Folded Length 2.36’ (72 cm) Weight 5.62 lb (2.55 kg)

MK293A4-A3RC1

694 MAGFIBER MONOPOD 4 SECTION

695 MAGFIBER MONOPOD 5 SECTION

Maximum Height 65” (165cm) Folded Length 21.3” (54cm) Load Capacity 11 lbs (5kg) Weight 1.3 lb (590g)

Load Capacity Maximum Height Minimum Height Folded Length Weight

4 kg 146.6 cm 36.9 cm 51.6 cm 1.9 kg

MK294A3-A0RC2

Maximum Height 63” (160 cm) Folded Length 18.1” (46 cm) Load Capacity 11 lb (5 kg) Weight 1.3 lb (590 g)

682B SELF STANDING MONOPOD

680B MONOPOD

Maximum Height 67.7” (172 cm) Folded Length 27.1” (69 cm) Load Capacity 26.4 lb (12 kg) Weight 2.5 lb (1.15 kg) Maximum Height 60.0” (152.4 cm) Folded Length 20.0” (50.8 cm) Load Capacity 22.00 lb (9.98 kg) Sections 4 Weight 1.69 lb (0.77 kg) Load Capacity Maximum Height Minimum Height Folded Length Weight

5 kg 1.79 m 49.7 cm 70 cm 2.25 kg

685B NEOTEC MONOPOD W/SAFETY LOCK

MMC3-02 Compact Monopod Grey

MK294A3-D3RC2 Maximum Height 66.9” (169.9 cm) Folded Length 29.3” (74.4 cm) Load Capacity 17.6 lbs (8 kg) Weight 2.4 lbs (1.1 kg)

345 TABLE TOP KIT Maximum Height 57.2” (145.5 cm) Minimum Height 15.35” (39 cm) Folded Length 15.35” (39 cm) Load Capacity 3.31 lb (1.5 kg) Weight 0.64 lb (0.29 kg)

143


Heads

Maximum Height 17.4” (44.3cm) Folded Length 7.48” (190mm) Load Capacity 4.4 lbs (2kg) Weight 10.6 oz (300g)

weight working height

143S FLASH SHOE, 1/4” MALE ATTCHMNT

STANDARD 3-WAY HEAD

058 TRIAUT CAMERA TRIPOD

0.62 kg 10.1

808RC4

plate type quick release - with 1/4-20” and 3/8” screws quick release yes secondary safety system yes load capacity 8 kg weight 1.39 kg working height 15.6

804RC2

Maximum Height 85.4” (217cm) Folded Length 37” (94cm) Load Capacity 26.5 lbs (12kg) Leg Sections 2 Leg Lock Type Quick action triggers Center Brace Yes Level Bubble Spiked Feet Yes Head Type None Head Mount Thread Size 3/8” Weight 13.5 lbs (6.1kg)

plate type quick release - with 1/4-20” screw quick release yes secondary safety system yes load capacity 4 kg weight 0.75 kg working height 12.0

405 GEARED HEAD

324RC2 / 327RC2

LIGHT DUTY GRIP BALL HEAD

plate type 410PL quick release yes secondary safety system yes load capacity 7.5 kg weight 1.6 kg working height 16.0

plate type 200PL-14 quick release yes secondary safety system yes load capacity 5.5 kg

144

432-3.7 AUTOPOLE 2 Two position variable thrust. Extends from 210cm to 370cm


492 MICRO BALL HEAD 468MGRC4

HYDROSTATIC BALL HEAD REL.RC4

494RC2 MINI BALL HEAD plate type quick release load capacity weight working height

plate type 410PL quick release yes secondary safety system yes load capacity 16 kg weight 0.73 kg working height 12.0

plate type 200PL-14 quick release yes secondary safety system yes load capacity 8 kg weight 0.61 kg working height 12.5

fixed - with 1/4-20” screw no 2 kg 0.14 kg 6.0 cm

322RC2 Grip Action Ball Head

plate type quick release load capacity weight working height

200PL-14 yes 4 kg 0.32 kg 8.5 cm

222 JOYSTICK HEAD

496RC2 COMPACT BALL HEAD plate type 200PL-14 quick release yes secondary safety system yes load capacity 5 kg weight 0.7 kg working height 10.3

plate type quick release load capacity weight working height

200PL-14 yes 6 kg 0.42 kg 10.0 cm

338 LEVELLING BASE plate type 200PL-14 quick release yes secondary safety system yes load capacity 2.5 kg weight 0.78 kg working height 21.0

460MG

MAGNESIUM CAMERA HEAD

front tilt height material load capacity weight

-5° / +5° tilt range 4.0 cm aluminum 15 kg 0.6 kg

303SPH VIRTUAL REALITY SPH/ CUBIC HEAD

498RC2 MIDI BALL HEAD plate type 200PL-14 quick release yes secondary safety system yes load capacity 3 kg weight 0.43 kg working height 10.5

plate type 375PLV quick release yes secondary safety system yes load capacity 4 kg weight 2.43 kg working height 32.0

145


Heads

055 Magnesium PhotoMovie

Head with Q5 Quick Release

material plate type quick release load capacity weight working height

magnesium 410PL yes 15 kg 1358 g 146.0 mm

057 Manfrotto 057 Magnesium Ball Head front tilt head bowl lateral tilt material panoramic rotation load capacity weight working height

057 Magnesium Ball Head with Q5 Quick Release

-103° / +40° head tilt magnesium 360 ° 501PL yes 15 kg 1310 g 14.8 cm

The best Manfrotto pro ball head, dedicated to 057 carbon fibre tripods. An extremely precise ball head, providing extra smooth movements thanks to state of the art materials and technology.

057 Magnesium Ball Head with RC4 Quick Release

lateral tilt

146

yes 10 kg 610 g 11.7 cm

The best Manfrotto pro ball head, dedicated to 190 carbon fibre tripods. An extremely precise ball head, providing extra smooth movements thanks to state of the art materials and technology

054 Magnesium Ball Head

-90° / +90° 60mm +90° / -20° tilt range magnesium 360 degrees 7 kg 1280 g 135.0 mm

The innovative photo-movie head is developed to simply be the best and most ideal solution for the new HD DSLRs with embedded video functions.

lateral tilt material panoramic rotation plate type quick release load capacity weight working height

quick release load capacity weight working height

-103° / +40° head tilt

lateral tilt material plate type quick release load capacity weight

-103° / +40° head tilt magnesium 410PL yes 15 kg 1358 g

MH054-M0Q2 054 MAG BALL HEAD Q2

plate type quick release load capacity weight working height

200PL-14 yes 10 kg 610 g 11.7 cm

The best Manfrotto pro ball head, dedicated to 190 carbon fibre tripods. An extremely precise ball head, providing extra smooth movements thanks to state of the art materials and technology

054 Magnesium Ball Head with Q2 Quick Release

lateral tilt material panoramic rotation plate type

-100° / +40° head tilt magnesium 360 ° 200PL-14

lateral tilt material plate type quick release load capacity weight working height

-100° / +40° head tilt magnesium 200PL-14 yes 10 kg 610 g 11.7 cm

054 Magnesium Ball Head with Q5 Quick Release

lateral tilt material panoramic rotation plate type quick release load capacity weight working height

-100° / +40° head tilt magnesium 360 ° 501PL yes 10 kg 674 g 11.9 cm

The best Manfrotto pro ball head, dedicated to 190 carbon fibre tripods. An extremely precise ball head, providing extra smooth movements thanks to state of the art materials and technology Innovative and unique features like the exclusive 90°-105° portrait angle selector allows for better camera control for advanced, precise settings. Innovative, compact, ergonomic, powerful and made of lightweight magnesium, it is the ideal tool for durability, high performance and accuracy. The new magnesium Q5 Quick Release system is compatible with RC5 standard plates and offers increased ergonomics, speed, reduced weight and accuracy - thanks to 3 leveling bubbles. The Q5 with the sliding plate provides the perfect weight balance for heavy equipment and long lenses.


Professional Photo Supports

SUN-MOVER™

SUN-MOVER™ - The first completely FOCUSABLE flat reflector revolutionizes the world of light formers

SUN - SCRIM Micro MINI SUNBOUNCE

The California Sunbounce system consists of a collapsible aluminium frame that can be easily assembled and combined with different reflecting, light-reducing, or light-absorbing screens to take full advantage of any kind of light, hard or soft, natural or artificial. This California Sunbounce Micro-Mini Silver/White Screen (2 x 3’) is the reversible silver/white screen for the system. The silver side reflects a strong, contrasty light, the white side reflects a soft diffused light. Frame is not included.

6 x 6 SUN - SCRIM 6’ x 6’ / 183cm x 183cm The most perfect overhead

BIG SUN-SWATTER

PRO SUN-SWATTER BIG SUN-SWATTER 6’ x 8’ / 190cm x 240cm The most perfect mobile overhead size in use: 70” x 96”size packed: 70” x 7”weight: 4 lbs.

BIG SUN-BOUNCE

With the OVAL shape, PERMATENSE™ screen and two sturdy HANDLES, a single folding reflector can be used for SPOT, NEUTRAL and WIDE ANGLE LIGHT.

THE CAGE

PRO SUN-SWATTER 4’ x 6’ / 130cm x 190cm The most perfect mobile overhead size in use: 51” x 75” size packed: 51” x 4” weight: 2.2 lbs.

MINI SUNBOUNCE

BIG SUN-BOUNCE 6’ x 8’ / 180cm x 240cm The most perfect mobile reflector size in use: 70” x 96”size packed: 53” x 7”weight: 9.5 lbs.

SUN - SCRIM The Cage by California Sunbounce is an 8.0 x 8.0 x 8.0’ collapsible studio cube that is comprised of easy to set up frame sections. A variety of diffusion and effects fabrics can then be hung on the cage for of maximum utilization of natural light. This California Sunbounce Fabric Walls and Top for The Cage Frame contains two 2/3 f/stop translucent fabric walls and three solid black fabric walls.

PRO SUN-SWATTER 4’ x 6’ / 130cm x 190cm The most perfect mobile overhead size in use: 51” x 75” size packed: 51” x 4” weight: 2.2 lbs. 8 x 8 SUN - SCRIM 8’ x 8’ / 244cm x 244cm

147


Professional Photo Supports

Sun-Bounce Kit Micro Mini

Sun-Bounce Kit Micro Mini Silver/White

SUN - SCRIM

LE LOUCHE SCREENS

LE LOUCHE SCREENS PRO SUN-SWATTER - 4’ x 6’ / 130cm x 190cm / BIG SUN-SWATTER - 6’ x 8’ / 190cm x 240cm / SUN-SCRIM - 6’ x 6’ / 183cm x 183cm / SUN-SCRIM - 8’ x 8’ / 244cm x 244cm / SUN-SCRIM - 12’ x 12’ / 366cm x 366cm / SUN-SCRIM - 20’ x 20’ / 610cm x 610cm

GRIP HEAD PRO

GRIP HEAD PRO for MINI + PRO + SSW-PRO

Sun bounce Frame Pro

SUN-SWATTER BIG

Sun bounce Frame Pro With shoulder Sling Bag

Sun bounce Frame BIG 12 x 12 SUN - SCRIM 12’ x 12’ / 366cm x 366cm

Sun-Bounce Kit Pro Silver/White

SUN-SWATTER BIG 6’ x 8’ / 180 cm x 245 cm SUPER SAVER STARTER KIT SUN-SWATTER PRO 4’ x 6’ / 130 cm x 190 cm SUPER SAVER STARTER KIT

WIND-KILLER MOBILE

Sun bounce Frame BIG With shoulder Sling Bag

Sun Bounce Frame Mini

Sun-Bounce Kit Pro Silver/White Sun bounce Kit Pro translucent2/3 rd / BIG SUN-BOUNCE 6 x 8 = 180 x 245 cm / SUPER SAVER STARTER KIT / SUN-BOUNCE MINI Kit

PRO SUN-BOUNCE

WIND-KILLER MOBILE screen BIG (180x245cm needs FRAME BIG 300-000) (seamless)

Frame + Silver / White

Sun Bounce Frame Mini With Shoulder Sling bag

Zebra/ White Screen

PRO SUN-BOUNCE 4’ x 6’ / 130cm x 190cm The most perfect mobile reflector / size in use: 51” x 74” / size packed: 51” x 4”weight: 4 lbs.

148

Frame + Silver / White Screen + Shoulder Sling Bag

Zebra/ White Screen SUNBOUNCE MICRO-MINI Parts SUN-BOUNCE PRO Parts SUN-BOUNCE BIG Parts


Professional Photo Supports

Dry/Wet sensor cleaning kit size 1,0x (24 mm) size 1,3x (24 mm) size 1,6x (16 mm)

VDust Plus™ Super Bright® 724 Sensor Brush

If you are unsure as to the nature of your stain or you get both water and lubricant stains, VDust Plus ™ will fit the bill perfectly. Designed to clean away water and most oil stains, VDust Plus™ eliminates streaking and provides a moderate static barrier.

The Arctic Butterfly® 724 Sensor Brush is the only way to go when it comes to ‘dry’ cleaning your digital sensor. With its ease of use and excellent quality results, it will soon be a wonder how you ever lived without it.

BriteVue Sensor Loupe™ 7X

Zeeion® Blower

Anti Static Property - *Silicon-RX is a unique compound used in construction of ZEEION® blower to produce an anti static property. Unlike ordinary blowers made from regular rubber that increase static charges, the ZEEION® blower allows an opposite charges of an air molecules to be blown at dust and sensor surface, therefore neutralizing the static charges for an easier and more efficient dust removal system. This advanced feature reduces the dust re-attachment to the surface by neutralizing the surface static charges.

Sensor Clean™ Comparison ChartThe most powerful SensorLoupe™ comes in 7XzThe NEW SensorLoupe™ 7X utilizes advanced (patent pending) features such as BriteVue XL™ technology with high quality K9 optical glass, well-known for its high resolution and clarity

EZ Sensor Cleaning Kit™ Removing water stain

Digital Back Sensor Swab

For the specialty photographer that is using a digital back on a regular SLR camera, VisibleDust has designed the new Digital Back Sensor Cleaning Swab. Using the same technology used to fabricate our regular MXD-100 sensor cleaning swabs, these swabs are custom designed to fit the large sensor of the Digital Back.

size 1,0x (24 mm) size 1,3x (24 mm) size 1,6x (16 mm)

Sensor Brush® Dry/wet sensor cleaning Mini-kit 1.0x

149


Pro V Backpack Black MB LB050-5BB

The Pro V Backpack is the supreme carrying solution for your camera gear, laptop, tripod and accessories. Comfortably organise and protect your main camera with battery grip and 70-200 mm lens attached while keeping 4-6 additional lenses, flash and backup camera body alongside.

Veloce V Backpack Cord MB SB390-5BC

The Essential shooting backpack, the Veloce V comfortably fits all your camera gear and tripod either inside or outside the bag as well as up to a 15.4” laptop(17” Apple). Grab your DSLR with or without battery grip and up to a 70-200mm lens attached through the top opening without having to open the entire bag.

Solo IV Holster Black

MB SV-BP-30BI BRAVO 30 BACKPACK BLUE STILE P

The Bravo-30 backpack is a multifunctional bag for everyday activity, with a super protective removable DSLR camera insert and a 13’’ laptop slip pocket.

MB SV-BP-50BB BRAVO 50 BACKPACK BLK. STILE P

Pro V Messenger Black MB LM050-5BB

The Pro V messenger is an elite bag designed to carry and support your camera gear, laptop, tripod and personal accessories. Gain instant top access to your DSLR without battery grip with 70-200 mm or similar lens attached while storing up to 4 lenses, flash and accessories alongside.

Veloce V Backpack Black MB SB390-5BB

The essential shooting backpack, the Veloce V comfortably fits all your camera gear and tripod either inside or outside the bag as well as up to a 15.4” laptop(17” Apple). Grab your DSLR with or without battery grip and up to a 70-200mm lens attached through the top opening without having to open the entire bag.

150

Part Number: MB SH-4BB The Solo IV holster provides quick convenient access to your camera gear in style. The compact design holds your DSLR and attached 17-55 mm or similar sized lens in quick grip position, readily accessible. Additional accessories such as cables, batteries and cards neatly store in the front pocket.

MB SV-BP-30BB BRAVO 30 BACKPACK BLK. STILE P

The Bravo Backpack is designed to carry and protect a DSLR with attached kit lens and an additional zoom lens, a 13” or similarly sized laptop, a tripod and more.

The Bravo-50 backpack is a multifunctional bag for everyday activity, with a super protective removable DSLR camera insert and a 15’’ laptop slip pocket.

MB SV-BP-50BI BRAVO 50 BACKPACK BLUE STILE P

The Bravo-50 backpack is a multifunctional bag for everyday activity, with a super protective removable DSLR camera insert and a 15’’ laptop slip pocket.


Camera Cases

MB SV-H-10BB VIVACE 10 HOLSTER BLK. STILE P

MB SV-H-20BI VIVACE 20 HOLSTER BLUE STILE P

The Vivace-10 is a stylish holster which is extra padded to offer superior protection for your Mirrorless Camera with attached zoom lens and additional accessories. The Vivace has easily accessible pockets in which to organize photographic accessories.

The Vivace-20 is a stylish holster which is extra padded to offer superior protection for your DSLR with attached kit lens (18-55mm) and accessories. The Vivace has easily accessible pockets in which to organize photographic accessories.

MB SV-BP-50BI VIVACE 10 HOLSTER BLUE STILE P

The Vivace-10 is a stylish holster which is extra padded to offer superior protection for your Mirrorless Camera with attached zoom lens and additional accessories. The Vivace has easily accessible pockets in which to organize photographic accessories.

MB SV-BP-50BI VIVACE 20 HOLSTER BLK. STILE P

The Vivace-20 is a stylish holster which is extra padded to offer superior protection for your DSLR with attached kit lens (18-55mm) and accessories. The Vivace has easily accessible pockets in which to organize photographic accessories.

MB SV-H-30BB VIVACE 30 HOLSTER BLK. STILE P

The Vivace-30 is a stylish holster which is extra padded to offer superior protection for your DSLR with attached standard zoom lens and accessories. The Vivace has easily accessible pockets in which to organize photographic accessories.

MB SV-H-30BI VIVACE 30 HOLSTER BLUE STILE P

The Vivace-30 is a stylish holster which is extra padded to offer superior protection for your DSLR with attached standard zoom lens and accessories. The Vivace has easily accessible pockets in which to organize photographic accessories.

MB SV-M-10BB ALLEGRA 10 MESS BLK STILE PLUS

The Allegra-10 is a multifunctional messenger bag for everyday activity, which comes with a super protective removable insert for your photo gear. The insert carries and protects a Mirrorless Camera with attached zoom lens and additional lens.

MB SV-M-10BI ALLEGRA 10 MESSEN BLUE STILE P

The Allegra-10 is a multifunctional messenger bag for everyday activity, which comes with a super protective removable insert for your photo gear. The insert carries and protects a Mirrorless Camera with attached zoom lens and additional lens.

MB SV-M-30BB ALLEGRA 30 MESSEN BLK. STILE P

This bag fits the standard to fit as carry-on luggage (due to ever changing restrictions, check with your carrier prior to departure) This bag comes with the option and proper connections to attach your tripod externally

151


Camera Cases

MB SV-M-30BI ALLEGRA 30 MESSEN BLUE STILE P

The Amica-10 is a stylish shoulder bag for everyday use, which is extra padded to offer superior protection for your Mirrorless camera with attached zoom lens and additional pancake lens.

MB SV-SB-10BB AMICA 10 SHOULDER BLK. STILE P

MB SV-S-10BI BRIO 10 SLING BLUE STILE PLUS

The Amica-10 is a stylish shoulder bag for everyday use, which is extra padded to offer superior protection for your Mirrorless camera with attached zoom lens and additional pancake lens.

This bag fits the standard to fit as carry-on luggage (due to ever changing restrictions, check with your carrier prior to departure) This bag comes with the option and proper connections to attach your tripod externally.

MB SV-MW-15BB ALLEGRA 15W MESSEN BLK STILE P

The Amica-10 is a stylish shoulder bag for everyday use, which is extra padded to offer superior protection for your Mirrorless camera with attached zoom lens and additional pancake lens.

MB SV-SB-10BB AMICA 10 SHOULDER BLUE STILE P

MB SV-S-30BB BRIO 30 SLING BLACK STILE PLUS

This bag fits the standard to fit as carry-on luggage (due to ever changing restrictions, check with your carrier prior to departure) Protect your laptop during transport in the compartment.

MB SV-MW-15BI ALLEGRA 15W MESS. BLUE STILE P

The Amica-10 is a stylish shoulder bag for everyday use, which is extra padded to offer superior protection for your Mirrorless camera with attached zoom lens and additional pancake lens.

This bag fits the standard to fit as carry-on luggage (due to ever changing restrictions, check with your carrier prior to departure) Protect your laptop during transport in the compartment.

MB SV-SB-20BB AMICA 20 SHOULDER BLK. STILE P

MB SV-S-30BI BRIO 30 SLING BLUE STILE PLUS This bag fits the standard to fit as carry-on luggage (due to ever changing restrictions, check with your carrier prior to departure) Protect your laptop during transport in the compartment.

The Amica-20 is a stylish shoulder bag for everyday use, which is extra padded to offer superior protection for your Mirrorless camera with attached zoom lens and additional lens, or compact DSLR with kit lens.

MB SV-S-10BB BRIO 10 SLING BLACK STILE PLUS

MB SV-SB-20BI AMICA 20 SHOULDER BLUE STILE P This bag fits the standard to fit as carry-on luggage (due to ever changing restrictions, check with your carrier prior to departure) Protect your laptop during transport in the compartment.

152


Camera Cases

The Amica-20 is a stylish shoulder bag for everyday use, which is extra padded to offer superior protection for your Mirrorless camera with attached zoom lens and additional lens, or compact DSLR with kit lens.

MB SV-SB-40BI AMICA 40 SHOULDER BLUE STILE P

MB SV-SBW-15BB AMICA 15W SHOULDER BLK. STILE P

MB SV-SB-30BB AMICA 30 SHOULDER BLK. STILE P

The Amica-30 is a stylish shoulder bag for everyday use, which is extra padded to offer superior protection for your compact DSLR with kit lens and additional standard zoom lens. Easily accessible pockets – inside and out - help organize photographic accessories, as well as smartphone, keys, pens etc.

MB SV-SB-30BI AMICA 30 SHOULDER BLUE STILE P

The Amica-30 is a stylish shoulder bag for everyday use, which is extra padded to offer superior protection for your compact DSLR with kit lens and additional standard zoom lens. Easily accessible pockets – inside and out - help organize photographic accessories, as well as smartphone, keys, pens etc.

MB SV-SB-40BB AMICA 40 SHOULDER BLK. STILE P

The Amica-40 is a stylish shoulder bag for everyday use, which is extra padded to offer superior protection for your DSLR with attached standard zoom lens and additional lens. Easily accessible pockets – inside and out - help organize photographic accessories, as well as smartphone, keys, pens etc.

The Amica-40 is a stylish shoulder bag for everyday use, which is extra padded to offer superior protection for your DSLR with attached standard zoom lens and additional lens. Easily accessible pockets – inside and out - help organize photographic accessories, as well as smartphone, keys, pens etc.

MB SV-SB-50BB AMICA 50 SHOULDER BLK. STILE P

The Amica-50 is a stylish shoulder bag for everyday use, which is extra padded to offer superior protection for your DSLR with attached standard zoom lens and 2 additional lens. Easily accessible pockets – inside and out - help organize photographic accessories, as well as smartphone, keys, pens etc.

MB SV-SB-50BI AMICA 50 SHOULDER BLUE STILE P

The Amica-50 is a stylish shoulder bag for everyday use, which is extra padded to offer superior protection for your DSLR with attached standard zoom lens and 2 additional lens. Easily accessible pockets – inside and out - help organize photographic accessories, as well as smartphone, keys, pens etc.

The Amica-15 shoulder bag is a stylish everyday bag, extra padded to protect a Mirrorless camera with attached zoom lens and additional pancake lens. Easily accessible pockets – inside and out - help organize photographic accessories, as well as smartphone, keys, pens etc.

MB SV-SBW-15BB AMICA 15W SHOULDER BLUE STILE P

The Amica-15 shoulder bag is a stylish everyday bag, extra padded to protect a Mirrorless camera with attached zoom lens and additional pancake lens. Easily accessible pockets – inside and out - help organize photographic accessories, as well as smartphone, keys, pens etc.

MB SV-SBW-25BB AMICA 25W SHOULDER BLK. STILE P

The Amica-15 shoulder bag is a stylish everyday bag, extra padded to protect a Mirrorless camera with attached zoom lens and additional pancake lens. Easily accessible pockets – inside and out - help organize photographic accessories, as well as smartphone, keys, pens etc.

153


Camera Cases

MB SV-SBW-25BI AMICA 25W SHOULDER BLUE STILE P

The Amica-15 shoulder bag is a stylish everyday bag, extra padded to protect a Mirrorless camera with attached zoom lens and additional pancake lens.

MB SV-TW-15BB DIVA BAG 15 BLACK STILE PLUS

The Diva-15 is a multifunctional and stylish tote bag for everyday activity, which comes with a super protective removable insert for your photo gear. The insert carries and protects a Mirrorless camera with attached zoom lens and additional lens.

MB SV-TW-15BI DIVA BAG 15 BLUE STILE PLUS

MB SV-TW-25BB DIVA SHOU. BAG 25 BLK. STILE P

MB SV-TW-35BI DIVA SHOU. BAG 35 BLUE STILE P

The Diva-25 is a stylish and extra padded shoulder bag, designed specifically for a Mirrorless camera with attached lens, additional pancake lens and personal effects such as wallet, keys, smartphone, etc. It has numerous pockets for valuable accessories.

The Diva-35 is a stylish and extra padded shoulder bag, designed specifically for a DSLR with attached standard zoom lens, additional lens, flash and personal effects such as wallet, keys, smartphone, etc. It has numerous pockets for valuable accessories.

MB SV-TW-15BI DIVA SHOU. BAG 25 BLUE STILE P

MB SV-ZP-1BB PICCOLO 1 POUCH BLK STILE PL.

The Piccolo-1 is a small hard-shell camera pouch for an ultra-compact point-and-shoot camera. The Diva-25 is a stylish and extra padded shoulder bag, designed specifically for a Mirrorless camera with attached lens, additional pancake lens and personal effects such as wallet, keys, smartphone, etc. It has numerous pockets for valuable accessories.

MB SV-ZP-1BI PICCOLO 1 POUCH BLUE STILE PL.

MB SV-TW-35BB DIVA SHOU. BAG 35 BLK. STILE P The Piccolo-1 is a small hard-shell camera pouch for an ultra-compact point-and-shoot camera.

MB SV-ZP-3BB PICCOLO 3 POUCH BLK STILE PLUS

The Diva-15 is a multifunctional and stylish tote bag for everyday activity, which comes with a super protective removable insert for your photo gear. The insert carries and protects a Mirrorless camera with attached zoom lens and additional lens.

154

The Diva-35 is a stylish and extra padded shoulder bag, designed specifically for a DSLR with attached standard zoom lens, additional lens, flash and personal effects such as wallet, keys, smartphone, etc. It has numerous pockets for valuable accessories.

The Piccolo-3 is a small hard-shell camera pouch for compact point-and-shoot camera.


A sleek new design, embedded with TST Rib structural protection for a DSLR with mounted lens, 3-4 additional lenses, flash and personal gear, as well as most laptops up to 17”.

MB SV-ZP-3BI PICCOLO 3 POUCH BLUE STILE PL.

KT DL-DR-466 TLB-800 PL/600/300

The Piccolo-3 pouch is a small hard-shell case which provides superior protection for a compact point-and-shoot camera. The outer frame is designed to protect camera from impact, while the soft interior lining protects LCD screen, and durable, water repellent materials keep water out. Can be carried around the neck or attached to belt around waist.

MB SV-ZP-5BB PICCOLO 5 POUCH BLK STILE PLUS

KATA’s Telephoto Lens backpacks come in three robust sizes to provide dedicated protective carrying solutions for a Pro DSLR with a Telephoto lens attached (from 300 to 800). A tripod connecting system is integrated in the design and a large capacity detachable cap pouch allows for extra storage when needed.

a sleek new design, embedded with TST Rib structural protection for a DSLR with mounted lens, 3-4 additional lenses, flash and personal gear, as well as most laptops up to 15.4\’\’. By removing the padded bottom insert you can easily convert this rucksack from a camera bag to a regular daypack when not shooting.

Ultra-Light Bumblebee-222

Pro-Light Beetle-282 The Piccolo-5 pouch is a small hard-shell case which provides superior protection for a medium size point-and-shoot camera. The outer frame is designed to protect camera from impact, while the soft interior lining protects LCD screen, and durable, water repellent materials keep water out. Can be carried around the neck or attached to belt around waist

MB SV-ZP-5BI PICCOLO 5 POUCH BLUE STILE PL.

Backpack Fits 2 D-SLR Camera 4-5 Lens KitFits Small HDV Camcorder KitHolds Computer with Screen up to 17”

D-Light Bumblebee-210 PL Backpack Fits 2-3 D-SLR Camera 4-6 Lens KitFits Small HDV Camcorder KitHolds Computer with Screen up to 17”

KT DL-DR-467

The Piccolo-5 pouch is a small hard-shell case which provides superior protection for a medium size point-and-shoot camera. The outer frame is designed to protect camera from impact, while the soft interior lining protects LCD screen, and durable, water repellent materials keep water out. Can be carried around the neck or attached to belt around waist

Backpack (Black) Fits D-SLR Camera 3-4 Lens KitFits Small HDV Camcorder KitHolds Computer with Screen up to 15.4”

155


Camera Cases

Pro-Light Bumblebee-220

Pro-Light Source-261 PL

Adjustable Handle StrapRemovable Shoulder Strap with Pad

DL-H-537-G D-Light Hybrid-537

PL Backpack Fits 2-3 D-SLR Camera 8 Lens KitFits Small HDV Camcorder KitHolds Computer with Screen up to 17”

Pro-Light FlyBy-76

Rolling Case Holds 2-4 D-SLR Camera, 8-10 Lens KitHolds Computer with Screen up to 17”

Pro-Light FlyBy-74

The Pro-Light Source-261 PL is a backpack designed specifically for a Video DSLR kitted up with rig, Video production gear, lenses and accessories.

The D-Light Owl-272 DL

is a stylish, functional lightweight, and protective backpack which is designed to carry camera gear and everyday personal effects while be able to be converted into a useful daypack when not using or carrying a camera.

D-Light Capsule-185

Rolling Case Holds 1-2 D-SLR Camera, 6-8 Lens KitHolds Computer with Screen up to 15.4”

The Ultra-Light Bug-255 UL

DL Case (Black) Fits Various Camcorders w/ AccessoriesAnti-rip Nylon ExteriorTST Rib Structure Aluminum Skeleton Stave Aeriform Interior Dividers, Yelloop Interior LiningLens Pillow and Rain CoverInterconnected HandleRemovable Shoulder Strap with Pad

DL-H-531-G D-Light Hybrid-531

DL Shoulder Bag (Gray) Fits D-SLR Camera 2 Lens KitFor Camcorder, Bridge or D-SLR Camera Two External ElastoGuard PocketsTwo Internal Accessory Pockets. Adjustable Handle Strap with PadRemovable Shoulder Strap with Pad

DL-H-537-B D-Light Hybrid-537

DL Shoulder Bag (Black) Fits D-SLR Camera 2 Lens KitFor Camcorder, Bridge or D-SLR Camera Two External Elasto-Guard PocketsTwo Internal Accessory PocketsAdjustable Handle Strap with PadRemovable Shoulder Strap with Pad

Pro-Light Resource-61 PL

Shoulder Bag Fits Video D-SLR Camera KitHolds Computer with Screen up to 15.4”, Aeriform EVA and EPE Foam InteriorInternal Spike and Honeycomb PanelsDouble-Decker DesignExterior and Interior PocketsTop and Side HandlesRemovable GSS Shoulder Strap

Ultra-Light Select-18 U

backpack features a combination of technology, materials and design which embody the ultimate essences of Lightweight Protection without compromises.

156

DL Shoulder Bag (Gray) Fits Small D-SLR or Bridge Camera KitFits Small Video Camcorder Kit, Two External ElastoGuard PocketsTwo Internal Accessory Pockets


Camera Cases

The Ultra-Light Select-18 UL Holster features a combination of technology, materials and design which embody the ultimate essences of Lightweight Protection without compromises.

The Grip 12, is a compact camera holster designed with style to hold a D/SLR with short lens attached in top quick grip position, while a dedicated media pouch will store spare cards and batteries.

Grip 18

Grip 10

The Grip 18 is a compact camera holster designed with style to hold a Pro DSLR with 70-200 lens attached in top quick grip position with battery grip, while a dedicated media pouch will store spare cards and batteries

The Grip 10 DL is a compact camera holster designed with style to hold an advanced point & shoot camera in top quick grip position, while a dedicated media pouch will store spare cards and batteries.

Grip 16

Pro-Light Access-18 PL

The Pro-Light Access-16 PL is a multi-featured professional holster designed to provide the best carrying, storage and working solutions. Lightweight and Protective it will cater to the smallest detail of a professional’s working needs.

Pro-Light Access-14 PL

The Pro-Light Access-14 PL is a multi-featured professional holster designed to provide the best carrying, storage and working solutions. Lightweight and Protective it will cater to the smallest detail of a professional’s working needs.

KT DL-L-445

The Pro-Light Access-18 PL is a multi-featured professional holster designed to provide the best carrying, storage and working solutions. Lightweight and Protective it will cater to the smallest detail of a professional’s working needs.

The Lite-445 DL is a compact camera bag with various carrying options. It is designed with style to hold and organize your Pro-DSLR with mounted zoom lens and battery, or camcorder, plus 3-5 additional lens, flash and accessories.sories.

Pro-Light Access-17 PL

AP-323

The Grip 14 is a compact camera holster designed with style to hold a D/SLR with 16-35 lens attached or similiar sized in top quick grip position, while a dedicated media pouch will store spare cards and batteries.

The Pro-Light Access-17 PL is a multi-featured professional holster designed to provide the best carrying, storage and working solutions. Lightweight and Protective it will cater to the smallest detail of a professional’s working needs.

The AP-323 Auxiliary Pouch fits a 70-200 F/ 2.8L or similar lens while keeping it protected and easy to access at all times. (Harness sold separately)

Grip 12

Pro-Light Access-16

The Grip 16, is a compact camera holster designed with style to hold a D/SLR with 70-200 lens attached in top quick grip position,without battery grip while a dedicated media pouch will store spare cards and batteries

Grip 14

AP-325

157


Camera Cases

The AP-325 Auxiliary Pouch fits a 100mm or similar sized lens while keeping it protected and easy to access at all times. (Harness sold separately)

carrying positions is fast and easy by use of its quick release buckles. The 3N1-33 carries a Pro-DSLR with battery pack and lens attached plus additional lenses and other equipment. OR compact video camcorder with accessories, The easy access laptop compartment comfortably carries up to 15.4 inch laptop.

OC-97

PALMS are a functional breakthrough in the design of soft, reinforced cases primarily used for lighting kits. They provide overall protection by the natural geometric shape while opening easily and having your whole kit available for setup.

Palms-3 Lighting Bag

Kata 3 in 1 KT PL-3N1-25

The Kata OC-97 GDC Organizer Case is built to hold small/ medium lighting kits with 3 to 4 heads plus 3 light stands. The bag is designed to withstand hard use in any environment.

PALMS are a functional breakthrough in the design of soft, reinforced cases primarily used for lighting kits. They provide overall protection by the natural geometric shape while opening easily and having your whole kit available for setup.

OC-88

E-690

The Kata OC-88 GDC Organizer Case is built to hold small/ medium lighting kits with 3 to 4 heads plus 3 light stands. The bag is designed to withstand hard use in any environment.

The E-690 is a practical cover for small SLR and digital cameras such as the Nikon D60, the Canon Rebel series, similar and smaller cameras. When suddenly caught by a rain shower the E-690 slips quickly over your camera and allows you to keep on shooting.

Our most advanced and professional sling backpack, and winner of the prestigious Red Dot Award. Provides ultimate freedom and three carrying options.

KT DL-3N1-22

Palms-1 Lighting Bag

E-704

The unique 3N1-22 DL bag provides three carrying options in one, morphing from right sling to backpack to left sling. Changing carrying positions is fast and easy by use of its quick release buckles. The 3N1-22 carries a Pro-DSLR with battery pack and lens attached plus additional lenses and other equipment. OR compact video camcorder with accessories, The easy access laptop compartment comfortably carries up to 11.6 inch laptop or iPad.

KT DL-3N1-33

PALMS are a functional breakthrough in the design of soft, reinforced cases primarily used for lighting kits. They provide overall protection by the natural geometric shape while opening easily and having your whole kit available for setup.

Palms-2 Lighting Bag

The unique 3N1-33 DL bag provides three carrying options in one, morphing from right sling to backpack to left sling. Changing

158

The Kata E-704 Lens extension Kit consists of 2 lens sleeves, up to 350 and 650mm long, and 1 hand sleeve to access the lens or to attach a lens support.

E-705


THE AFRICA COLLECTION PHOTO, VIDEO, MEDIA, AND LIFESTYLE BAGS

The E-705 elements cover protects pro D/SLR with up to a 70-200mm lens and professional flash installed while allowing you to continue shooting in harsh weather conditions. It slips quickly on and is secured using the adjusters, and one handed pull-cords.

E-702

perfect modular solution for keeping all your shooting accessories close at hand and easy to access at all times. Always have quick access to each camera body, lens, flash or accessories you need at all times while having the full comfort and support needed to carry your gear. Belt can additionally be used without harness.

The Africa Photo Bag Collection The E-702 elements cover protects pro D/ SLR with up to 200mm lenses and allows you to continue shooting in harsh weather conditions. It slips quickly on and is secured using the adjusters, and pull-cords. An adjustable stiff hood fits a variety of lens diameters.

AB-301

The AB-301 Auxiliary belt is the perfect modular solution for keeping all your shooting accessories close at hand and easy to access at all times. Always have quick access to each camera body, lens, flash or accessories.

AB-302

The urban jungle of the 21st century is the source of a growing social phenomenon that relies on media to stay in touch and connected. Walking down a street, hanging out with friends, or exploring new cities on vacation, we all want to capture the moments and share them instantaneously! This is why we carry camera, phones, and laptops wherever we go. National Geographicâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s new Africa Collection of media bags is designed to suit this urban jungle lifestyle by merging stylish, everyday personal bags with dedicated protective accommodation for media gear so that you never again need to leave anything at home. National Geographicâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s pioneering use of photography is a vital element in the success of its mission to inspire people to care about the planet. Long recognized as a source of the most iconic and important images ever captured, National Geographic explores and photographs extreme environments and distant cultures. It also keeps a sharp eye trained close to home, documenting the surprising sides of more familiar natural and human landscapes.

The orange National Geographic NG A9200 Africa Series Utility Kit is perfect for media, accessories such as batteries, chargers, cables, etc. It also holds personal items such as, toiletries.

NG A7200

The yellow National Geographic NG A7200 Africa Series Rain Cape is designed to simply slip over a NG A5270 medium rucksack, NG A5250 small rucksack, and all other small and medium National Geographic rucksacks or backpacks.

NG A6010

NG A4470

The Africa NG A4470 Waist Pack is designed for carrying everyday personal gear along with a camera or camcorder. The AB-302 Auxiliary belt and harness is the

NG A9200

The brown National Geographic NG A6010 Africa Series On-Board Roller Suitcase is designed to carry camera or video gear and a laptop computer. The bag is made from water repellent 100% cotton exterior with a waterrepellent 100% polyester lining.

159


Camera Cases

NG A2200

designed to carry and protect a D-SLR camera or camcorder with media accessories in a removable padded insert. It also holds a netbook computer with a screen up to 9.0” in a padded compartment.

designed to carry and protect professional or amateur camera gear and accessories. There is a rear padded compartment that can hold a laptop with a screen up to 15.4”. A front compartment holds pockets for accessories.

NG A2560

NG A5270

Designed to quickly draw various types of cameras at any time. It has a padded main compartment that can hold an advanced point and shoot camera, a small D-SLR camera or a small camcorder with accessories and media.

NG A2210

designed to carry and protect a D-SLR camera or camcorder with media accessories in a removable padded insert. It also holds a laptop computer with a screen up to 15.4” in a padded compartment.

NG A8240

designed to carry and protect a D-SLR camera or camcorder with media and accessories. A padded rear compartment can hold a laptop computer with a screen up to 15.4”. A lower padded compartment holds the camera or camcorder gear.

NG A2550

designed to quickly draw various types of cameras at any time. There are 2 halfway (halfsize) modular dividers that can be used to customize the interior.

NG A1212 designed to carry and protect a small D-SLR camera with 1 small lens or small camcorder with media and accessories in a removable padded insert. The case is made from waterrepellent 100% cotton that is coated with PU (polyurethane).

NG A8220 Designed to carry and protect a small pointand-shoot camera or micro camcorder with accessories and media. The gear is carried in a padded main compartment.

designed to carry and protect a D-SLR camera or camcorder with media accessories in a removable padded insert. It also holds a laptop computer with a screen up to 17” in a padded compartment.

NG A6120

NG A1222

designed with a horizontal opening that allows quick access to the gear. It is made to carry and protect a point-and-shoot camera or camcorder with accessories and media.

NG A2540

160

designed to carry and protect a small D-SLR camera with 1 small lens or small camcorder with media and accessories in a removable padded insert.

NG A5250

designed to carry and protect a D-SLR camera or camcorder kit with media accessories in a removable padded insert. A large main compartment holds clothes and everyday gear.


EARTH EXPLORER Photo Bag Collection NG 5160

Medium Backpack

NG 2300

Messenger is an everyday, functional shoulder bag that holds all of your personal gear, along with a laptop computer, camera or camcorder.

NG 4568

For Personal Gear and Imaging Gear Fits up to a 17” Laptop Computer Padded Cotton Hemp Blend Case Concealed Aluminum Stave Sturdy Padded Grip Handle Attached Wide Padded Shoulder Strap The pack is rated to hold your DSLR or camcorder, about three lenses as well as a 15.4” laptop that is nested within its own padded compartment. The bottom half contains movable dividers that can be used to configure the compartment to suit your gear.

NG 2342

Shoulder Bag

NG 2345

The Earth Explorer Small Sling Bag (4568) is designed for carrying everyday personal gear along with a digital point-and-shoot camera, handheld camcorder, cell phone, MP3 player, and travel documents

NG 4475

Midi Shoulder Bag

The Earth Explorer NG 2342 Small Holster protects a mirrorless camera with an extra lens, an advanced point-and-shoot camera, a small DSLR camera, or a camcorder, with media accessories. designed to hold and protect a small camera outfit with accessories and personal effects. The bag has a designated removable insert that provides protection for a midi digital/SLR camera, point-and-shoot camera, or mini DV camcorder and separates your photographic gear from your personal items.

NG 2344 The Earth Explorer NG 4475 Sling Bag is designed to comfortably carry everyday personal gear, along with a mirrorless camera and an extra lens. The bag features designated protective zones that safeguard the delicate equipment within.

NG 2477

Shoulder Bag

The Earth Explorer NG 2344 Small Shoulder Bag protects an advanced point-and-shoot camera, a small DSLR camera or a camcorder, with media accessories.

NG 4476

NG 2476 For Personal Gear and Imaging Gear Fits up to a 17” Laptop Computer Padded Cotton Hemp Blend Case Concealed Aluminum Stave Sturdy Padded Grip Handle Attached Wide Padded Shoulder Strap

The Earth Explorer Small Waist Pack (4476) is designed for carrying everyday personal gear along with a camera or camcorder.

The Earth Explorer NG 2476 Medium

161


Camera Cases

NG 5738

NG 1147

Camera pouch

along with a digital point-and-shoot camera, handheld camcorder, cell phone, MP3 player, and travel documents.

NG 3030

Camera Strap

NG 1146

Camera pouch

The Earth Explorer NG 5738 Large Backpack is the ideal solution for the professional hikers and adventurers who need a protective carrying solution to combine their personal gear and photographic/video gear all in one.

NG 6130

NG 4474

Small Waist Pack

The Earth Explorer Travel Camera Strap (3020) is designed to hold a digital or SLR camera comfortably and securely while providing excellent balance for your camera.

The Earth Explorer NG 6130 Rolling Duffel Bag is a convenient carryall for all you need, with a dedicated media pouch to protect your small DSLR camera and lens or small camcorder neatly stored inside.

NG 8110

designed to carry a small digital point & shoot camera or camcorder, with accessories and personal effects. The bag features designated protective zones that safeguard the delicate equipment within.

NG W2022

NG 1153

Medium Camera Pouch

The Walkabout Small Holster allows you to capture lifeâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s moments effortlessly, while holding and protecting a mirrorless camera with lens attached and an additional small lens, or an advanced point and-shoot camera, and media accessories.

The Earth Explorer NG 8110 Tote Bag allows you to stay stylish while packing for a day trip, keeping your mirrorless camera or advanced point-and-shoot camera and lens or small camcorder neatly placed inside.

The Earth Explorer Medium Camera Pouch is designed to hold and protect a small pointand-shoot camera or camcorder with media accessories.

NG W2026

NG 4567 sling

NG 7300

The Walkabout Medium Holster allows you to capture lifeâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s moments effortlessly, while holding and protecting a small DSLR camera with lens attached and kit lens, or a mirrorless camera with accessories and personal items. The NG 7300 Shoulder Pad installs instantly to provide extra comfort when carrying heavy items and fits any National Geographic shoulder strap.

162

a cotton hemp bag with interior foam padding designed for carrying everyday personal gear


WALKABOUT

Photo Bag Collection

NG W2141

The Walkabout Midi Satchel helps you make the most of your everyday adventures, while holding and protecting your small DSLR camera with lens attached, a kit lens, media accessories, and an iPad.

NG W2161

The Walkabout Medium Satchel helps you make the most of your everyday adventures, while holding and protecting your DSLR camera with lens attached, two additional lenses, a flash, media accessories, and a laptop computer up to 15.4’’.

NG W2300

NG W2400

The Walkabout Slender Messenger Bag helps you make the most of your everyday adventures, while holding and protecting your mirrorless camera with lens attached, as well as media accessories, and a laptop computer up to 15.4’’.

NG W5051

The Walkabout Small Rucksack enables you to travel freely, knowing you always have your essentials with you -- personal items, photographic gear, and a laptop computer up to 12’’ (or a 13’’ Mac), safe and secure.

NG W7300

The Walkabout Shoulder Pad can be attached instantly to any bag to provide extra comfort when carrying. The shoulder pad fits any shoulder strap from the National Geographic Walkabout Collection.

NG W8121

The Walkabout Medium Tote Bag allows you to pack for a day trip while keeping your mirrorless camera with lenses attached, small additional lens and iPad neatly arranged inside.

NG W5071 NG W8240

The Walkabout Slim Shoulder Bag helps you make the most of your everyday adventures, holding and protecting a mirrorless camera with lens attached, an additional small lens, media accessories, and an iPad.

The Walkabout Medium Rucksack enables you to travel freely, knowing you always have your essentials with you -- personal items, photographic gear, and a laptop computer up to 15.4’’ , safe and secure.

The Walkabout Large Tote Bag allows you to pack for a day trip while keeping your DSLR camera with lens attached, kit lens, and laptop computer neatly arranged inside.

163


Private Collection

Lifestyle, Photo and Media Bags

NG P2130

The Private Collection’s Small Backpack enables you to travel freely, knowing you always have your essentials with you – personal items, photographic gear and a laptop computer up to 12’’ – safe and secure.

NG P5090 The Private Collection’s Medium Messenger Bag holds and protects your DSLR camera with lens attached and an additional lens, media accessories and a laptop computer up to 15.4’’.

NG P2030

The Private Collection’s Medium Backpack enables you to travel freely, knowing you always have your essentials with you – personal items, photographic gear and a laptop computer up to 15.4’’ – safe and secure.

NG P8150 NG P2120

The Private Collection’s Slim Shoulder Bag holds and protects a mirrorless camera with lens attached and an additional small lens, media accessories and an iPad.

NG P2020

The Private Collection’s Medium Tote Bag allows you to pack for a day trip while keeping your mirrorless camera with lens attached, additional small lens and iPad or tablet neatly arranged inside.

The Private Collection’s Midi Messenger Bag holds and protects a small DSLR camera with lens attached, a kit lens, media accessories and a tablet computer.

NG P2025

The Private Collection’s Small Holster holds and protects a mirrorless camera with lens attached and an additional small lens, or an advanced point-and-shoot camera, and media accessories.

NG P6130

NG P5080

The Private Collection’s Medium Holster holds and protects a small DSLR camera with lens attached and a kit lens, or a mirrorless camera with accessories and personal items.

164

The Private Collection’s Trolley Duffel allows you to pack for a trip while keeping your DSLR camera with lens attached, kit lens and laptop computer up to 13’’ neatly arranged and secure inside.


Camera Cases

-40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black

HPRC 5400W HPRC 1100

FEATURES - Removable multiformat memory card holder - Accepted card Formats: SD, Memory stick, Memory stick pro duo, Mini SD - Holds up to 2 memory cards per format - Full/empty indicator

Dimension: internal dimension 1140x350x160(mm) - 44,90x13,78x6,30(in) external dimension 1187x410x181(mm) - 46,73x16,07x7,12(in) lid: 45(mm) - 1,77(in) bottom: 115(mm) 4,52(in) Weight: empty: 7,70kg - 16,94lbs with cubed foam: 8,80kg - 19,40lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black

HPRC 3500

HPRC 2250

HPRC 2100 Dimension: internal dimension 236x182x155(mm) - 9,30x7,16x6,10(in) external dimension 258x230x170 (mm) - 10,15x9,05x6,70(in) lid: 29(mm) - 1,14(in) bottom: 126(mm) 4,96(in) Weight: empty: 1,0kg - 2,2lbs with cubed foam: 1,35kg - 2,97lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black - Orange - Olive green Ferrari red - Electric blue

HPRC 1300

FEATURES - Removable multiformat memory card holder - Accepted card Formats: SD, Memory stick, Memory stick pro duo, Mini SD - Holds up to 2 memory cards per format - Full/empty indicator

Weight: empty: 0,87kg - 1,92lbs with cubed foam: 1,08kg - 2,38lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black - Orange - Olive green Ferrari red - Electric blue

Dimension: internal dimension 215x150x95(mm) - 8,46x5,91x3,74(in) external dimension 235x190x105(mm) - 9,26x7,48x4,13(in) lid: 19(mm) - 0,75(in) bottom: 76(mm) -2,99(in) Weight: empty: 0,70kg - 1,54lbs with cubed foam: 0,84kg - 1,85lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black - Orange - Olive green Ferrari red Electric blue

HPRC 2300

HPRC 2200

Dimension: internal dimension 430x320x160(mm) - 16.92x12.59x6.29(in) external dimension 500x370x185(mm) - 16.98x14.56x7.28(in) lid: 72 (mm) – 2,83 (in) bottom: 88(mm) 3,46(in) Weight: empty: 3,00kg - 6,61lbs with cubed foam: 3,55kg - 7,82lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun

Dimension: internal dimension 236x182x105(mm) - 9,30x7,16x4,13(in) external dimension 258x230x120(mm) - 10,15x9,05x4,72(in) lid: 29(mm) - 1,14(in) bottom: 76(mm) 2,99(in)

Dimension: internal dimension 305x230x137(mm) - 12,00x9,06x5,39(in) external dimension 335x290x155(mm) - 13,19x11,42x6,10(in) lid: 31(mm) - 1,22(in) bottom: 106(mm) 4,17(in) Weight: empty: 1,67kg - 3,68lbs with cubed foam: 1,90kg - 4,19lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black - Orange - Olive green Ferrari red - Electric blue

165


Camera Cases

HPRC 2400

lid: 46(mm) - 1,81(in) bottom: 153(mm) 6,02(in) Weight: empty: 4,85kg - 10,67lbs with cubed foam: 5,35kg - 11,79lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun 40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black - Orange - Olive green

HPRC 2580

Dimension: internal dimension 480x360x198(mm) - 18,90x14,17x7,79(in) external dimension 550x420x215(mm) - 21,65x16,53x8,46(in) lid: 46(mm) - 1,81(in) bottom: 152(mm) 5,98(in) Weight: empty: 4,25kg - 9,37lbs with cubed foam: 5,05kg - 11,13lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black - Orange - Olive green Ferrari red - Electric blue

HPRC 2700 Dimension: internal dimension 375x265x152(mm) - 14,76x10,43x5,98(in) external dimension 405x330x165(mm) - 15,94x12,99x6,50(in) lid: 45(mm) - 1,77(in) bottom: 107(mm) 4,21(in) Weight: empty: 2,05kg - 4,51lbs with cubed foam: 2,38kg - 5,25lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black - Orange - Olive gre

HPRC 2500

Dimension: internal dimension 390x310x89(mm) - 15,35x12,20x3,50(in) external dimension 411x359x110(mm) - 16,18x14,13x4,33(in) lid: 44(mm) - 1,73(in) bottom: 45(mm) 1,77(in) Weight: empty: 2,40kg - 5,28lbs with cubed foam: 2,57kg - 5,67lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black

HPRC 2600W

Dimension: internal dimension 550x460x205(mm) - 21,65x18,11x8,07(in) external dimension 590x525x225(mm) - 23,23x20,67x8,86(in) lid: 45(mm) - 1,77(in) bottom: 160(mm) 6,03(in) Weight: empty: 5,55kg - 12,24lbs with cubed foam: 6,71kg - 14,79lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black - Orange - Olive green Ferrari red - Electric blue

HPRC 2700W Dimension: internal dimension 450x320x175(mm) - 17,72x12,60x6,89(in) external dimension 480x385x190(mm) - 18,90x15,16x7,48(in) lid: 46(mm) - 1,81(in) bottom: 129(mm) 5,08(in) Weight: empty: 3,15kg - 6,95lbs with cubed foam: 3,71kg - 8,18lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black - Orange - Olive green Ferrari red - Electric blue

HPRC 2550W

Dimension: internal dimension 484x360x218(mm) - 19,05x14,17x8,58(in) external dimension 550x420x260(mm) - 21,65x16,53x10,24(in) lid: 46(mm) - 1,81(in) bottom: 172(mm) 6,77(in) Weight: empty: 6,05kg - 13,34lbs with cubed foam: 6,97kg - 15,37lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black - Orange - Olive green

HPRC 2600

Dimension: internal dimension 510x285x199(mm) - 20,08x11,22x7,83(in) external dimension 545x350x230(mm) - 21,46x13,78x9,05(in)

166

Dimension: internal dimension 555x460x256(mm) - 21,85x18,1x10,08(in) external dimension 620x520x275(mm) - 24,41x20,47x10,83(in) lid: 46(mm) - 1,81(in) bottom: 210(mm) 8,27(in) Weight: empty: 7,55kg - 16,65lbs with cubed foam: 9,07kg - 19,99lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black - Orange - Olive green


Camera Cases

HPRC 2780W

HPRC 2730W

The exterior of each Retrospective shoulder bag is purposefully simple, allowing photographers to inconspicuously blend into their shooting environment.

Retrospective 5 - Pinestone

Dimension: internal dimension 745x525x366(mm) - 29,33x20,66x14,40(in) external dimension 810x585x388(mm) - 31,86x23,00x15,27(in) lid: 73(mm) - 2,87(in) bottom: 293(mm) 11,53(in) Weight: empty: 12,2kg - 26,10lbs with cubed foam: 16,18kg - 35,67lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black

HPRC 2800W

Dimension: internal dimension 745x525x458(mm) - 29,30x20,65x18,01(in) external dimension 810x585x480(mm) - 31,86x23,00x18,88(in) lid: 73(mm) - 2,87(in) bottom: 385(mm) 15,14(in) Weight: empty: 13,20kg - 29.1lbs with cubed foam: 17,43kg - 38.43lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black

HPRC 4400

Unbreakable, waterproof, resin case with a cubed foam interior made to carry audio, photo or video equipment and accessories. Neoprene O-rings keep the cases airtight and watertight. Air pressure release valve. Super-soft grip rigid handle. High-strength aluminum telescopic handle that pulls out when wheeling. Smooth-gliding wheels.

Pixel Pocket Rocket

Retrospective 10 - Black

The Retrospective series is comprised of four shoulder bags and two lens changer bags. Created for the professional photographer that wants to blend in with the crowd and remain inconspicuous in any situation.

Retrospective 10 - Pinestone

Store 10 memory cards in a small, compact package that fits easily in your pocket or attaches to your belt or bags. Business card holder for easy identification!

Pee Wee Pixel Pocket Rocket

Dimension: internal dimension 420x420x420(mm) - 16,53x16,53x16,53(in) external dimension 479x481x437(mm) - 18,86x18,94x17,20(in) lid: 65(mm) - 2,56(in) bottom: 355(mm) 13,97(in) Weight: empty: 6,70 - 14,77 lbs with cubed foam: 8,90 – 19,62 lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black

The exterior of each Retrospective shoulder bag is purposefully simple, allowing photographers to inconspicuously blend into their shooting environment.

Stores four Compact Flash cards and three Secure Digital cards in an even smaller, more compact package.

Retrospective 5 - Black

The exterior of each Retrospective shoulder bag is purposefully simple, allowing photographers to inconspicuously blend into their shooting environment.

Retrospective 20 - Black

The Retrospective series is comprised of four shoulder bags and two lens changer bags. Created for the professional photographer that wants to blend in with the crowd and remain inconspicuous in any situation.

167


Camera Cases

Retrospective 20 Pinestone

The exterior of each Retrospective shoulder bag is purposefully simple, allowing photographers to inconspicuously blend into their shooting environment.

Speed-Racer-V20-1

Carries a pro size DSLR with 2–3 zoom lenses or accessories. Fits a 70-200 f2.8 attached to camera (except Nikon VR1), lens hood reversed.

Urban Disguise 40 V2.0

Retrospective 30 - Black

Urban Disguise 70 Pro V2.0

The Urban Disguise 70 Pro V2.0 is designed to carry two regular or pro size DSLRs with lenses attached to each camera body. It even fits up to a 70-200 f2.8 lens attached to any camera body! This is a briefcase style gear bag for travel and camera equipment protection without attracting attention as an obvious camera bag.

Shape-Shifter-7 The Retrospective series is comprised of four shoulder bags and two lens changer bags. Created for the professional photographer that wants to blend in with the crowd and remain inconspicuous in any situation.

Retrospective 30 - Pinestone

The briefcase size Urban Disguise 40 V2.0 fits more gear that it appears! A wide angle lens with hood in position, 24-70 f2.8 with hood in position and 70-200 f2.8 with hood reversed all fit vertically into this slim shoulder bag. Now it’s the photographer’s choice to attach a pro size or regular size DSLR to the short lenses.

Urban Disguise 50 V2.0

This revolutionary breakthrough in backpack design expands and contracts to fit your equipment.

Urban Disguise 35 V2.0 The Retrospective series is comprised of four shoulder bags and two lens changer bags. Created for the professional photographer that wants to blend in with the crowd and remain inconspicuous in any situation.

Speed-Demon-V20-10

The briefcase size Urban Disguise 50 V2.0 fits more gear that it appears, and a 15.4” laptop! A wide angle lens with hood in position, 24-70 f2.8 with hood in position and 70-200 f2.8 with hood reversed all fit vertically into the main compartment.

Urban Disguise 60 V2.0 Carries one standard size DSLR plus 2–3 small zoom or prime lenses.

StreetWalker-5

Speed-Freak-V20-1

Carries a standard size DSLR with 2–3 zoom lenses. Fits a 70–200 f2.8 detached from camera, lens hood reversed.

168

A perfect size working bag for photographers on the go who use a compact laptop. The Urban Disguise 35 V2.0 holds up to a 13.3” laptop with a standard size DSLR or a 10” netbook with a pro size DSLR. A 70-200 f2.8 lens can remain attached to any size DSLR, inside the bag.

The briefcase sized camera bag Urban Disguise 60 V2.0 fits more gear that it appears, and a 17” laptop! A wide angle lens with hood in position, 24-70 f2.8 with hood in position and 70-200 f2.8 with hood reversed all fit vertically into the main compartment. A separate, padded compartment fits most 17” laptops** (compare laptop dimensions with specifications below) The new Expansion Zipper, at the top of the main compartment, increases the depth of the Urban Disguise 60 V2.0 to fit a pro size DSLR with a lens attached.

Designed for use in urban and crowded environments, this slim, lightweight backpack is sized as an international travel carry-on. It holds a DSLR and a 70-200 2.8 with hood attached and multiple DSLR cameras and


Camera Cases

lenses.

StreetWalker-HardDrive-4

The Digital Holster 50 V2.0 is designed for pro size DSLRs such as the Nikon D3/D4 series or the Canon 1D and 1Ds series. Also accommodates standard size camera bodies with add-on vertical battery grips. This is the only top loading bag for a pro size DSLR that can carry a 70-200 f2.8 with the lens hood either reversed or in position, ready to shoot.

Airport Security V2.0

Digital Holster 40 V2.0

Designed for use in urban and crowded environments, this slim, lightweight backpack also holds a 15” laptop, as well as a pro-size DSLR and a 70-200 2.8 with hood attached.

StreetWalker-Pro-5 The Digital Holster 40 V2.0 is designed for pro size DSLRs such as the Nikon D3/ D4 series or the Canon 1D/1Ds series. Also accommodates standard size camera bodies with add-on vertical battery grips. The shape of the bag conforms to the camera itself, with one straight side and one curved side. It can actually stand up by itself!

Designed to meet USA domestic carry-on size standards, this roller provides advanced security features for traveling with the maximum amount of equipment.

Airport International V2.0

Airport-TakeOff-10 Designed for use in urban and crowded environments, this slim, lightweight backpack is sized as an international travel carry-on. It will hold most 400 f2.8 lenses with a pro size DSLR camera body attached.

Digital Holster 30 V2.0 Designed for INTERNATIONAL carry-on, this roller provides advanced security features and peace of mind. The Airport Takeoff™ bag is the new standard in a rolling camera backpack. Think Tank Photo has designed a transportation solution that combines the portability of a backpack with the ease of a rolling suitcase.

The Digital Holster 30 V2.0 is designed for regular size DSLRs such as the Canon 5D Mark II, 7D, and 60D or Nikon D700, D300s, and D7000 This is the only top loading bag for a DSLR that can carry a 70-200 f2.8 with the lens hood either reversed or in position, ready to shoot.

Airport Security V2.0

Airport-AirStreamRolling-Camera-Bag Optional set of dividers allows the Artificial Intelligence 15 & 17 laptop cases or the Cable Management 50 to lie inside of the roller. The Airport Security V2.0 rolling camera case is sold separately.

Digital Holster 50 V2.0

Airport International™ Low Divider

The perfect small roller for traveling with a selected amount of gear; meets international carry-on size limits.

169


6-in-1 Reflector Kit

Available in 20, 30, 40 inches

LIGHT TENT

4-in-1 Reflector Kit

21”X20” LIGHT TENT 54”X40” LIGHT TENT 48”X60” LIGHT TENT Available in 30, 42, 52 inches, Gold and silver textures.

Octabank

Magic Slipper Soft Box Kit

10’ X 12’ Costa Brava Blue

Soft Box

10’ X 24’ Storm Clouds

Apollo Orb Speedlite Kit

7’ Octabank 5’ Octabank

32” Optical White Satin Umbrella with Removable Black Cover

32” Optical White Satin Umbrella

24” x 32” Silver Soft Box 54” x 72” Silver Soft Box 36” x 48” White Soft Box

Apollo Speedlite Kit

Tri Flector

Mini Apollo Flash Kit

10’ x 12’ Chroma Key Blue Sheet


Canvas Backgrounds

C100-0910 9’ x 10’ (2.75m x 3.04m) Autumn 14 lbs (6.35 kg)

C400-0910 9’ x 10’ (2.75m x 3.04m) Whirlwind 14 lbs (6.35 kg)

C100-0920 9’ x 20’ (2.75m x 6.09m) Autumn 23 lbs (10.43 kg)

C400-0920 9’ x 20’ (2.75m x 6.09m) Whirlwind 23 lbs (10.43 kg)

Stormy

Blue Skies

All canvas backgrounds are made with the highest quality material to ensure that you get the most professional and durable backgrounds available on the market today. Easily create a high-key studio by using the Portrait White Canvas backgrounds on your studio walls, and floors, or use colored gels for more creativity. BD hand painted backgrounds are created with a special multiple layering painting process to create a unique rich look of an old world muslin. • Matte Finish - No Glare • Professional Quality Vinyl • Durable • Pure white when properly lit • Ideal for high key photography • Easy to clean with damp sponge • Sturdy cores prevent wrinkles • Blackout center • Seamless, hangs straight

C200-0910 9’ x 10’ (2.75m x 3.04m) Stormy 14 lbs (6.35 kg)

Portrait White

Golden Sand

C50-0910 9’ x 10’ (2.75m x 3.04m) 14 lbs (6.35 kg)

C300-0910 9’ x 10’ (2.75m x 3.04m) Golden Sand 14 lbs (6.35 kg)

C50-0920 9’ x 20’ (2.75m x 6.09m) Portrait White 23 lbs (10.43 kg)

C300-0920 9’ x 20’ (2.75m x 6.09m) Golden Sand 23 lbs (10.43 kg)

Autumn

Whirlwind

C200-0920 9’ x 20’ (2.75m x 6.09m) S Stormy 23 lbs (10.43 kg)

C500-0910 9’ x 10’ (2.75m x 3.04m) Blue Skies 14 lbs (6.35 kg) C500-0920 9’ x 20’ (2.75m x 6.09m) Blue Skies 23 lbs (10.43 kg)

Earth

C700-0910 9’ x 10’ (2.75m x 3.04m) Earth 14 lbs (6.35 kg) C700-0920 9’ x 20’ (2.75m x 6.09m) Earth 23 lbs (10.43 kg)

171


Studio Accessories

Professional Professional Photography Photography Support Support Professional Professional Camera Camera support support

Backgrounds Backgrounds and and Expendables Expendables forfor Photography Photography && Display Display Background Background Paper Paper

FotoFoto BlueBlue 136 136 DeepDeep BlueBlue 109 109 Regatta Regatta BlueBlue 126 126

The The BD Company BD Company Offers Offers highhigh quality, quality, non[ferlectiong non[ferlectiong background background paper paper in aninarry an arry of vibrant of vibrant colors, colors, and and sizes,sizes, All 50All BD50 Colors BD Colors Avalable Avalable In theInFollowing the Following sizes: sizes: A1 = A1 2.72=m 2.72 * 11 mm * 11 m A2 = A2 1.35=m 1.35 * 11 mm * 11 m A4 = A4 2.72=m 2.72 * 45.72 m * 45.72 m m EX-TRA EX-TRA Wide Wide available available in Four in Colors: Four Colors: (Black,(Black, StormStorm Gray, Gray, SuperSuper White,White, and Veri andGreen Veri Green B3 = 3.56 B3 =m 3.56 * 30 mm * 30 m

Patriot Patriot BlueBlue 161 161 Regal Regal BlueBlue 126 126

Cortez Cortez BlueBlue 173 173 MistiMisti BlueBlue 115 115

White White 134 134

BlueBlue Heven Heven 103 103

Alaska Alaska BlueBlue 100 100

Super Super White White 129 129 Creme Creme 106 106 AquaAqua 165 165

Daf-Fo-Dil Daf-Fo-Dil 107 107 Marigold Marigold 169 169

Teal Teal 157 157

JadeJade 137 137

Sunflower Sunflower 139 139 FotoFoto Green Green 162 162 Veri Veri Green Green 132 132 Ermin Ermin GrayGray 110 110

Almond Almond 135 135

IvoryIvory 155 155

Straw Straw 128 128 Photographers Photographers GrayGray 153 153

Tangerine Tangerine 152 152 Flame-Tone Flame-Tone 111 111

Terracotta Terracotta 139 139 Blue-Gray Blue-Gray 102 102

Pongee Pongee 121 121

Red Red 124 124

Natural Natural 116 116

RubyRuby 156 156

Pastel Pastel PinkPink 117 117 Violet Violet 133 133

148 148

Silver Stone Silver GrayGray 127 127 Stone GrayGray 170 170

Hickory Hickory 113 113

Hot Hot PinkPink 163 163

Purple Purple 154 154

Pursuit Soft Soft GrayGray 116 116 Pursuit GrayGray 123 123

Graystone SteelSteel GrayGray 150 150 PlazaPlaza GrayGray 119 119 Graystone 112 112

DarkDark GrayGray 172 172

Thunder Thunder GrayGray 131 131

١٥٩ Storm DoveDove GrayGray 109 109 ١٥٩ Storm GrayGray

BlackBlack 101 101

151 151 172


Professional Camera Supports

Professional Camera support

Mini Slider

Professional Camera support

GigaPan EPIC Pro 7.25lbs W/ Battery (3.3kg) 6.3Olbs W/o Battery (2.8kg) 1O-5/8" x11-7/8" x 5-7/8" (27.12cm x 3O.25cm x15cm) Rechargeable battery pack included. Camera not included.

This new-released Wondlan Mini Slider with high-precision rail and new designed support system, is light-weight and flexible, making the sliding smooth and stable.

The Epic Pro is compatible with a broad range of DSLR cameras, and can support camera and lens combinations up to 10 lbs.

GigaPan EPIC 100 3 lbs 7.5 oz (1.6 kg) 8.4" x 8.8" x 4.9" (21.4 x 22.4 x 12.5 cm) Requires 6 AA Batteries (rechargeables are highly preferred) Note: If using alkaline, a spare set of batteries is recommended. Camera and batteries not included.

Unique structural design, there is 1/4 & 3/8 screw holes in 3 different places on the slide, and 3/8 on bottom of it, which can match any tripod.

Some small DSLR cameras are compatible with the EPIC 100. Keep in mind that the maximum diameter of lens (filter size) that will fit on the EPIC 100 is 62mm. If using a lens with a larger filter size or total weight of camera body, lens and accessories exceeds 3 lbs, you should use the EPIC Pro if compatible.

GigaPan EPIC 3 lbs 1 oz (1.4 kg) 7.75" x 7.5" x 4.9" (19.8 x 19 x 12.4 cm) Requires 6 AA Batteries (rechargeables are highly preferred) Note: If using alkaline, a spare set of batteries is recommended. Camera and batteries not included The EPIC is ideally suited for compact digital cameras. Diversification of compound mode: it can move vertically when cross install the support legs, also move in all positions when combine with single tripod. Itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s used as the air slider when matches with two tripods.

MINOX Binoculars

GLIDECAM HD-2000 PROFESSIONAL CAMERA STABILIZATION SYSTEM The amazingly advanced and totally re-engineered HD-Series from Glidecam Industries represents the top of the line in hand-held Camera Stabilization. The Glidecam HD-Series offers advanced features and a degree of sophistication never before seen in a line of Hand-held Camera Stabilizers.

156

With this model of the MINOX BL series, the renowned optical specialist from Wetzlar has added powerful binoculars with a high magnification factor to its product range. The MINOX BL 15x56 is the perfect tool for hunting and observing game, especially at long distances. With their large light-gathering power, they are in a class of their own in twilight conditions. With a very low weight and robust design, the BL 15x56 binoculars offer the discerning user the very best of uncompromising quality.

153

173


Professional Camera Supports

Professional Camera support

a support

Professional Camera support

Can't stay still? The RS-Sport will keep your gear safe and steady in even the most strenuous situations. Slide the camera up the strap to grab that perfect shot. With its sturdy design and under-arm safety tether, the RS-Sport isn't going anywhere, even if you are.

Professional C

RS DR-1 Double Strap

Can't stay still? The RS-Sport w most strenuous situations. Slid shot. With its sturdy design an going anywhere, even if you a

RS-4 CLASSIC

RS-4 CLASSIC

shooters. Ergonomic and attachments so you can e can even be detached for you’ll wonder how you

The DR-1 is the ultimate solution for two-camera shooters. Ergonomic and sleek, it works with Black Rapid’s MODS system of attachments so you can customise your strap to your exact needs. One side can even be detached for use as a single R-Strap. Simple, fast, and intuitive, you’ll wonder how you lived without it.

The RS-4's smart design is lightweight and low profile. It features a quick access, secure pocket for storing two extra memory cards in their protective cases. Like all R-Straps, the RS-4 is incredibly comfortable and quick on the draw.

JOEY J-1

The RS-4's smart design is ligh access, secure pocket for stori cases. Like all R-Straps, the RS draw.

RS-5 CARGO

RS-5 CARGO

Rapid Joey-1 Pocket is an -Straps. The J-1 features a maller phones and batteries. Run out of hands to hold all your gear? The BlackRapid Joey-1 Pocket is an accessory that hooks onto all MODS compatible R-Straps. The J-1 features a velcro cover, and is recommended for use with smaller phones and batteries. Keep everything ready, right at your fingertips.

JOEY J-2 The RS-5 is a brilliant companion for those who require extra storage. It combines zippered pockets with a phone compartment roomy enough to accommodate even larger smart phones. A magnetic clasp opens silently for noise-sensitive situations. Even fully loaded, the RS-5 will dominate any shootout.

The RS-5 is a brilliant compan combines zippered pockets w accommodate even larger sm noise-sensitive situations. Eve shootout.

RS-7 Curve

Rapid Joey-2 Pocket is an -Straps. The J-2 features a ost smart phones, MP3 t at your fingertips.

Run out of hands to hold all your gear? The BlackRapid Joey-2 Pocket is an accessory that hooks onto all MODS compatible R-Straps. The J-2 features a velcro cover, and is recommended for use with most smart phones, MP3 players, and batteries. Keep everything ready, right at your fingertips.

RS-7 Curve

RS-Sport

The RS-7 is specially designed to work with BlackRapid’s MODS system. It features attachment points so you can customize your strap with your choice of storage and other features. It’s constructed of ballistic nylon for extreme durability. With the RS-7, ergonomics are key. It’s designed and shaped to fit perfectly around your shoulder. The weight of your camera is evenly distributed for the ultimate in comfort. Built for speed, for when timing is everything.

157 154

174

The RS-7 is specially designed features attachment points so of storage and other features. durability. With the RS-7, ergo perfectly around your shoulde distributed for the ultimate in everything.


Professional Camera Supports

Professional ProfessionalCamera Camerasupport support

Professional ProfessionalCamera Camerasupport support

RS-W1 RS-W1WOMEN WOMEN

Fat FatGecko Gecko Camera CameraMount Mount

The The RS-W1 RS-W1 is is BlackRapid's BlackRapid's introduction introduction toto designing designing a camera a camera strap strap specifically specifically forfor women. women. Part Part ofof the the award award winning winning R-Strap R-Strap line, line, the the RS-W1 RS-W1 is is the the world's world's first first camera camera strap strap that that focuses focuses onon the the perfect perfect fitfit forfor the the female. female. While While maintaining maintaining the the traditional traditional "Built "Built forfor Speed" Speed" design, design, our our designers designers added added a sleek a sleek curve curve highlighted highlighted with with anan elegant elegant but but slight slight pattern pattern accent. accent. This This RS-W1 RS-W1 provides provides comfort, comfort, speed, speed, and and durability durability along along with with graceful graceful styling. styling.

Delkin's Delkin's Camera Camera Mount Mount is is a revolutionary a revolutionary new new camera camera mounting mounting kitkit designed designed forfor use use in in motorsports motorsports ofof allall categories. categories. Strong Strong enough enough toto remain remain securely securely in in place, place, rugged rugged enough enough toto hold hold anan expensive expensive camera, camera, and and light light enough enough toto gogo un-noticed un-noticed while while in in use, use, the the Delkin's Delkin's Camera Camera Mount Mount is is the the perfect perfect system system forfor allall motorsport motorsport enthusiasts. enthusiasts. With With itsits universal universal tripod tripod mound mound and and suction suction cup, cup, the the Delkin Delkin Camera Camera Mount Mount can can bebe used used with with any any camera camera and and onon any any surface. surface.

Fat FatGecko Gecko Mini MiniCamera CameraMount Mount

DR-1 DR-1Double DoubleStrap Strap

The The DR-1 DR-1 is is the the ultimate ultimate solution solution forfor two-camera two-camera shooters. shooters. Ergonomic Ergonomic and and sleek, sleek, it works it works with with BlackRapid’s BlackRapid’s MODS MODS system system ofof attachments attachments soso you you can can customise customise your your strap strap toto your your exact exact needs. needs. One One side side can can even even bebe detached detached forfor use use asas a single a single R-Strap. R-Strap. Simple, Simple, fast, fast, and and intuitive, intuitive, you’ll you’ll wonder wonder how how you you lived lived without without it. it. The The DR-1 DR-1 comes comes with with two two FastenR-3 FastenR-3 connectors. connectors.

DR-2 DR-2Slim SlimDouble DoubleStrap Strap

The The DR-1 DR-1 is is the the ultimate ultimate solution solution forfor two-camera two-camera shooters. shooters. Ergonomic Ergonomic and and sleek, sleek, it works it works with with BlackRapid’s BlackRapid’s MODS MODS system system ofof attachments attachments soso you you can can customise customise your your strap strap toto your your exact exact needs. needs. One One side side can can even even bebe detached detached forfor use use asas a single a single R-Strap. R-Strap. Simple, Simple, fast, fast, and and intuitive, intuitive, you’ll you’ll wonder wonder how how you you lived lived without without it. it. The The DR-1 DR-1 comes comes with with two two FastenR-3 FastenR-3 connectors. connectors.

158 158

The The FatFat Gecko Gecko Mini Mini uses uses the the unbelievable unbelievable strength strength ofof locking locking suction suction and and aa universal universal mounting mounting screw screw toto securely securely attach attach any any standard standard camera camera oror camcorder camcorder toto the the vehicle vehicle oror object object ofof your your choice. choice. The The FatFat Gecko Gecko Mini Mini is is ideal ideal in in situations situations where where size size and and weight weight are are critical, critical, especially especially in in extreme extreme sports sports where where a compact a compact camera camera is is preferred preferred and and dual dual suction suction isn't isn't necessary. necessary. With With anan adjustable adjustable joint joint and and a 3" a 3" extension extension bar, bar, it'sit's easy easy toto setset upup shots shots over over a windshield, a windshield, around around anan instrument instrument panel, panel, over over aa binding, binding, oror anywhere anywhere else else that that a standard a standard tripod tripod oror camera camera mount mount wouldn't wouldn't normally normally holdup holdup - this - this is is one one extreme extreme mount mount forfor extreme extreme conditions. conditions.

Fat FatGecko Gecko Bike BikeCamera CameraMount Mount

The The FatFat Gecko Gecko camera camera mount mount forfor bikes bikes makes makes it possible it possible toto securely securely attach attach any any camera camera oror camcorder camcorder toto the the center center handlebars handlebars ofof a bicycle a bicycle toto capture capture unbelievable unbelievable action action footage. footage. The The removable removable mount mount utilizes utilizes the the existing existing handlebar handlebar bolts bolts and and anan adjustable adjustable height height extender extender that that straps straps directly directly toto the the bike bike stem stem toto achieve achieve anan array array ofof angles angles using using a DSLR, a DSLR, compact compact camera, camera, oror video video camera. camera. Once Once the the mount mount is is installed, installed, the the camera camera can can bebe removed removed and and re-attached re-attached independently independently using using a built a built in in quick-release quick-release feature. feature. Rugged Rugged materials materials and and construction construction ensure ensure that that the the mount mount holds holds upup through through anan array array ofof onon and and off-road off-road adventures adventures without without adding adding any any extra extra bulk bulk oror weight. weight. Tested Tested and and recommended recommended forfor anan assortment assortment ofof bikes bikes including: including: road, road, mountain, mountain, hybrid, hybrid, touring, touring, racing, racing, cruisers, cruisers, trick trick and and more. more.

155 155

175


Professional Camera Supports

Professional Professional Camera Camera support support FatFat Gecko Gecko Extension Extension KitKit (for(for Dual Dual Suction Suction & Gator & Gator Camera Camera Mounts) Mounts)

Impossible Impossible Shooting Shooting Angles, Angles, Made Made Possible. Possible. The Delkin The Delkin Devices' Devices' Fat Gecko Fat Gecko Extension Extension Kit is aKit three-piece is a three-piece set that setallows that allows you toyou achieve to achieve the most the precise most precise shooting shooting and filming and filming angles.angles. Customized Customized to to fit thefit Original the Original Fat Gecko Fat Gecko and the and Fatthe Gecko Fat Gecko Gator Gator Camera Camera Mounts, Mounts, this this supplement supplement provides provides the added the added lengthlength and depth and depth needed needed for exact for quality exact quality imaging. imaging. This value This package value package includes includes two extension two extension shaftsshafts and a and 360 adegree 360 degree rotating rotating knuckle knuckle to provide to provide versatility versatility and adjustment and adjustment when when desired. desired.

FatFat Gecko Gecko Original Original Dual Dual Suction Suction Camera Camera Mount Mount

Impossible Impossible Shooting Shooting Angles, Angles, Made Made Possible. Possible. Adventure-seekers, Adventure-seekers, commercial commercial photographers photographers and amateur and amateur filmmakers filmmakers alike alike will appreciate will appreciate the versatility the versatility of Delkin of Delkin Devices' Devices' DIMA DIMA 2010 award-winning 2010 award-winning Fat Gecko Fat Gecko Original Original Suction Suction Cup Camera Cup Camera Mount. Mount. A solidA steel solidshaft, steel shaft, powerful powerful vise grip, viseand grip,rugged and rugged construction construction keep your keepdigital your digital devicedevice securesecure and and stationary stationary for hands-free for hands-free use inuse the in most the extreme most extreme situations. situations. This sturdy This sturdy camera camera mountmount uses two usessuction two suction cups and cupsa and universal a universal 1/4''-20 1/4''-20 tripodtripod mounting mounting screw screw to attach to attach to anytosolid any surface, solid surface, ensuring ensuring zero damage zero damage or or slippage slippage at its base. at its base.

Snug-It Snug-It ProPro DSLR DSLR Camera Camera Skin Skin forfor Canon Canon 7D7D DSLR Defensive DSLR Defensive Skin Skin Custom-manufactured Custom-manufactured for thefor the CanonCanon 7D, Delkin's 7D, Delkin's Snug-It Snug-It Pro skin Pro skin provides provides complete complete digitaldigital camera camera security security in anyinphoto any photo atmosphere. atmosphere. A A tackless tackless and powder-infused and powder-infused silicone silicone mold is mold idealis for ideal heavy-duty for heavy-duty use; Whether use; Whether hiking,hiking, fishingfishing or justorenjoying just enjoying a calma calm afternoon afternoon outdoors, outdoors, your DSLR your will DSLR will remainremain completely completely protected protected even even in a handbag. in a handbag. Creating Creating a thicka thick rugged rugged shell with shellridges with ridges incorporated incorporated for thefor skin, thethis skin, this glove-like glove-like fit offers fit offers both smooth both smooth texture texture and a and secure a secure grip on grip your on your device.device.

156 156 176

USB USB 3.03.0 Universal Universal Memory Memory Card Card ReaderReaderUDMA, UDMA, SDHC SDHC & SDXC & SDXC Enabled Enabled

Expedited Expedited Data Transfer. Data Transfer. Move Move video video and image and image files from files memory from memory card to card computer to computer over ten over times ten times faster,faster, with sustained with sustained transfer transfer speedsspeeds up to up 5Gbps. to 5Gbps. Transfer Transfer two hours two hours of of high definition high definition 1080p1080p video video in 26 seconds, in 26 seconds, almostalmost 10,00010,000 images images in lessinthan less than a minute a minute or 2000 or MP3 2000files MP3infiles lessinthan less13 than seconds. 13 seconds. Delkin's Delkin's USB3.0USB3.0 Universal Universal ReaderReader offers offers complete complete backward backward compatibility compatibility with USB2.0 with USB2.0 and USB1.1, and USB1.1, allowing allowing for seamless for seamless integration integration with portable with portable or desktop or desktop computer computer systems systems and making and making this the this ideal the companion ideal companion for your forpresent your present and future and future data management data management needs.needs.

USB USB 2.02.0 Universal Universal Multi-Card Multi-Card Reader/ Reader/ Writer Writer (SDHC, (SDHC, SDXC SDXC & & UDMA UDMA Enabled) Enabled)

Expedited Expedited Data Transfer. Data Transfer. Our USB2.0 Our USB2.0 Universal Universal Memory Memory Card Reader Card Reader allowsallows users to users transfer to transfer MP3, MP3, high-res high-res imageimage and video and video files across files across virtually virtually every every memory memory formatformat on theon the market. market. Optimized Optimized for high forspeed high speed large capacity large capacity data transfer, data transfer, this UDMA, this UDMA, SDHC SDHC and SDXC and SDXC capable capable devicedevice offers offers convenient convenient plug &plug play&installation, play installation, simplesimple dragging dragging & dropping & dropping between between desired desired locations, locations, and hot and swapping. hot swapping. Backed Backed by Delkin's by Delkin's trusted trusted five year fivewarranty, year warranty, this RTU thisunit RTUcomes unit comes equipped equipped with awith USB2.0 a USB2.0 cable cable for desktop for desktop or on-the-go or on-the-go use. use.

ExpressCard ExpressCard 24 24 in 1inAdapter 1 Adapter forfor SD,SD, SDHC, SDHC, MMC, MMC, MS,MS, xDxD andand More More

Delkin's Delkin's Multi-Card Multi-Card to ExpressCard to ExpressCard 34 Adapter 34 Adapter utilizesutilizes the new theExpressCard new ExpressCard slot manufactured slot manufactured into many into many industry-leading industry-leading notebooks notebooks and PCs andtoPCs offer to offer larger larger capacity capacity than any thanother any other removable removable storage storage method. method. This transfer This transfer devicedevice operates operates using using a PCI-Express a PCI-Express interface interface and isand guaranteed is guaranteed compatible compatible with 24 with different 24 different memory memory cards cards formats formats including including SecureSecure Digital,Digital, SDHC,SDHC, MMC,MMC, Memory Memory Stick, MS Stick, PRO MSand PROxD. and Rates xD. Rates up to up 20MB/s to 20MB/s offer immediate offer immediate transfer transfer for hi-res for hi-res images, images, MP3s,MP3s, video video and virtually and virtually any other any other large file large type. file type.


Professional Photo Supports

Professional Professional Camera Camera support support ExpressCard ExpressCard 34 CompactFlash 34 CompactFlash (UDMA (UDMA Enabled) Enabled) Adapter Adapter

Delkin'sDelkin's CompactFlash CompactFlash (Type I(Type and II)I and to ExpressCard II) to ExpressCard 34 Adapter 34 Adapter utilizesutilizes the the new ExpressCard new ExpressCard slot manufactured slot manufactured into many intoindustry-leading many industry-leading notebooks notebooks and PCs and to PCs offertolarger offer capacity larger capacity than any than other anyremovable other removable storagestorage method. method. This transfer This transfer device device operates operates using ausing PCI-Express a PCI-Express interface interface and is designed and is designed for UDMA-enabled for UDMA-enabled CF memory CF memory cards. Rates cards.up Rates to 40MB/s up to 40MB/s offer immediate offer immediate transfertransfer for hi-res for images, hi-res images, MP3s, video MP3s,and video virtually and virtually any other anylarge otherfile large type. file type.

ExpressCard ExpressCard 54 CompactFlash 54 CompactFlash (UDMA (UDMA Enabled) Enabled) Adapter Adapter

CompactFlash II) to ExpressCard 54 Adapter the Delkin'sDelkin's CompactFlash (Type I(Type and II)I and to ExpressCard 54 Adapter utilizesutilizes the new ExpressCard slot manufactured intoindustry-leading many industry-leading notebooks new ExpressCard slot manufactured into many notebooks and offer capacity larger capacity than anyremovable other removable method. and PCs to PCs offertolarger than any other storagestorage method. This transfer operates a PCI-Express interface and is designed This transfer device device operates using ausing PCI-Express interface and is designed for UDMA-enabled CF memory cards.up Rates up to 40MB/s offer immediate for UDMA-enabled CF memory cards. Rates to 40MB/s offer immediate for images, hi-res images, MP3s,and video and virtually anylarge otherfile large file type. transfertransfer for hi-res MP3s, video virtually any other type.

64GB 64GB CombatFlash685 CombatFlash685 CF UDMA CF UDMA 6 6 Rugged Rugged & Waterproof & Waterproof

8GB8GB CombatFlash685 CombatFlash685 CF UDMA CF UDMA 6 6 Rugged Rugged & Waterproof & Waterproof

Delkin'sDelkin's ruggedrugged CombatFlash685 CombatFlash685 CF memory CF memory is manufactured is manufactured to exceltoinexcel in situations situations and environments and environments that demand that demand optimaloptimal speed, speed, durability durability and and performance. performance. An elevated An elevated 685X rating 685X guarantees rating guarantees 103MB/s 103MB/s read &read 95MB/s & 95MB/s write, ideal write,for ideal advanced for advanced DSLR video DSLRapplications video applications and modes and modes such assuch HD, as 3DHD, 3D and slow andmotion slow motion recording. recording.

8GB8GB Delkin Delkin Elite633 Elite633 SDHC SDHC UHS-I UHS-I Memory Memory

Shoot with Shoot a card with athat card can that finally can keep finallyup keep withup your withHD your andHD 3Dand enabled 3D enabled video camera video camera or DSLR. or The DSLR. Delkin The Delkin Elite 633 Elite SDHC 633 memory SDHC memory card boasts card boasts an an incredible incredible 80MBps 80MBps write speed write and speed 95MBps and 95MBps read speed, read speed, makingmaking it the fastest it the fastest SDHC card SDHConcard the on market. the market. The new The UHS new(Ultra UHSHigh (UltraSpeed) High Speed) bus-interface bus-interface is is fully compatible fully compatible with SDHC with and SDHC SDXC and host SDXCdevices host devices and guarantees and guarantees greatergreater performance performance in applications in applications where where recording recording real-time real-time broadcasts broadcasts and and capturing capturing large-size large-size HD videos HD videos is imperative. is imperative.

Digital Digital Duster Duster kit kit

Within Within our SensorScope our SensorScope SystemSystem is our DigitalDuster is our DigitalDuster kit. Youkit. can You purchase can purchase this kitthis separate kit separate from SensorScope from SensorScope and it includes and it includes a threeapart three cleaning part cleaning system:system: SensorVac, SensorVac, SensorSafe SensorSafe WandsWands , and SensorSolution , and SensorSolution to effectively to effectively and and safely clean safelyyour cleandigital your digital SLR image SLR image sensor.sensor. Delkin'sDelkin's ruggedrugged CombatFlash685 CombatFlash685 CF memory CF memory is manufactured is manufactured to exceltoinexcel in situations situations and environments and environments that demand that demand optimaloptimal speed, speed, durability durability and and performance. performance. An elevated An elevated 685X rating 685X guarantees rating guarantees 103MB/s 103MB/s read &read 95MB/s & 95MB/s write, ideal write,for ideal advanced for advanced DSLR video DSLRapplications video applications and modes and modes such assuch HD, as 3DHD, 3D and slow andmotion slow motion recording. recording.

157 157

177


Professional Photo Supports

Professional Professional Camera Camera support support SensorScope SensorScope system system The SensorScope The SensorScope has 5X has 5X magnification magnification with ultra with bright ultra bright LED illumination LED illumination for precise for precise sensor sensor inspection. inspection. Fully charge Fully charge your your cameracamera battery battery & set it& toset it to cleaning cleaning mode. mode.

Digital Digital Duster Duster Refill Refill Kit Kit

Extended Extended Power Power Rechargeable Rechargeable 2900mAh 2900mAh AA AA Batteries Batteries (4-Pack) (4-Pack)

Longer Longer Lasting Lasting Premium Premium Power Power Extended-power Extended-power rechargeable rechargeable AA batteries AA batteries provideprovide a high quality a high quality charge charge for for your power-hungry your power-hungry devicesdevices such assuch MP3as players, MP3 players, digital cameras, digital cameras, camcorders, camcorders, gaminggaming devicesdevices and more. andAn more. increased An increased rating of rating 2900mAh of 2900mAh per per cell allows cell for allows low for maintenance low maintenance and improved and improved longevity longevity compared compared to the to the standard standard rechargeable. rechargeable. This 4pcThis package 4pc package is backed is backed by Delkin's by Delkin's trusted trusted two-year two-year warranty warranty and support and support staff. staff.

Jellyfish Jellyfish Floating Floating Waterproof Waterproof Kit Kit

The DigitalDuster The DigitalDuster Refill Kit Refill provides Kit provides you with youeverything with everything you need you need to continue to continue cleaning cleaning your digital your digital SLR sensor SLR sensor safely safely and effectively. and effectively.

Canon Canon LPE6 LPE6 Model Model Premium Premium Li-Ion Li-Ion Rechargeable Rechargeable Battery Battery Delkin'sDelkin's non-OEM non-OEM LPE-6 rechargeable LPE-6 rechargeable battery battery guarantees guarantees optimaloptimal performance performance with your with compatible your compatible Canon digital Canon digital camera,camera, camcorder camcorder or charging or charging unit. This unit. This smart replacement/spare smart replacement/spare power source power is source is built tobuilt nearly tothe nearly exact thespecifications exact specifications of of the original the original model. model. Manufactured Manufactured with thewith the highesthighest quality quality Lithium-ion Lithium-ion cells, Delkin cells, Delkin Power DSLR Powerbatteries DSLR batteries ensure ensure longer longer performance performance during and during between and between chargescharges while limiting while limiting risk of failure. risk of failure. Backed Backed by our by our trusted trusted two-year two-year warranty. warranty.

Dual Dual Universal Universal DSLR DSLR Battery Battery CharCharger ger Kit Kit withwith 2 LPE-6 2 LPE-6 Custom Custom Plates Plates andand 1 Battery 1 Battery Charge Charge Any Two Any Batteries Two Batteries at the Same at the Same Time Time The award-winning The award-winning Dual Universal Dual Universal Battery Battery ChargerCharger is compatible is compatible with nearly withevery nearly every digital camera digital camera battery battery model on model the on the market market and willand ensure will ensure that users thatare users are prepared prepared in evenin the even most thedemanding most demanding shooting shooting atmospheres. atmospheres. Simultaneously Simultaneously charge charge any combination any combination of 2 camera of 2 camera specificspecific batteries batteries or full set or full of four set of AAfour AA rechargeables rechargeables withoutwithout hindering hindering speed speed and efficiency. and efficiency.

158 158 178

Waterproof Waterproof your Valuables. your Valuables. The Delkin The Jellyfish Delkin Jellyfish provides provides complete complete waterproof waterproof protection protection for yourfor point your point and shoot andcamera, shoot camera, mobile mobile phone, phone, MP3 player MP3 or player otherorcompact other compact electronic electronic device in device the most in theextreme most extreme environments. environments. A brightAorange bright orange flotation flotation ball ball (equipped (equipped with bottle withopener) bottle opener) and adjustable and adjustable wrist straps wristensure straps ensure that your that your valuables valuables remain remain nearby nearby and easily andvisible easily in visible the cloudiest in the cloudiest ocean water. oceanThe water. The JellyfishJellyfish is ratedistorated holdto uphold to .73 uppounds to .73 pounds and remain and remain watertight watertight down todown 5 to 5 feet, sofeet, that so adventure that adventure seekersseekers can be can comfortable be comfortable attaching attaching this accessory this accessory to swimwear. to swimwear. A transparent, A transparent, type-through type-through plastic casing plastic also casing provides also provides convenient convenient access to access any touch to anyscreen touch LCD. screen LCD.


Professional Photo Supports

Professional Professional Camera Camera support support Datacolor Datacolor SpyderCheckr SpyderCheckr Pro™ Pro™

You asked You asked and we’re and we’re delivering delivering some some hot new hotfeatures new features just for just you, forwith you,the with the richestrichest feature feature set weset have we ever haveoffered! ever offered! New 4.0 New features 4.0 features include include monitor monitor qualityquality analyzer, analyzer, display display graphing graphing compared compared to sRGB to & sRGB Adobe & Adobe RGB, enhanced RGB, enhanced iterative iterative gray balancing gray balancing and automated and automated brightness brightness adjustment. adjustment.

Spyder4Elite Spyder4Elite - Show - Show the world the world your true yourcolors true colors Spyder4Elite Spyder4Elite is a display is a display color calibration color calibration solution solution designed designed not only notfor only for photographers, photographers, but also butvideographers also videographers and video and video editorseditors who need who the need the highest highest level of level color of control color control in the in studio the studio and flexibility and flexibility in post-production. in post-production. The Spyder4Elite The Spyder4Elite can also canprovide also provide color calibration color calibration for projectors. for projectors. Spyder4Elite Spyder4Elite features features a patented, a patented, full-spectrum full-spectrum 7-color 7-color sensorsensor that can that can accurately accurately characterize characterize a variety a variety of wide of gamut wide gamut and normal and normal displays. displays. Spyder4Elite Spyder4Elite software software lets you letsuse you the use same the same sensorsensor to calibrate to calibrate your monitor, your monitor, laptoplaptop computer, computer, iPad, iPhone iPad, iPhone and projector. and projector. No other No other calibrator calibrator has this has this capability. capability. The fourth-generation The fourth-generation sensorsensor uses double-shielded uses double-shielded filters filters for for longerlonger life and lifebetter and better performance. performance. On average, On average, accuracy accuracy and precision and precision are are improved improved by 26% byand 26%19% andrespectively. 19% respectively.

Benefit: Benefit: SpyderCheckr SpyderCheckr helps helps capture capture consistent consistent color from color day fromtoday daytoand daycamera and camera to to camera camera and apply and apply these these resultsresults easily easily in yourin your workflow workflow with RAW with import RAW import software software such as, such Adobe as, Adobe Photoshop Photoshop and and Lightroom. Lightroom. The sturdy, The sturdy, eco-friendly eco-friendly designdesign has 48has 48 spectrally spectrally engineered engineered color patches color patches and easy andto easy useto calibration use calibration software, software, making making post production post production faster faster by getting by getting consistent, consistent, predictable predictable color right color from right the from start. the start. The SpyderCheckr The SpyderCheckr Pro™ includes: Pro™ includes: • SpyderCheckr™ • SpyderCheckr™ • SpyderCheckr • SpyderCheckr Software Software CD CD • SpyderCube™ • SpyderCube™ • Protective • Protective PouchPouch for SpyderCube for SpyderCube • Lanyard • Lanyard for SpyderCube for SpyderCube • Quick • Quick Start Guides Start Guides

The smarter The smarter focus focus tool tool SpyderLensCal™ SpyderLensCal™ provides provides a fast,a fast, reliable reliable method method of measuring of measuring the the focus focus performance performance on your oncamera your camera and lens andcombinations. lens combinations. It allows It allows photographers photographers to obtain to obtain razor-sharp razor-sharp focusing focusing or check or check to seeto see that their thatlenses their lenses are working are working at their at their peak performance. peak performance. This device This device is is compact, compact, lightweight lightweight and durable, and durable, with integrated with integrated level and leveltri-pod and tri-pod mount. mount.

The RAW-Processing The RAW-Processing Accelerator Accelerator Shooting Shooting in RAW in mode RAW mode gives you gives you creative creative freedom freedom but processing but processing a a RAW file RAW is often file is often a long,a long, trial-and-error trial-and-error operation. operation. SpyderCube SpyderCube accelerates accelerates RAW RAW processing processing in providing in providing references references to set to theset white the white balance, balance, exposure, exposure, black black level and levelbrightness and brightness right from right from the start. the Simply start. Simply take one takereference one reference shot with shotSpyderCube with SpyderCube underunder the the same same light condition, light condition, adjust,adjust, save as save as presetpreset and apply and apply to theto entire the entire series.series.

159 159

179


Professional Photo Supports

Professional Camera support

DXA-5DA

XLR ADAPTER FOR HDSLRS S-1070C 7" LCD Monitor Capture professional 7-Inch HDMI TFT Monitor sound with control and

Orbis ring flash

monitoring features. The DXA-5Da is very easy to set up and use. The level meters show the exact signal strength at a glance while the headphone output lets you monitor what you are recording.

Features: 2 Xlr balanced inputs Headphone monitoring Agc disable feature Lcd display S-1070C+ is the advanced edition of S-1070C HDMI monitor, offering HDMI

input with Waveform, Vector scope, RGB Histogram, Audio meter, Peaking focus assist, Zebra checking, False color, Blue only, 2 steps zoom-in, specially designed for professional HDMI camera uses. It has a strong and lightweight magnesium alloy shell, and easy to mount on top of camera as an additional AFFORDABLE MINI-PLUG ADAPTER/CONTROLLER viewing source. S-1070C+ monitor accepts 1 HDMI, 1 Composite video and 1 Stereo audio input, and has 1 Composite video loop through output. It has title edit and display, safety mark display, 3-color TALLY light and 3 user defined picture settings.

DXA-SLR MINI

The orbis™ transforms the harsh light from your SLR flash gun to create beautiful, shadowless photos quickly and easily. You don’t need any specialised knowledge or technique.

Orbis Arm for Orbis Ring Flash

IDEAL FOR WIRELESS RECEIVERS OR MICS WITH MINI-PLUGS. The DXA-SLR MINI provides full audio control and monitoring features for HDSLR cameras and is the ideal interface for wireless audio gear or mics with mini-plug connectors. Features: Low nosie preamps Limiters, vu meters Record/playback monitor Agc disable feature Ergonomic design

DXA-SLR PRO

OUR MOST ADVANCED AUDIO ADAPTER YET Pro-24cm The PROAs24-CM camcorder by AUDIO TECHNICA is a primarily digital microphone still lightweight, compact stereo condenser ideal for digital recording with cameras, HDSLRs a with an accessory shoe and high-fidelity stereo sound.present Equipped host of shortcomings as a the microphone features a pair of permanently attached coiled cable, filmmaking tool, to provide the spatial impact and cardioidprofessional elements in an X-Y configuration realism most of a live sound afield. notably, lack of audio

capabilities. Imagine holding the best of both worlds in the palm of your hands. A compact adapter that docks to the base of the HDSLR, providing XLR inputs for professional mics, VU Meters to monitor signal strength, tactile control of fade and gain, and most importantly, an AGC disable feature enables certain HDSLRs to record noiseStereo microphone designed to that attach to a camcorder For camcorders with an accessory shoe and stereo microphone input free audio. Lightweight, portable PRO design with rugged all-metal construction The DXA-SLR is about to prove that quality audio is both feasible Pair of cardioid condenser elements provides spatial impact and and practical for HDSLRs. high-fidelity stereo sound image Battery-free operation when used with recording devices that provide plug-in Features: power at the mic input On/off switch for convenient Low noise preamps operation IncludesPhantom camera-mount, power,windscreen, limiters, vu battery metersand protective pouch Per anent y attached coi ed cab e with ri ht an e o ded Record/playback monitor mm stereo mini plug at output.

Agc disable feature Ergonomic design

160 180

The Orbis Arm provides a solid mount for photographers who want to use their Orbis in its primary ‘ring flash’ position for extended shoots. With the arm you can also easily mount the system on a tripod without using an extra light stand.

Orbis frio™

The frio™ is the essential adaptor to connect all your favourite hotshoe gear to anything with a 1/4”-20 tripod stud, giving you the freedom to Connect, Combine, Create™.


Professional Photo Supports

Professional Camera support Professional Camera support

TURBO Blade TURBO LightBlade weight Light weight flash power with flash power with exceptional exceptional recycling speed recycling speed The DXA-SLR gives you everything you need to connect professional audio gear to your to capture superb The professional DXA-SLR is very easy to The DXA-SLR givescamera you everything you need sound. to connect audio setyour up and use. to The Good/Peak signal indicators show the idealeasy input gear to camera capture superb sound. The DXA-SLR is very tolevels a glance while the headphone output letsshow you monitor are set upatand use. The Good/Peak signal indicators the idealwhat inputyou levels recording. AGC Disable works what even you better at a glance whileThe theenhanced headphone output letsfeature you monitor areat controlling the wild swings of thefeature Auto Gain Control that plague most recording. The enhanced AGC Disable works even better at cameras. reduce the noise during moments controlling the This wilddramatically swings of the Auto Gain Control thatquiet plague most of recording allowing you to record two channels of clean audio.ofYou can also cameras. This dramatically reduce the noise during quiet moments monitor the playback audio two fromchannels the camera. Fits neatly anyalso camera recording allowing you to record of clean audio. under You can andthe canplayback also be mounted tothe a tripod. Operates on one 9 volt monitor audio from camera. Fits neatly under any battery. camera

High-voltage recycling for up to 400 full power flashes. In many situations, when using your flash into automatic / TTLmode, and full power is High-voltage recycling for up 400 full power flashes. Inwhere many situations, youincan expect thousands ofand flashes. when unnecessary, using your flash automatic / TTLmode, where full power is TURBO Blade works with most shoe-and handle-mounted professionalunnecessary, you can expect thousands of flashes. caBlade iber f works ashes with and amost Quantu Qf handle-mounted ash Series portab e f ashes TURBO shoe-and professionalca iber f ashes and a Quantu Qf ash Series portab e f ashes

and can also be mounted to a tripod. Operates on one 9 volt battery.

Quantum Turbo 3 Quantum Turbo 3Battery Rechargeable Rechargeable Battery

Qflash TRIO Qflash Non TRIO Stop Flash Non AllStop Day,Flash EveryAllDay Day, Every Day Camera Shoe Mounted and all Built-in!

TheShoe newMounted Radio Wireless - - Send or Receive Camera and allTTL Built-in! s radio sends TTLL -co ands to other re ote Qf ash s Confi ure The new Radio Wireless - Send or Receive odes and s oftoreother otere Qf ash on caureera sdistinct radio sends L cosettin ands ote Qf ashs fro the s Confi TRIO.odes and settin s of re ote Qf ash distinct s fro the on ca era Q co bines a Qf ash head with bui t in ree wire L radio TRIO. Qf ash and Q L adapter for your di ita ca era S ip it onto hot shoe Qf ash Q co bines a Qf ash head with bui t in ree the wireca Lera radio a urbo with di theita incca uded CQ era and and Qconnect L adapter for your eraon S ippower it ontocab theeca hot oshoe connect a urbo with the inc uded on power cab e CQ

and o

High-voltage ultra-fast recycling for up to 1050 full power flashes. In many ultra-fast situations,recycling when using your / TTLmode, and where High-voltage for up to flash 1050 in fullautomatic power flashes. fullsituations, power is unnecessary, you can several thousand flashes. In many when using your flashexpect in automatic / TTLmode, and where Turbo 3 works with most shoeand handle-mounted professional-caliber full power is unnecessary, you can expect several thousand flashes. f ashes and a Quantu Q f ash series inc udin P L portab e Turbo 3 works with most shoe- and handle-mounted professional-caliber flashes. f ashes and a Quantu Q f ash series inc udin PL portab e flashes.

Quantum Turbo SC Quantum Turbo SC Rechargeable Battery Rechargeable Battery

Qflash PILOT Qflash PILOT Qf ash P L Q C provides a

High-voltage ultra-fast recycling for up to 400 full power flashes. In many situations, when using yourfor flash / TTL flashes. mode, and where full High-voltage ultra-fast recycling upintoautomatic 400 full power In many power is unnecessary expect thousands of flashes. situations, when using your you flashcan in automatic / TTL mode, and where full small about theof size of a 3-1/2x5" (9x12 cm) index powerUnbelievably is unnecessary youand cancompact: expect thousands flashes. card, only 1.3"and (3.3cm) thick,about the size of a 3-1/2x5" (9x12 cm) index Unbelievably small compact:

the features of the without the f ash ith bui t in ree a wire L radio and Q L adapter forthe your di ita Qf ashhead PL Q C provides the features of the without f ash an un Li radio ited nu re ote for Qf ashes head ca ithera buiyou t incontro ree wire and ber Q of L adapter your diS ip itait onto the camera hot-shoe andi go, powered. Or connect with the the ca era you contro an un itedit'snuselfber of re ote Qf ashesa STurbo ip it onto optiona onand power cabself e CQ or short cab e CCQwith the camera hot-shoe go, it's powered. Or power connect a Turbo adio Q L si na s fro P L do not re uire ine of site ike ca era optica optiona on power cab e CQ or short power cab e CCQ they're morePreliable at 5ine times adiolinks... Q L si na s fro L doand notwork re uire of the site distance. ike ca era optica links... they're more reliable and work at 5 times the distance.

card, only 1.3" (3.3cm) thick,

161

181

161


Professional Photo Supports

Professional Photo Supports Professional Photo Supports

Quik Bounce Quik Bounce (LQ-122) (LQ-122)

The LumiQuest Quik Bounce is designed for use with or without a ceiling to The LumiQuest Quik Bounce is designed for use with or without a ceiling to soften the light and transitioning from horizontal to vertical format without soften the light and transitioning from horizontal to vertical format without having to adjust the Quik Bounce on the flash. having to adjust the Quik Bounce on the flash.

FXtra FXtra (LQ-121) (LQ-121)

The FXtra is a compact gel holder that facilitates a quick installation and The FXtra is a compact gel holder that facilitates a quick installation and removal of colored gels. Eight Rosco gels are included: CTO, ½ CTO, ¼ removal of colored gels. Eight Rosco gels are included: CTO, ½ CTO, ¼ CTO, Plus Green, ½ Plus Green, Sky Blue, Canary Yellow and Fire Red in CTO, Plus Green, ½ Plus Green, Sky Blue, Canary Yellow and Fire Red in the integrated storage pouch. FXtra is sized to use with most popular the integrated storage pouch. FXtra is sized to use with most popular flashes and the gel pocket accommodates both Rosco and Lee gel flashes and the gel pocket accommodates both Rosco and Lee gel samples. samples.

Snoot Snoot (LQ-114) (LQ-114)

Promax System Promax System (LQ-105) (LQ-105) The Snoot isolates the light to a very specific area. Automatic operation The Snoot isolates the light to a very specific area. Automatic operation may be affected as illuminated area is limited. Bracketing and/or testing is may be affected as illuminated area is limited. Bracketing and/or testing is recommended. recommended. Application: To illuminate a specific area of a scene with little or no effect Application: To illuminate a specific area of a scene with little or no effect on the surrounding area. on the surrounding area. Dimensions: Folds flat to 5 3/4" x 7 1/4" Dimensions: Folds flat to 5 3/4" x 7 1/4"

The ProMax System is a refinement of our most popular photo flash The ProMax System is a refinement of our most popular photo flash accessories. The basic unit allows 80% of the light to bounce off the ceiling accessories. The basic unit allows 80% of the light to bounce off the ceiling while 20% is redirected forward as fill light. The system includes while 20% is redirected forward as fill light. The system includes interchangeable white, gold and silver inserts as well as a removable interchangeable white, gold and silver inserts as well as a removable frosted diffusion screen. The ProMax System will give you the ability to frosted diffusion screen. The ProMax System will give you the ability to adapt to a variety of shooting situations. The Promax System comes in a adapt to a variety of shooting situations. The Promax System comes in a convenient kit, attaches in seconds with hook and loop tabs and folds flat convenient kit, attaches in seconds with hook and loop tabs and folds flat for storage in a sturdy pouch. for storage in a sturdy pouch.

Softbox Softbox III III (LQ-119) (LQ-119)

The SoftBox III is roughly twice the size of our original SoftBox, thereby The SoftBox III is roughly twice the size of our original SoftBox, thereby producing considerably softer shadows. It fits conventional flashes (Nikon, producing considerably softer shadows. It fits conventional flashes (Nikon, Canon, Sunpak, Vivitar, etc.). Like the original SoftBox (LQ-107) the Canon, Sunpak, Vivitar, etc.). Like the original SoftBox (LQ-107) the SoftBox III is center weighted but it will block autofocus assist and interfere SoftBox III is center weighted but it will block autofocus assist and interfere with auto exposure UNLESS you are using TTL. with auto exposure UNLESS you are using TTL.

162 162 182

Ultrasoft Ultrasoft (LQ-103) (LQ-103)

The Ultrasoft enlarges and redirects the light at a 90° angle from the flash The Ultrasoft enlarges and redirects the light at a 90° angle from the flash and then further softens the light by passing it through a frosted diffuser. and then further softens the light by passing it through a frosted diffuser. Application: To achieve an extremely soft look with minimal shadows. For Application: To achieve an extremely soft look with minimal shadows. For use on an individual flash or to softly illuminate the background in a use on an individual flash or to softly illuminate the background in a multiple flash setup. Ideal for close-ups and portraits. multiple flash setup. Ideal for close-ups and portraits. Light Loss: Approximately 2-1/3 stops. Dimensions: Folds flat to 4 1/2" x 7 Light Loss: Approximately 2-1/3 stops. Dimensions: Folds flat to 4 1/2" x 7 1/4". 1/4".


Professional Photo Supports

Professional Photo Supports Professional Photo Supports The LumiQuest® UltraBounce distributes the light 180 180 The LumiQuest® UltraBounce distributes the over light approximately over approximately degrees so that canitbounce off walls and ceilings to evenly illuminate a degrees soitthat can bounce off walls and ceilings to evenly illuminate a scene.scene. The opaque sensor screen keepskeeps the light affecting the the The opaque sensor screen the from light from affecting automatic sensor on most flash units. automatic sensor on most flash units.

Direct Flash Direct Flash

Ultrasoft Ultrasoft

Promax Accessory KitKit Promax Accessory (LQ-106) (LQ-106)

The ProMax Accessory Kit allows you to turn 80-2080-20 The ProMax Accessory Kit allows you to your turn LumiQuest® your LumiQuest® and/or Pocket Bouncer into an interchangeable system. The accessory kit kit and/or Pocket Bouncer into an interchangeable system. The accessory includes a white insert,insert, gold and metallic inserts, a frosted diffusion includes a white goldsilver and silver metallic inserts, a frosted diffusion screen and a sturdy pouch for storage. screen and a sturdy pouch for storage.

Pocket Bouncer Pocket Bouncer (LQ-101) (LQ-101)

The Pocket Bouncer enlarges and redirects light at a 90° from from the the The Pocket Bouncer enlarges and redirects light at aangle 90° angle flash flash to soften the quality of light it overit aover wider area. area. WhileWhile to soften the quality of and lightdistribute and distribute a wider no exposure compensation is necessary with automatic flashes, operating no exposure compensation is necessary with automatic flashes, operating distances are somewhat reduced. distances are somewhat reduced.

FXFX (LQ-111) (LQ-111)

DirectDirect FlashFlash

The LumiQuest® FX is aFXcolored gel system that includes an assortment of of The LumiQuest® is a colored gel system that includes an assortment five colored gels -gels blue,- blue, green,green, red, yellow and amber. The FX filter five colored red, yellow and amber. The FX holder, filter holder, designed to fit to most flash flash models, enables the photographer to quickly and and designed fit most models, enables the photographer to quickly conveniently colorize the light a variety of special effecteffect applications. conveniently colorize the for light for a variety of special applications. The system folds folds flat and with awith convenient storage pouch. The system flatcomes and comes a convenient storage pouch. Application: Colorize the light a variety of special effects. Application: Colorize the for light for a variety of special effects. Light Light Loss: Loss: 1 stop. 1 stop. Dimensions: 3 3/8"3 x3/8" 4 3/4". Dimensions: x 4 3/4".

Pocket Bouncer Pocket Bouncer

Softbox II (LQ-109) Softbox II (LQ-109)

SoftBox II enlarges and diffuses the light in theindirect flash flash SoftBox II enlarges and diffuses the with light the withflash the flash the direct position. It is designed exclusively for use bare such as position. It is designed exclusively foron use on bulb bare flashes bulb flashes such as Lumedyne, Quantum Q Flashes and Sunpak 120J. 120J. Lumedyne, Quantum Q Flashes and Sunpak Application: To soften shadows and eliminate unpleasant red eye. Application: To soften shadows and eliminate unpleasant red eye. Light Light Loss: Loss: Approximately 1 1/4 1stops. Approximately 1/4 stops. Dimensions: Folds flat to 6 1/4" x 7 3/4". Dimensions: Folds flat to 6 1/4" x 7 3/4".

Softbox II II Softbox (LQ-109) (LQ-109)

UltraBounce UltraBounce (LQ-116) (LQ-116)

Direct FlashFlash Direct

SoftBox II SoftBox II

163 163

183


Professional Photo Supports

Professional Photo Supports Professional Photo Supports

Softbox Softbox (LQ-107) (LQ-107)

The MidiBouncer, designed for usefor with flashesflashes such as The MidiBouncer, designed uselarge with professional large professional such as Metz, Metz, Sunpak, etc., enlarges and redirects the light a 90° from the Sunpak, etc., enlarges and redirects theatlight at angle a 90° angle from the flash to soften the quality of lightofand it overitaover wider area. area. flash to soften the quality lightdistribute and distribute a wider Horizontal coverage is approximately 80°. While no exposure compensaHorizontal coverage is approximately 80°. While no exposure compensation istion necessary when using automatic features of the of flash, is necessary when the using the automatic features the operating flash, operating distances are somewhat reduced. distances are somewhat reduced.

Bounce KitKit Bounce (LQ-125) (LQ-125) The Softbox enlarges and diffuses the light flash the in direct flash flash The Softbox enlarges and diffuses thewith lightthe with theinflash the direct position. The light softened and more distributed as it passes position. Theislight is softened and evenly more evenly distributed as it passes through a center-weighted frostedfrosted diffuser. The unique designdesign does not through a center-weighted diffuser. The unique does not block either exposure sensors or auto on most block either exposure sensors orfocus auto assist focus beams assist beams on flashes. most flashes. Application: To achieve a very soft look with reduced shadow definition. Application: To achieve a very soft look with reduced shadow definition. For use onuse an on individual flash or to softly the background in a in a For an individual flash or to illuminate softly illuminate the background multiple flash set up.set up. multiple flash

Direct Flash Direct Flash

SoftBoxSoftBox

Mini Softbox Mini Softbox (LQ-108) (LQ-108)

The Mini enlarges and diffuses the light flash the in direct TheSoftBox Mini SoftBox enlarges and diffuses thewith lightthe with theinflash the direct flash position. Unobtrusive and low profile, the Mini is idealisfor flash position. Unobtrusive and low profile, theSoftBox Mini SoftBox ideal for press and situations. pressother and fast-moving other fast-moving situations. Application: To soften shadows and eliminate unpleasant red eye. Application: To soften shadows and eliminate unpleasant red eye. Light Loss: 1 stop.1 stop. LightApproximately Loss: Approximately Dimensions: Folds flat to flat 3 1/4" 4 1/2". Dimensions: Folds to 3x 1/4" x 4 1/2".

DirectDirect Flash Flash

MidiBouncer MidiBouncer (LQ-110) (LQ-110)

SoftBox SoftBox

This Three-Piece Bounce Kit Includes: This Three-Piece Bounce Kit Includes: PocketPocket Bouncer Bouncer Gold Metallic Insert Insert Gold Metallic Silver Metallic Insert Insert Silver Metallic Storage PouchPouch Storage The Pocket Bouncer redirects light atlight a 90º from the flash soften The Pocket Bouncer redirects at angle a 90º angle from theto flash to soften the shadows and more spreadspread the light larger area. area. the shadows and evenly more evenly theover lightaover a larger The Gold is idealisfor latefor afternoon fill light Silver TheInsert Gold Insert ideal late afternoon fillwhile light the while the Insert Silver Insert will add specular look tolook highlights, willa add a specular to highlights, all in aall convenient pouch.pouch. in a convenient

BigBig Bounce Bounce (LQ-104) (LQ-104)

LumiQuest® Big Bounce enlarges and redirects and softens the light the in the LumiQuest® Big Bounce enlarges and redirects and softens theinlight same manner as the as Ultrasoft, with even results.results. same manner the Ultrasoft, withsofter even softer Application: For use where a softer lighting effect effect is more than than Application: For use where a softer lighting is important more important "pocket size" portability (i.e. close-ups, portraits, etc.). Fits the same "pocket size" portability (i.e. close-ups, portraits, etc.). Fits the wide same wide range range of flashes as other models. of flashes as LumiQuest® other LumiQuest® models. Light Loss: 3 stops. LightApproximately Loss: Approximately 3 stops. Dimensions: Folds flat to 8 1/2" x 10 3/4" Dimensions: Folds flat to 8 1/2" x 10 3/4"

DirectDirect Flash Flash

164 164 184

Big Bounce Big Bounce


Professional Photo Supports

Professional Photo Supports Professional Photo Supports

Battereez Battereez (LQ-120) (LQ-120)

80-20 80-20 (LQ-102) (LQ-102)

The 80-20 enlarges and redirects 20% 20% of the at a 90° fromfrom the the The 80-20 enlarges and redirects oflight the light at aangle 90° angle flashflash and allows 80% 80% of the to pass on, to betoredirected by another and allows oflight the light to pass on, be redirected by another surface -- most likelylikely a ceiling. surface -- most a ceiling. Application: This This device illuminates the scene with with light light bouncing off the Application: device illuminates the scene bouncing off the ceiling whilewhile providing "fill" "fill" light light off the device itself.itself. For use ceiling providing offbounce the bounce device For in use in situations where an 8-9 ceiling is available. situations where anft. 8-9 ft. ceiling is available. LightLight Loss:Loss: Variable depending on ceiling height. Variable depending on ceiling height. Dimensions: FoldsFolds flat to 4 1/2" x 7 1/4". Dimensions: flat to 4 1/2" x 7 1/4".

Big Bounce Big Bounce (LQ-104) (LQ-104)

LumiQuest® Big Bounce enlarges and redirects and softens the light in in LumiQuest® Big Bounce enlarges and redirects and softens the light the same manner as the with with eveneven softer results. the same manner asUltrasoft, the Ultrasoft, softer results. Application: For use a softer lighting effecteffect is more important thanthan Application: For where use where a softer lighting is more important "pocket size"size" portability (i.e. close-ups, portraits, etc.).etc.). Fits the widewide "pocket portability (i.e. close-ups, portraits, Fitssame the same range of flashes as other LumiQuest® models. range of flashes as other LumiQuest® models. LightLight Loss:Loss: Approximately 3 stops. Approximately 3 stops. Dimensions: FoldsFolds flat to 8 to 1/2" x 10 x3/4" Dimensions: flat 8 1/2" 10 3/4"

The LumiQuest® Battereez provides a comfortable, convenient way to The LumiQuest® Battereez provides a comfortable, convenient way to carrycarry a rechargeable flashflash battery. The Battereez appears muchmuch like alike a a rechargeable battery. The Battereez appears shoulder holster yet attaches like suspenders to the trousers. This This shoulder holster yet attaches like suspenders touser's the user's trousers. unique design evenly distributes the weight across the shoulders and back. unique design evenly distributes the weight across the shoulders and back. Battereez can be to fitto most photographers and will to beto be Battereez canadjusted be adjusted fit most photographers andprove will prove an important accessory for fast photojournalists and wedding an important accessory for moving fast moving photojournalists and wedding photographers. photographers.

Flash…The MOST Available Light Flash…The MOST Available Light (LQ-041) (LQ-041)

FLASH…THE MOST AVAILABLE LIGHT by Quest Couch is aniseasy reference FLASH…THE MOST AVAILABLE LIGHT by Quest Couch an easy reference for creating natural light light with with flashflash for DIGITAL and FILM photography. for creating natural for DIGITAL and FILM photography. The book is designed to betoa be “quick read,” initially providing an easy to to The book is designed a “quick read,” initially providing an easy understand working overview to the MoreMore in-depth explanations understand working overview toreader. the reader. in-depth explanations are offered in anin“Etc.” section. By reading this book you will how how to to are offered an “Etc.” section. By reading this book youlearn will learn workwork with with a variety of situations on location to obtain natural results and and a variety of situations on location to obtain natural results understand the factors that that affectaffect your your flashflash photography and how to use understand the factors photography and how to use themthem to your advantage. This This bookbook will also dispel myths and teach you you to your advantage. will also dispel myths and teach how how to avoid common flashflash mistakes. to avoid common mistakes.

Ultra Image Ultra Image Direct Direct Flash Flash

Big Bounce Big Bounce

Cinch Strap Cinch Strap (LQ-117) (LQ-117)

The LumiQuest® CinchCinch StrapStrap enables the photographer to attach The LumiQuest® enables the photographer to attach LumiQuest® accessories without installing self-adhesive looploop to their LumiQuest® accessories without installing self-adhesive to their flash.flash. In addition, wrap-around velcro attaches LumiQuest® Accessories In addition, wrap-around velcro attaches LumiQuest® Accessories for afor more secure attachment. This This is particularly useful with with the Big a more secure attachment. is particularly useful the Big Bounce and our SoftBoxes. Bounce andlarger our larger SoftBoxes.

Unleash the power of of Unleash the power Photoshop NOW. Photoshop NOW. Whether you are Whether youaare a Photoshop® novice or or Photoshop® novice seasoned veteran, you can seasoned veteran, you can create professionally create professionally processed images minutes processed images minutes afterafter installing the software. installing the software. In addition, UltraUltra Image is theis the In addition, Image perfect starting pointpoint should perfect starting should you elect to customize one or you elect to customize one or moremore actions to your actions to your specifications or taste. specifications or taste. UltraUltra Image Software is used Image Software is used in conjunction with with in conjunction Photoshop® 6.0 or6.0 higher. Photoshop® or higher. Subject specific programs Subject specific programs include thosethose for landscapes, include for landscapes, portraits, product shots, weddings and more. portraits, product shots, weddings and more. Camera specific to maximize image quality with with regards to noise, color,color, Camera specific to maximize image quality regards to noise, sharpness and tone range in seconds. sharpness and tone range in seconds. Resize and prep images for web or print applications. Resize and prep images for web or print applications. Works seamlessly with with Photoshop’s batchbatch processing procedures. Works seamlessly Photoshop’s processing procedures. UltraUltra Image maximizes quality in a fraction of the utilizing techniques Image maximizes quality in a fraction oftime the time utilizing techniques and expertise that that would take take yearsyears to develop. and expertise would to develop.

165165

185


Professional Photo Supports

Professional Photo Supports Professional Photo Supports

1/4 Speed Grid for Portable Flash 1/4 Speed Grid for Portable Flash

SKU: HONL-GRID4 HONL-GRID4 SpeedSKU: Grid™ attaches quickly and easily to most portable flash units using Speed Speed Grid™ Strap™ attaches(not quickly and easily to most portable flash units using our non-slip included; sold separately) our non-slip Speed See the instructions here Strap™ (not included; sold separately) See the instructions hereour 1/8 Speed Grid) Our 1/4 Speed Grid has a (produces a wider beam than (produces acell wider than the our beam 1/8 Speed Grid) Ouryour 1/4 portable Speed Grid has a 1/4" honeycomb sizebeam to narrow of light from 1/4"producing honeycomb cell size to of narrow beamsubject. of lightFits from your portable flash unit, a small circle light the on your most any shoe a small circle of light on your subject. any shoe mountflash and unit, mostproducing handle mount portable strobes, including CanonFits 420most though mount and most handle mount portable strobes, including Canon 420 though 580 and Nikon SB24 though SB900. 580 and Nikon SB24 though SB900.

Filter Kit: Autumn Filter Kit: Autumn

SKU: HONL-FILTER4 SKU: HONL-FILTER4 Our HonlPhoto Autumn Filter Kit adds dramatic color to your images, Our HonlPhoto Autumn Filter Kit adds dramatic color to your images, whether lighting a subject or background. These superior quality filters attach lighting a subject or background. quicklywhether to our Speed Strap (sold separately), and These can besuperior used in quality tandemfilters with attach quickly to our Speed Strapand (sold separately), can filter be used our Speed Grids, Speed Snoots, Speed Gobos. and Usable areainistandem 2.5” x with Grids, Speed Snoots, Speed Gobos. Usable 4” andour canSpeed be trimmed with scissors toand fit your individual strobes.filter area is 2.5” x 4” 2 and canofbe trimmed to fitBlue-Green your individual strobes. / Includes filter each color: with Rustscissors / Medium / Chocolate Includes/ 2Egg filterYolk of each color: Rust / Medium Blue-Green / Chocolate / Dark Salmon Yellow Dark Salmon / Egg Yolk Yellow

1/8 Speed Grid for Portable Flash 1/8 Speed Grid for Portable Flash

Filter Kit: Hollywood Filter Kit: Hollywood SKU: HONL-GRID8 HONL-GRID8 SpeedSKU: Grid™ attaches quickly and easily to most portable flash units using Speed Speed Grid™ Strap™ attaches(not quickly and easily to most portable flash units using our non-slip included; sold separately) our non-slip Speed See the instructions here Strap™ (not included; sold separately) See the instructions (produces a narrower beamhere than our 1/4 Speed Grid) Our 1/8 Speed Grid has a narrower beam than our 1/4 Speed 1/8 Speed Grid has a 1/8" (produces honeycomb cell size to narrow the beam of lightGrid) fromOur your portable a 1/8" honeycomb cell circle size to beam of light flash unit, producing a small ofnarrow light onthe your subject. Fitsfrom mostyour any portable shoe a small circle of light on your subject. any shoe mountflash and unit, mostproducing handle mount portable strobes, including CanonFits 420most though mount and most handle mount portable strobes, 420 though 580 and Nikon SB24 though SB900. Attaches quickly andincluding easily toCanon our Speed 580 and Nikon SB24 SB900. quickly andhoneycomb easily to our Speed Strap mounting system (notthough included, soldAttaches separately). Usable system (not included, sold separately). honeycomb area isStrap 3.5" xmounting 2.25" (appr. 89mm x 58mm)simply measure theUsable front outside area isof3.5" x 2.25" 58mm)simply measure the front outside dimensions your flash (appr. lens to89mm assurexfit. Rugged ABS/polycarbonate dimensions of pending. your flash lens to assure fit. Rugged ABS/polycarbonate construction. Patent construction. Patent pending.

Filter Kit: Color Effects Filter Kit: Color Effects

SKU: HONL-FILTER3 SKU:Color HONL-FILTER3 Use Honl Effects Filters to add artistic and theatrical color to your Use Honl Color Effects to or add artistic and theatrical color toquality your images, whether lighting yourFilters subject a background. These superior images, whether lighting yourattached subject or background. Thesefastened superior quality filters are pre-cut with velcro strips so athey can be quickly filtersStrap are pre-cut with velcroHonl stripsFilters attached so they be quickly fastened to a Speed (sold separately). can be used can in conjunction to a Snoots, Speed Strap (sold Honl Filters can be usedx in with Honl Gobos andseparately). Grids. The usable filter area is 2.5” 4” conjunction and can with Honl Gobos and Grids. The2 usable area is 2.5” x 4” and can be trimmed to fitSnoots, individual strobes. Includes each offilter these filters: trimmed individual strobes. Includes each of these filters: Yellowbe / Bright Redto/ fit Just Blue / Moss Green / Heavy2 Frost Yellow / Bright Red / Just Blue / Moss Green / Heavy Frost

166

166

186

SKU: HONL-FILTER5 SKU: HONL-FILTER5 Our HonlPhoto Hollywood Filter Kit adds dramatic color to your images, Our HonlPhoto Hollywood Filter Kit adds to filters your images, whether lighting a subject or background. Thesedramatic superiorcolor quality attach lighting a subject or background. quicklywhether to our Speed Strap (sold separately), and These can besuperior used in quality tandemfilters with attach quickly to our Speed Strapand (sold separately), can filter be used our Speed Grids, Speed Snoots, Speed Gobos. and Usable areainistandem 2.5” x with our Speed Grids, Speed Snoots, and Speed Gobos. Usable filter area is 2.5” x 4” and can be trimmed with scissors to fit your individual strobes. 4” 2 and trimmed with scissors to fit your individual strobes. Includes of can eachbe color: Includes 2 of Purple each color: Steel Green / Rose / Pale Lavender / Smokey Pink / Follies Pink Steel Green / Rose Purple / Pale Lavender / Smokey Pink / Follies Pink


Professional Photo Supports

Professional Professional Photo Photo Supports Supports Filter Filter Kit:Kit: Color Color Correction Correction

SKU: HONL-FILTER2 SKU: HONL-FILTER2 Use Honl Use Color Honl Color Correction Correction filtersfilters to color to color correct correct your strobes your strobes for tungsten, for tungsten, fluorescent fluorescent or cool or daylight cool daylight lighting lighting environments. environments. Use CTO Use filters CTO filters to match to match your flash your output flash output to tungsten to tungsten lights,lights, or simply or simply to give toagive pleasing a pleasing warmwarm tone to tone to your portraits. your portraits. Use Full Use+Full Green + Green to match to match your flash your output flash output to fluorescent to fluorescent lights.lights. TheseThese superior superior filtersfilters are pre-cut are pre-cut with velcro with velcro stripsstrips attached attached so they so can they can be quickly be quickly fastened fastened to a Speed to a Speed Strap Strap (sold (sold separately). separately). Honl Filters Honl Filters can be can used be used in conjunction in conjunction with Honl with Snoots, Honl Snoots, GobosGobos and Grids. and Grids. The usable The usable filter area filter isarea 2.5”is 2.5” x 4” and x 4”can andbe can trimmed be trimmed to fit individual to fit individual strobes. strobes. Includes Includes 2 each2 of each these of these filters:filters: Full CTO Full CTO / 1/2/CTO 1/2 CTO / 1/4/CTO 1/4 CTO / Full+Green / Full+Green / 1/2/ CTB 1/2 CTB

Speed Speed Gobo Gobo /Bounce /Bounce Card Card

System System Carrying Carrying Bag Bag

SKU: HONL-BAG SKU: HONL-BAG Carries Carries our entire our entire line ofline flash of tools flash tools including including SpeedSpeed Snoots, Snoots, SpeedSpeed Grids,Grids, SpeedSpeed Gobos, Gobos, and filters. and filters. WaterWater resistant resistant nylonnylon with heavy with heavy duty zipper duty zipper with with snap-hook snap-hook on one onend oneand endnylon and nylon loop at loop other at other end toend attach to attach to camera to camera bags, bags, lightstands, lightstands, etc. etc.

Filter Filter Roll-Up Roll-Up

SKU: HONL-ROLLUP SKU: HONL-ROLLUP our Filter our Filter Roll-Up Roll-Up makesmakes it easyit to easy identify to identify filter colors filter colors and takes and takes up minimal up minimal spacespace in your in camera your camera bag. Filters bag. Filters not included. not included. Size: 5"x20" Size: 5"x20" (5"x2"(5"x2" rolled,rolled, with filters) with filters) Materials: Materials: ballistic ballistic nylonnylon with nylon with nylon ripstop ripstop Weight: Weight: 3 ounces 3 ounces

Traveller8 Traveller8 Softbox Softbox SKU: HONL-GOBO SKU: HONL-GOBO Keep Keep light from light from flaringflaring into your into lens yourwhen lens when usingusing your speedlight your speedlight as a as a background background or hairorlight. hair light. Our Speed Our Speed Gobo™ Gobo™ attaches attaches quickly quickly with awith Speed a Speed Strap Strap (required, (required, not included, not included, see below). see below). Reversable, Reversable, toughtough ballistic-type ballistic-type black black nylonnylon on one onside, one white side, white polymer polymer on theonother the other so you socan youalso canuse alsoasuse a as a bounce bounce card. card. Buy 2Buy for a2 great for a great barndoor barndoor setup.setup. 4" x 7.5"Honl 4" x 7.5"Honl PhotoPhoto

Speed Speed Snoot, Snoot, 5" 5" / 8” / 8” Shorty Shorty SKU: HONL-SOFT8 SKU: HONL-SOFT8 CreateCreate beautiful beautiful soft light soft from light from David's David's innovative innovative new softbox new softbox design, design, with with the quality the quality and sturdiness and sturdiness you'veyou've comecome to expect to expect from from all Honl all Photo Honl Photo Professional Professional lighting lighting products. products. Extremely Extremely easy to easy setup to setup and attach and attach to your to your shoe-mount shoe-mount flash unit flashusing unit using our popular our popular SpeedSpeed Strap Strap (included). (included). Folds Folds flat toflat to tuck into tuckyour into camera your camera bag, and bag,weighs and weighs in at less in atthan less 4than ounces. 4 ounces. Provides Provides a a pleasing pleasing circular circular catchlight catchlight in your in subject's your subject's eyes. eyes. Fits most Fits most any shoe-mount any shoe-mount flash by flash Nikon by Nikon or Canon or Canon as well asas well larger as larger units units like the likeVivitar the Vivitar 285. 285.

SKU: HONL-SNOOT5 SKU: HONL-SNOOT5 Concentrate Concentrate the light the from light from your shoe-mount your shoe-mount flash for flash dramatic for dramatic cinematic cinematic lighting lighting with our witheasy our to easy usetosnoot. use snoot. Perfect Perfect for everything for everything from from dramatic dramatic portraits portraits to concentrating to concentrating light on light background on background elements. elements. Attaches Attaches and and removes removes in seconds in seconds usingusing our popular our popular SpeedSpeed Strap™ Strap™ (not included, (not included, see see below). below). MadeMade of tough of tough ballistic ballistic nylonnylon with grey with interior grey interior that produces that produces a softa soft falloff.falloff. Fits most Fits most any on-camera any on-camera shoe-mount shoe-mount strobestrobe including including CanonCanon 420 420 through through 580 and 580Nikon and Nikon SB24 SB24 through through SB900. SB900. 5" long. 5" long. PatentPatent Pending Pending

Speed Speed Strap Strap

SKU: HONL-STRAP SKU: HONL-STRAP antoend to rubber bands, tape or sticky residue to your Put anPut end rubber bands, tape or sticky residue from from gluinggluing velcrovelcro to your expensive strobes. The Speed Strap™ fitsshoe-mount any shoe-mount expensive strobes. The Speed Strap™ fits any strobestrobe unit, unit, attaches and removes in seconds, and provides a large wraparound surface attaches and removes in seconds, and provides a large wraparound surface area to quickly a combination our Speed Gobos, Snoots, Gels, and area to quickly attachattach a combination of ourofSpeed Gobos, Snoots, Gels, and upcoming Non-slip so it won't attached.Honl upcoming SpeedSpeed Grids.Grids. Non-slip so it won't budgebudge whenwhen attached.Honl PhotoPhoto

167 167 187


Underwater Housing

Underwater Underwater Housing Housing

iWP iWP For Apple For Apple iPhone iPhone and and Apple Apple iPodiPod Touch Touch

TheThe U-B-Series U-B-Series Under Under water water housings housings for SLR for SLR Cameras Cameras

The U-B-Series The U-B-Series was designed was designed for for the larger, the larger, modern, modern, digitaldigital SLRs SLRs like thelike Canon the Canon 1D, 1Ds 1D, series, 1Ds series, as as well aswell Nikon as Nikon D1, D2H, D1,D2X, D2H,D200 D2X, D200 and similar and similar cameras. cameras. These These Cameras Cameras are tooare bulky too around bulky around the the shuttershutter relase relase to fit intothe fit in the U-A-Series U-A-Series Depending Depending on theon model, the model, The The U-B-Series U-B-Series is designed is designed for a dive for a dive depth depth from 20m from/ 20m 60 ft /to6050m ft to/ 50m 150 ft/ 150 ft

TheThe U-A-Series U-A-Series Under Under water water housings housings for SLR for SLR Cameras Cameras

The U-A-Series The U-A-Series is made is made for for regularregular SLR cameras SLR cameras uttelising uttelising the cameras the cameras autofocus autofocus to operate to operate the the cameras cameras lens. lens. These These housings housings will accept will accept most modern most modern analoganalog and and digitaldigital SLRs. The SLRs. great The great advantage advantage is, thatis,you that can you can use them use with thema with range a range of cameras. of cameras. So theSo housing the housing will notwill only notbe only be usableusable with you with old you and old your andcurrent your current SLR, but SLR, most butprobably most probably with the with the cameracamera you will you buy will in buy a few in years a few time yearsastime well.as well. Depending Depending on theon model, the model, The U-A-Series The U-A-Series is designed is designed for a dive for adepth dive depth from 20m from/ 20m 60 ft /to6050m ft to/ 50m 150 ft/ 150 ft

C-AFX C-AFX rain rain cape cape

"Designed "Designed especially especially for thefor the Apple Apple iPhoneiPhone EWA-MARINE EWA-MARINE has developed has developed the waterproof the waterproof iWP housing. iWP housing. It protects It protects your your mobilemobile phonephone from sand, from dust, sand, dust, water and water soand on. so The on. housing The housing swims,swims, is waterproof is waterproof and you and you can protect can protect your cellphone your cellphone where where ever you ever go. you Not go. only Not only will thewill iWP thefitiWP the fit Apple the Apple iPhoneiPhone or Apple or Apple iPod, itiPod, will it will also fitalso anyfit other any mobile other mobile phonephone that will that fit will the fit dimensions. the dimensions.

DUDU

Protection Protection For For Documents Documents And Other And Other OddsOdds And Ends And Ends

The ewa-marine The ewa-marine DU is the DU ideal is theprotection ideal protection for documents, for documents, passports, passports, airline airline tickets,tickets, money,money, calculators, calculators, GPS, organisers GPS, organisers and a lot andmore. a lot more. The The handy handy slidingsliding seal allows seal allows for easy foropening easy opening and closing and closing of the of pouch. the pouch. The standard The standard lanyardlanyard of the of DUthe allows DU allows for easy forcarrying easy carrying and storage. and storage. Ideal for Ideal all for those all who thosewant whoto want protect to protect their valuables their valuables while sailing, while sailing, canoeing, canoeing, boating boating or traveling or traveling in the in tropics. the tropics. DU 1 DU 16 BeeperBeeper Bag BagDIN A6DIN A6 x 12 cm 1 x 1216cm DU 2 DU 16 Water Water WalletWallet DIN A5DIN A5 2 x 2216cm x 22 cm DU 3 DU 22 Electronics ElectronicsDIN A4DIN A4 3 x 2922cm x 29 cm

DUS DUS Protection Protection For For Documents Documents And Other And Other OddsOdds And Ends And Ends

The C-AFX The C-AFX rain cape rainiscape the perfect is the perfect protection protection againstagainst rain, spray, rain, spray, splashed splashed water and water even anddust, evenmade dust, made to fit all toSLR fit all cameras SLR cameras (digital(digital and and analog) analog) with zoom with zoom lenses lenses and a top and mounted a top mounted flash. flash. The cape Theiscape made is made of special of special doubledouble laminated laminated PVC and PVC has and anhas integrated an integrated opticaloptical glass glass front port. frontVarious port. Various zoom zoom and wide andangle wide lenses angle lenses can becan used bewith usedthe with the C-AFXC-AFX raincape raincape . All filter . Allthreads filter threads from 49mm from 49mm to 62mm to 62mm are supported are supported with a with C-A adapter a C-A adapter as a standard. as a standard. You can You also canorder also special order special C-A C-A adapters adapters for lenses for lenses with 67mm with 67mm and 72mm and 72mm as optional as optional accessories. accessories. We We also offer alsoaoffer specially a specially modified modified cape for cape lenses for lenses with a with 77mm a 77mm or 82mm or 82mm filter thread filter thread which which is called is called C-AFX100. C-AFX100. The C-AFX The C-AFX raincape raincape can also canbealso be by means a zipper to maximum allow maximum protection or for transport. closedclosed by means a zipper to allow protection or for transport.

168 168 188

The ewa-marine The ewa-marine DUS isDUS the ideal is theprotection ideal protection for documents, for documents, passports, passports, airline airline tickets,tickets, money,money, calculators, calculators, GPS, organisers GPS, organisers and a lot andmore. a lot more. The The provenproven ewa-marine ewa-marine closingclosing rail (asrail used (asto used close to the close under the under water water housings housings for expensive for expensive television television cameras) cameras) allowsallows for safe forand safe easy and easy opening opening and closing and closing of the of pouch. the pouch. The standard The standard lanyardlanyard of the of DUS theallows DUS allows for easy forcarrying easy carrying and storage. and storage. Ideal for Ideal scuba for scuba divers divers who don't who want don'tto want leave to valuables leave valuables unattended unattended on on board board or on the or on beach. the beach. Naturally Naturally it also itoffers also offers the ideal theenclosure ideal enclosure for for maps, maps, note pads noteand pads a lot andmore. a lot more. DUS 1DUS161 x 1216cm BeeperBeeper Bag BagDIN A6DIN A6 x 12 cm DIN A5DIN A5 DUS 2DUS162 x 2216cm Water Water WalletWallet x 22 cm DUS 3DUS223 x 2922cm Electronics x 29 cm Electronics DIN A4DIN A4 DUS 4DUS304 x 4230cm Magnum x 42 cm Magnum DIN A3DIN A3 DUS 5DUS375 x 5O NauticNautic Map Map 37cm x 5O cm


Underwater Housing Underwater Housing DRP-200 DRP-200 Handy & Safe Handy & Safe

The ideal protection for your cell phone Neither water nor sand or hand covered in suntan lotion at the beach

now endanger the life for of your personal phone. Should your Thewill ideal protection your cellcellphone

boat capsise, your phone will swim on the surface, ready for that life Neither water nor sand or hand covered in suntan lotion at the beach saving call. will now endanger the life of your personal cell phone. Should your So take your mobile phone wherever you go... boat capsise, your phone will swim on the surface, ready for that life savingname call. dimensions of phone extras So take your wherever WPC 3 mobile upphone to 19 cm high you go... lanyard and belt clip WPC 4 up to 16 cm high lanyard and belt clip name dimensions of phone extras WPC 5 up to 12 cm high lanyard and belt clip WPC 3 up to 19 cm high lanyard and belt clip WPC 4 up to 16 cm high lanyard and belt clip WPC 5 up to 12 cm high lanyard and belt clip

DRV-100 DRV-100

DRP-100 DRP-100

Photo Printer Photo Printer Mitsubishi's Click IT5000

has been designed as a staff/customer operated Mitsubishi's digital Click microIT5000 lab solution has been as aa thatdesigned consists of staff/customer operated processing unit, 17" digitaltouch microscreen lab solution and a that consists of a printer that CP9550DW-S processing unit, 17"up to 6" x can produce touch 9" screen and a size photographs. CP9550DW-S printer that the The IT5000 enables can produce up to red 6" xeye, restoration of old photos and images, reframing, reduction of 9" sizecropping, photographs. enlarging and image lightening. The system also allows for the The IT5000 enables the decoration and customisation of customer’s images with text, clipart, reduction of redand eye,calendars. restoration photos andCP9550DW-S images, reframing, collaging / of In old addition extra printers can be cropping, enlarging and image lightening. The system also allows connected as well as Mitsubishi’s CP3020DAE printer for 8" xfor 10"the and 8" x 12" decoration and customisation of customer’s images with text, clipart, prints. collaging and calendars. / In addition extra CP9550DW-S printers can be connected as well as Mitsubishi’s CP3020DAE printer for 8" x 10" and 8" x 12" prints.

189 169 169


Notes

190


ADVANCED MEDIA Trading LLC. 2013

191


HIGH PERFORMANCE RESIGN CASES

Advanced Media Trading LLC. No. 410, Al Khaleej Centre, Bur Dubai. P.O.Box: 44156, Dubai - UAE Tel.: +971 4 352 99 77 Fax: +971 4 352 99 76 Email: info@amt.tv


Advanced Media Product Guide 2013 - second edition